Vol. XXVII January, 1951 No.l THE Pan -Pacific Entomologist Published by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society in cooperation with The California Academy of Sciences CONTENTS GOLDSCHMIDT — New heteromorphoses in Drosophila melanogaster Meig. 1 REES and NIELSEN — Four new mosquito records from Utah 11 REDDY — Determination of sex in adult rice and granary weevils 13 BARBER — Hispella a synonym of Hispa Linnaeus, and a new Dactylispa from China 17 BAILEY — A homonyn in the genus Thrips Linne 19 TILDEN — Observations on Rhopalomyia californica Felt 20 HURD — Lepidopterists’ Society 22 EDMUNDS — A checklist of the ticks of Utah 23 VAN DYKE — New species of Coleoptera from North America 27 THOMAS — Derobrachus geminatus on grape roots 35 EDWARDS — Official Seal contest 36 EDITORIAL NOTES 36 PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY— Proceedings 37 San Francisco, California 1951 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST EDITORIAL BOARD E. G. Linsley E. S. Ross P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech Co-Editors R. L. USINGER E. C. Van Dyke R. C. Miller, Treasurer A, E. Michelbacher, Advertising Published quarterly In January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed- ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, Including articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution. Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Hurd. Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif. Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single copies, 76 cents. Make checks payable to “Pan-Pacific Entomologist.” Announcing . . ^'THE SUCKING LICE” By G. F. Ferris A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura of the world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and Development, Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeog- raphy. Complete systematic treatment is given including keys, syn- nonymy and descriptions. The illustrations are in the well-known style that has earned the author his reputation as “one of the very foremost of entomological artists.” The 125 full pages of figures include morphological details, and full illustrations of the type species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated with man and domesticated animals. To be published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series” by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its Semicentennial Anniversary, September, 1951. Prepublication Price ^5.00 Regular Price ^6.00 Send orders to : Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912. The Pan-Pacific Entomologist Vol. XXVII January, 1951 No. 1 NEW HETEROMORPHOSES IN DROSOPHILA MELANOGASTER MEIG. Richard B. Goldschmidt University of California, Berkeley Introduction The classic example of heteromorphosis is the regeneration of antennulae after removal of an eyestalk in a number of Crustacea (Herbst 1895 seq.). Heteromorphosis thus is defined as replace- ment of an organ by another one of different morphology. In a general way such structures, whether they are produced by experi- mentation or occur spontaneously, whether they are hereditary (if known) or not, may be subdivided into the following major groups: 1. Morphoses which are more or less teratological variants of the organ in question, the latter still being recognizable in its gen- eral structure. Many mutants of Drosophila belong to this group e.g., aristaless (antennae), dachs (legs), and numerous teratologi- cal cases in many insects. [See for the latter the monograph by Cappe de Baillon (1927) and Bateson’s classic work (1894) ; for Drosophila mutants, Bridges and Brehme (1944) ]. 2. Morphoses which constitute a complete departure from the organ they replace although the origin by transformation of this organ, or parts of it, is still visible. An extreme example of this is the hereditary replacement of the forelegs of Drosophila by a labium-like structure as described by Goldschmidt (1949), Gold- schmidt, Hannah and Piternick (in press). 3. The so-called homoeotic changes in which a serial, seg- mental organ is replaced by another member of the series. Dorsal and ventral serial members are interchangeable. Many such forms are known from teratological literature. In the work on regenera- tion of a generation ago many cases of homoeotic regeneration have been described. In addition to the work of Herbst the most important contributions are those by Cuenot (1921), Przibram (1910-19), Brecher (1924) on regeneration of legs instead of antennae in different insects. But the best analyzed cases are the 2 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1 homoeotic mutants of Drosophila, where the condition is heredi- tary, sometimes as a simple recessive or a simple dominant or based upon more than one locus. Because this important group of facts is not sufficiently known to morphologists, embryologists, and entomologists, the known cases may be recounted: a. Tetraptera (Tshetverikov, 1929), transformation of halteres into wings with a series of all intermediate morphological stages being available, b. Tetraltera (Goldschmidt, 1940) ; transformation of the wings into haltere-like structures, again with all intermediate stages exist- ing. c. Podoptera (Goldschmidt, 1945; Goldschmidt, Hannah and Piternick, in press; Rapoport, 1942) ; transformation of the wings into incomplete legs, again with all transitions. A number of geneti- cally different types are known, d. Aristapedia (Balkaschina, 1929) ; transformation of the arista into a tarsus, with many transi- tions. Many slightly different alleles known, e. Proboscipedia (Bridges and Dobzhansky, 1933) ; transformation of part of the proboscis into tarsi (or arista) with many transitions, f. Hexaptera (Herskovitz, 1949) ; presence of structures on the pronotum which may resemble perfect wings, halteres or legs or some transitional stage between them. g. Transformation of part of the eye into a palp-like structure (a number of different mutants, e.g.. Glass (1949) , Goldschmidt (1940) , Valadares (1937) ) . h. The last addi- tion (Piternick, not yet published), where the entire antenna is replaced by a complete leg. Although in the cases just enumerated the heteromorphosis is hereditary, it is not always so. Some of the types can also be pro- duced as non-hereditary “phenocopies” by environmental action (see Goldschmidt, 1938; Rapoport, 1947; Gloor, 1947). We know now (Goldschmidt, 1929, 1935 a.o.) that the phenotype of practi- cally every morphological mutant known can also be produced experimentally as a non-hereditary phenocopy and one may safely predict that, vice versa, all non-hereditary variations, heteromor- phoses or otherwise, which appear in experimentation or as freaks, may also occur as hereditary mutants. Mutant and phenocopy both indicate the possible range of variation in development still produc- ing an organized whole, whether caused by environmental action or by a genetic change. They are identical in regard to morpho- genesis, and thus both reveal the potentialities of the organism for morphological change. The primary importance of heteromor- phoses, homoeotic mutants and phenocopies for an understanding of the genetic control of morphogenesis, and of variation, as well JANUARY, 1951] GOLDSCHMIDT HETEROMORPHOSES 3 as for evolution is obvious. Therefore a presentation of new facts means much more than an addition to a catalogue of teratological phenomena. Bateson (1894) had actually realized this in pre- Mendelian days, long before mutation, homoeotic mutation and phenocopy were known. Miniature Leg in Genital Region The first new example was found in a single male which was derived from a cross producing male intersexuality, the so-called Beaded-Minute-Intersexes. In one of these types the external geni- talia of the male are completely absent (although portions thereof may be found internally; details in Goldschmidt, 1949) and there- fore the ventral surface of the abdomen, frequently considerably enlarged, is very conspicuous. In the male in question a single tiny leg grew out of the combined 6th and 7th abdominal sternites. The leg was rather transparent and very small. It extended only over about half of the right side of the sternite to which it was attached. It did have a complete femur, tibia and tarsus, but hardly any hairs. It was oriented in the proper position of a right leg; a trochanter and coxa could not be seen. A simple sketch was made from the living specimen and it was demonstrated to my collaborator. Dr. L. K. Piternick. Then the specimen was preserved for detailed study after clearing. But in the vial the tiny leg disappeared, probably pulled off its socket by the motion of the liquid. Thus a more de- tailed description and drawing cannot be given. A Combined Wing Heteromorphosis The second heteromorphosis is rather remarkable and especially interesting to the morphologist, embryologist and entomologist. It appeared also in a male from which no offspring was obtained so that it cannot be stated whether a mutant or a modification was present, which, as pointed out above, is not an essential point. The left wing was completely normal, while the right wing showed the heteromorphosis. It was very different from any of the variants found in podoptera and it is clear that it must have been developed in a completely different way. Actually it contained elements of wing, antenna and leg. Figure 1 shows the structure from the right side. The dorsal contour line of the thorax is shown with only one of the bristles (dorsocentral) included for size reference. The contour of the scutellum is visible below. The basis of the left wing with that por- tion of the cubital cell not hidden behind the thorax, is outlined. 4 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 The heteromorphic wing is attached in the correct place but its attachment is by means of a tiny knob of. dark chitin only. The entire structure is not more than about twice as long as the normal cubital cell and about the size of an antenna. Its supporting axial structure consists of a short attachment, two knobs and a long rod, not separated by joints, and made of hard dark chitin covered densely with spines. On the rod these spines are arranged in a row, similar to the arrangement of the spines at the anterior edge of the wing. But these spines are many times smaller than those of the normal wing. Where the second knob connects with the rod a small Fig. 1. A combined wing heteromorphosis in Drosophila melano- gaster. side-branch is visible which ends in a long stiff bristle. It stretches almost parallel to the rod, extending to one-half of its length. To the rod and second knob a rhomboid plate is attached covered with hairs (not all of them drawn) which are arranged like the hairs on the surface of the wing. The free edge is lined with long slender hairs, similar to the hairs upon the alula. In the position of the drawing this blade is pointing toward the body and the axis of the organ is in a lateral location. I assume that this topography has been distorted somewhat, inasmuch as the axis should be the ante- rior edge of the structure, with the blade behind it. At the end of the rod a part which looks very much like a foxtail is attached at JANUARY, 1951] GOLDSCHMIDT HETEROMORPHOSES 5 an angle. I suspect that this actually represents the continuation and end of the hlade and was torn off partly during the eclosion from the pupal case. The spine-like process at the basis of the “fox- tail” fits exactly into the posterior end of the blade and has also the same structure, when viewed at higher magnification. The original topography would thus be obtained if the whole “tail” were moved out of the plane of the drawing, turning it 180° upwards around the point of attachment. At the posterio-lateral edge of the thorax behind this wing, a differentiation is found in form of a hairy double knob, as drawn. The probable meaning will be discussed below. Analysis We ask now whether it is possible to relate the heteromorphic structure to known elements of the wing or another appendage. Actually it can be shown that wing, antenna, and leg elements are all present in the structure. In order to realize this we must re- member some of the facts found in the podoptera wing (see Gold- schmidt, 1945). Here the transformation of the wing into a leg with all transi- tions between the two shows that the wing consists of four parts which behave more or less independently: 1. The costal vein and cell, which transform directly into the leg-like strueture. 2. The anterior half of the wing blade, and 3. the posterior part of the blade which are both reduced in different ways down to typical chitinous knobs. 4. The alula (squama) which undergoes com- parable changes independently. The heteromorphic wing discussed here is clearly not a variant of the podoptera wing which is always characterized by the typical transformation stages of the costal vein and cell, as illustrated in Goldschmidt, 1945. In the present case a new type of transformation has taken place which involves only the two anterior sections of the wing. The costal vein and cell have been transformed into the two spiny knobs and their attachment, together representing a variant of the basis of an antenna with its three segments (see below) . In the normal costal cell the vein ends with an incision of the wing margin — ^the point at which in podoptera the leg separates from the wing — and here two larger spines or spurs are located. This end of the costal vein is here transformed into the short process, which carries the long spine. Undoubtedly the long spine corresponds to one branch of an arista, while the process represents the attachment of the 6 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 arista to the basal segments. Beyond this point in a normal wing the wing edge is occupied by the marginal vein. It carries spines which are different in size, shape and arrangement from those of the costal vein along the costal cell. Actually this marginal vein is not a continuation of the costal vein but of the first longitudinal vein. (Details in Goldschmidt, 1945.) In the heteromorphic wing, part of this marginal vein is clearly represented by what was de- scribed above as the rod to which the wing blade is attached. The anterior section of the wing blade is thus represented by this rod- marginal vein and a rudimentary wing blade which has formed long hairs at its free margin and the “foxtail” at its tip. We shall see at once that the foxtail represents a transition from wing to tarsus, via arista. A completely new and in itself well organized organ, resembling more an antenna than a wing, has been formed. Actually this comparison is more than only a formal one, as indicated above. If we remove the wing blade from this organ, a structure is obtained which resembles to a certain degree some con- ditions found in the mutant aristapedia (in which the basis of the antenna looks like the knobs in the present case, and the arista, instead of being transformed into a tarsus resembles somewhat our foxtail) . Figure 2, kindly contributed by Dr. Aloha Hannah, illustrates a new type of aristapedia mutant, found by her. In (a) an antenna is pictured with the three basal segments (scapus, pedicellus and funiculus) and the arista which is not so different from normal, (b) and (c) are more abnormal antennae of this mutant, none of them showing the perfect tarsus which is characteristic of typical aristapedia. In a general way the type resembles or is comparable to the heteromorphic wing structure without the blade. I may add that I have frequently seen abnormal Drosophila legs (in the mutant podoptera) in which the unsegmented tarsus was represented by a structure closely resembling the “foxtail.” There is one more remarkable point. Bridges (Bridges and Mor- gan, 1923) once found a mutant (since lost) called Pointed wing, in which the antennae were changed in the direction of a wing. The description given shows this mutant to be very similar to the present heteromorphosis. Thus, taking all these facts into consid- eration, I have no doubt that the heteromorphosis described here has the combined features of the two anterior sections of a wing, with simultaneous partial transformation into an antenna, and also JANUARY, 1951] GOLDSCHMIDT HETEROMORPHOSES 7 partial transformation into a tarsus. Thus it represents the most complicated heteromorphosis known in Drosophila, containing simultaneously elements of the change of a wing into an antenna, an antenna into a wing, an antenna into a tarsus, a wing into a tarsus. It illustrates the unbelievably complicated potentialities of a segmental disc and its ability to form in a single step what is to all purposes a completely new organ, perfect in itself, and as such no monstrosity at all. Fig. 2. A new type of aristapedia mutant in Drosophila melanog aster. There is one more point which is of special interest to the en- tomologist. In an earlier paper (1945) I discussed the fact that the transformations of the podoptera wing show, in partial confirma- tion of Berlese’s views, that the wing consists of four integrated parts, which may become separated. I discussed his views, also the fact that the four sections which are revealed in the podoptera mutant do not agree completely with Berlese’s definition (see table 6, p. 92 in Goldschmidt, 1945). Berlese assumed the first section to be precostal and represented by a tegulum, where it exists; his second section comprised most of the wing blade. My first section was the costal cell and the second the anterior half of the wing blade. Since then a number of podoptera flies have been found which have a precostal appendage of the mesothorax. Description and illustra- tions will be found in a forthcoming paper by Goldschmidt, Hannah and Piternick. Thus my former evaluation of Berlese’s scheme should be revised so as to have Berlese’s precostal element as the first and to add the costal section, which forms the leg in podoptera, 8 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1 as the second section. Third and fourth would then be the two sec- tions of the wing blade, as described in the former paper, and the fifth is the alula or squama. Returning once more to the heteromorphosis of Figure 1, we find it to contain only section two and part of section three of the wing; sections four and five are not represented. In podoptera the sections which have become rudimentary are frequently represented by chitinous knobs of varying structure as described in the earlier paper. This fact now permits an interpretation of the structure located behind the heteromorphic wing and drawn in Figure 1. It is clearly the rudiment of the posterior two sections of the wing (anal part and alula), smaller and more reduced than the knobs found in podoptera flies. Discussion It would be interesting to discuss the morphogenetic and evolu- tionary significance of all the foregoing facts. Discussions of some of the problems involved are found in Goldschmidt (1945) and in Goldschmidt, Hannah and Piternick (in press). An exhaustive dis- cussion would require presentation and analysis of all the facts of heteromorphosis and of the experimental work done in the field, and would also have to include the problem of homology. There- fore it will be reserved for a future occasion. But it may be of help to others interested in the subject and not at home in genetical lit- erature if we recount in a comparative way the heteromorphic replacements known thus far, and the complete or partial trans- formations of segmental appendages known in Drosophila. 1. The arista of the antenna may be replaced by a complete tarsus or by all transitions between arista and tarsus (aristapedia mutant and alleles ) . 2. The entire antenna may be replaced by a complete leg in which it seems that the scapus of the antenna forms the trochanter, the pedicellus the femur, the funiculus the tibia, and the arista the tarsus. (Details not yet worked out.) 3. The antenna may transform into an anterior wing margin to which a little wing blade, supposedly the anterior section, is attached (mutant Pointed wing). 4. The wing may, as a whole, be transformed into a haltere through all transitional stages (mutant tetraltera) . 5. This haltere may be transformed into a leg without a tarsus (the same) . JANUARY, 1951] GOLDSCHMIDT HETEROMORPHOSES 9 6. The haltere may be transformed through all transitions into a wing (mutant tetraptera) . 7. Segments normally without appendages may grow legs (present first case) or legs, wings, halteres and combinations (mutant hexaptera) . 8. The costal cell of the wing may be transformed into a leg without tarsus (mutant podoptera) . 9. The precostal wing elements (tegula) may appear, where not normally present, in the form of palp-like structures (mutant podoptera) . 10. The three postcostal parts of the wing may be independ- ently reduced to palpi or knobs (mutant podoptera) . 11. The costa of the wing may be transformed into the basic antenna segments (present case) . 12. The marginal part of the wing edge may form a structure corresponding to an arista and also to a tarsus (present case) . 13. Oral lobes of the proboscis may be changed into an arista or a tarsus (mutant proboscipedia) . Important experimental-embryological work has been done with the mutant aristapedia by Braun (1940), Villee (1943-45), Waddington (1939) , and Vogt (1946). Its bearing on some of the problems of homoeosis is being discussed in the forthcoming paper by Goldschmidt, Hannah and Piternick. Bibliography Balkaschina, E. I. 1929. Ein Fall der Erbhomoeosis (die Geno-variation arista- pedia) bei Drosophila melanogaster. Roux Arch. 115:448-463. Bateson, W. 1894. Materials for the study of variation. London, Macmillan. XV, 598 pp. Braun, W. 1940. Experimental evidence on the production of the mutant aristapedia by a change of developmental velocities. Genetics 24:143-149. Brecher, L. 1924. Die Bedingungen fiir Fiihlerfusse bei Dixippus. Arch. Entwcklgmech. 102:549-572. Bridges, C.F. and K. Brehme 1944. The mutants of Drosophila melanogaster Carnegie Inst. Publ. 552, 252 pp. Bridges, C.F. and Th. Dobzhansky 1933. The mutant proboscipedia in Drosophila melanogaster, a case of hereditary homoosis. Arch. Entwcklgmech. 127:575-590. 10 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Bridges, C. F. and Th. H. Morgan 1923. The third chromosome group of mutant characters of Dro- sophila melanogaster. Carnegie Inst. Publ. 327 : 1-250. Cappe de Baillon, P. 1927. Recherches sur la teratologie des insectes. Encycl. ento- mol. S. a. No. 8, 291 pp. CUENOT, G. 1921. Regeneration des pattes a la place d’antennes sectionees chez un Phasme. C. R. Ac. Sc. Paris 172. Glass, B. 1949. The distribution of erupt + suppressor-erupt in Dro- sophila melanogaster and D. simulans. Proc. Intern. Congr. Genet. Hereditas Suppl. 582-583. Gloor, H. 1947. Phaenokopieversuche mit Aether an Drosophila. Rev. Suisse Zool. 54:637-712. Goldschmidt, R. B. 1929. Experimentelle Mutation und das Problem der sogenann- ten Parallelinduction. Biol. Centralbl. 49:437-448. 1935. Gen und Ausseneigenschaft I. II. Ztschr. ind. Abstl, 69:38-69, 70-131. 1938. Physiological Genetics. McGraw-Hill, 338 pp. 1940. The Material Basis of Evolution. Yale Univ. Press. 436 pp. 1945. The structure of podoptera, a homoeotic mutant of Droso- phila melanogaster. J. Morph. 77:71-103. 1949. The Beaded Minute-intersexesi in Drosophila melanogas- ter Meig. J. Exp. Zool. 112:233-302. Goldschmidt, R. B., A. Hannah and L. K. Piternick. (In press.) The podoptera effect in Drosophila melanogaster. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. Herbst, C. 1895-1916. Regeneration von antennenahnlichen Organen an Stelle von Augen. I- VII Arch. Entwcklgmech. 2, 9, 13, 30, 42. Herskovitz, I. 1949. Hexaptera, a homoeotic mutant in Drosophila melanogas- ter. Genetics 34:10-25. Przibram, H. 1910-19. Homoeosis bei Arthropoden I-VIII Arch. Entwcklg- mech. 29, 43, 45. Rapoport, T. a. 1942. Genetic analysis of dependent differentiation in the em- bryogeny of Diptera. Bull. Ac. Sc. U.S.S.R. 4:254-284. 1947. On the synthesis of gene products in equimolecular quan- tities. Amer. Nat. 81 : 30-37. Tshetverikov, S. S. Published in Astauroff, B. L. (1929) : Studien fiber die erbliche Veranderung der Halteren bei Drosophila melanogaster Meig. Roux Arch. 115 :424-447. JANUARY,, 1951 ] REES & NIELSEN — MOSQUITOES 11 Valadares, M. 1937. Declanchement d’une haute mutabilite dans une lignee de Drosophila. Revista Agrar. 25:363-383. ViLLEE, Cl. A. 1943-45. Phenogenetic studies of the homoeotic mutants of Drosophila melanogaster I. J. exp. Zool. 75-98, II 96:85-102, III. Am. Natur. 79:246-258. Vogt, M. 1946. Zur labilen Determination der Imaginalscheiben von Drosophila. II. Die Umwandlung presumptiven Fiihlergewebes in Beingewebe, Biol. Zbl. 65:238-254. Waddington, C. H. 1939. Genes as evocators. Growth Suppl. V. 1:37-44. FOUR NEW MOSQUITO RECORDS FROM UTAH (Diptera: Culicidae) Don M. Rees and Lewis T. Nielsen University of Utah, Salt Lake City In October, 1934, April, 1942 and January, 1944, the available mosquito records for Utah were published by the senior author in this Journal. The following constitutes four new species records for Utah which extend to thirty-six the species reported as occurring in the state. The writers are indebted to the University of Utah Research Committee for granting funds to aid in conducting further investi- gations of the mosquito fauna of the mountains of Utah. The two new Aedes records reported herein were obtained as a result of this study. Unless otherwise indicated the collections were made by the writers. Aedes impiger (Walker) This species is fairly common in northern Utah at elevations ranging from 6,000 to 9,000 feet. It has been taken only in areas along mountain streams and chiefly in or near willow growths. It is a one-brooded species, the larvae appearing in April, May and early June depending upon the elevation. It is an annoying pest in some localities, but persists for only a short time. No females have been collected in Utah after the first of July. 12 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Salt Lake County: Giles Flats, Big Cottonwood Canyon, May 7, 1949; Brighton, June 13, 1948. Summit County: Lemon's Grove, Provo River, May 1, 1948; Park City, April 24, 1949; Smith and Morehouse Reservoir, May 28, 1949; Soapstone Ranger Station, Provo River, April 23, 1947. Wasatch County: Jordenelle, Provo River, April 16, 1949; Stewart’s Ranch, Provo River, May 1, 1948. Aedes nearcticus Dyar This mosquito has been collected in only one locality in Utah. Larvae and adults were found in an alpine meadow at an elevation of 10,100 feet in the Uintah Mountains. This is a true arctic species and although rare in Utah, is probably found throughout the Uintah Mountain Range wherever suitable alpine conditions occur. Because of its restricted distribution it is not of pest importance in Utah. Summit County: Wall Lake, Uintah Mountains, July 5, 1947 (E. J. Roscoe), July 12, 1947. CuLEX APiCALis Adams This species is represented by a single larval specimen taken at Kamas, Utah, at an elevation of 6,400 feet. It is probably more widely distributed in Utah than this single record would indicate. Summit County: Kamas, July 4, 1948 (F. C. Harmston). CULEX QUINQUEFASCIATUS Say Males of this species were found by the writers amongst un- identified material in the University of Utah collection. Only two localities are recorded but as they represent both northern and southern areas of the state it is likely that the species is distributed throughout Utah in the lower valleys at elevations below 5,000 feet. Salt Lake County: September 24, 1940, September 10, 1943. Washington County: St. George, October, 1938. Literature Cited Rees, Don M. 1934. Mosquito records from Utah. Pan-Pac. Ent., 10:161-165. 1942. Supplementary list of mosquito records from Utah. Pan- Pac. Ent., 18:77-82. 1943. The mosquitoes of Utah. Bull. Univ. of Utah. Vol. 33, No. 7. 1944. A new mosquito record from Utah. Pan-Pac. Ent., 20 : 19. JANUARY, 1951] REDDY WEEVILS 13 DETERMINATION OF SEX IN ADULT RICE AND GRANARY WEEVILS ( Coleoptera : Curculionidae ) D. Bap Reddy University of California, Berkeley The rice weevil, Sitophilus oryzae (L.) and the granary weevil, S. granarius (L.) are the most important destructive members of the genus Sitophilus. These insects are very small and resemble each other in general form and biology, but can be easily dis- tinguished from one another. In contrast to the granary weevil, the rice weevil is smaller, has four rufous spots on the elytra, possesses functional wings and the punctuations on the body are circular instead of oblong. Although the species can be easily distinguished, the separation of the sexes based upon external morphological characters offers a more difficult problem. Therefore, an investigation was conducted to determine what characters might be useful in separating the sexes. Male and female weevils of both species, about two months old, were secured from a mass culture maintained at room condi- tions. Adults were etherized before they were measured. The body length (prothorax and abdomen) and the width of the rostrum (middle part) were measured in dorsal aspect. The length of the rostrum, including the base of the eyes to the tip of the mandibles, was measured in lateral aspect. It should be mentioned here that it is very important to make measurements in the same aspect for each part in each individual. In making measurements a binocular microscope equipped with an eye piece micrometer was used. More than 50 individuals of each sex of each species were measured. The characters on the rostrum can be easily seen when the weevil is held dorsally on the forefinger with the thumb covering the abdomen and thorax and then placing it under a binocular of high magni- fication in the presence of bright light. It was found that the body length was of no value in determin- ing the sexes. It was also observed that the age and size of the weevils influenced the size of the rostrum, but this influence became very insignificant as adults reached maturity. The useful characters in separating the sexes, however, were found to be present in the rostrum and the tip of the abdomen. 14 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 The male rostrum is comparatively shorter and wider as com- pared to the narrower, longer and more cylindrical rostrum of the female. In this regard Birch (1944) observed that the rostrum of the male rice weevil was shorter and thicker. Also, in the male the dorsal surface of the rostrum is closely and strongly punctured whereas in the female the punctures are superficial and sparse and rarely occur on the distal end. Richards (1947) separated the male rice weevil from the female on the basis of punctures on the ros- trum. These distinguishing differences between the sexes are shown in figure 1. It should be pointed out here that the difference in the density of punctures on the rostrum of male and female granary weevils is not so well marked as is in case of rice weevils. With some practice, however, the female granary weevil can be easily distin- guished from the male by the presence of a more slender and cylindrical rostrum. TABLE 1 Measurements of rostri of male and female rice and granary weevils. " I Sp«ciea : S«x 1 t t Langth of tha roatrura in n. Width of tha rostrua in in. Ratio of width of tha roatrun to the length of the roatrum Ratio of lengths of mala roatrum to Ratio of aidtha of male roatrun to Ranga Ayarage Haoga Ayarega : Ualo 0 . 785 - 11.075 0.893 0 . 161 - 0.200 0.179 1.0 ! 5.0 Rica necrll • 1.0 : 1.2 1.2 ; 1.0 : Femalo O . B 56 i - 1.200 1.036 0 . 133 - 0.163 0 . U 7 1.0 : 6.9 ; UAle 0 . 875 - 1.250 1.063 0 . 175 - 0.225 0.207 1.0 t 5.1 Qr&nATT 1.0 : l .^» 1.6 ; 1.0 weeTll : FaaalQ 0 . 963 - 1.330 1.176 0 . 150 - 0.187 0.169 1.0 : 6.9 A clear picture of the relation between sizes of rostri of male and female weevils can be obtained from table 1, In both species the male rostrum is shorter and wider than that of the female. It is also seen from the table that in the male and the female the ratio between the width and the length of the rostrum is approximately the same in each species. The ratio between lengths or widths of male and female rostri, however, is not equal and varies slightly in each species. In the female the range of variation in the width of the rostrum is less than is that in the male although the variation in the length of the rostri is equally great in both sexes. In addition to the above characters the male rostrum is much less curved than is that of the female. This is most apparent when individuals are viewed from the side. Also when seen from the JANUARY, 1951] REDDY — -WEEVILS 15 Fig. 1. Rostri of male and female weevils. A, the rice weevil Sito philVrS oryzae (L.) ; B, the granary weevil, S. grcmarms (L.). 16 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 dorsal aspect the male rostrum is slightly narrower in the center and wider at the ends than is that of the female. The female rostrum, particularly the anterior part, when viewed under a strong light appears brighter. This is especially true in the case of the rice weevil where the rostrum is lightly punctured, the distal end being almost devoid of punctures. Although not as suitable as the characters given for the rostrum, the shape of the last abdominal sternite can be used to separate the two sexes. Richards (1947) used this character to distinguish male and female granary weevils. He found that in the male the sternite is more ventrally flexed than in the female. While this character is not so pronounced in the rice weevil it can be used in separating the sexes. Hundreds of adults of both species which were sexed on the basis of characters of the rostrum mentioned above were dissected to verify the sex and in all cases examined, these characters held true. Summary : — In both the rice weevil and the granary weevil the male rostrum is comparatively shorter and wider and its dorsal surface is closely and strongly punctured as compared to the female rostrum which is longer, thinner and more cylindrical in form, the punctures being superficial and sparse, rarely occurring on the distal end. Acknowledgments: — I wish to express my deepest gratitude to Dr. A. E. Michelbacher for reading the manuscript, making helpful suggestions and for guiding the work during the investigation. Acknowledgments are made to professors E. 0. Essig and E. G. Linsley for help and suggestions, and to the former for providing the facilities. The valuable help of Miss M. Moeller and the sugges- tions of Mrs. F. Abernathy in making drawings are sincerely ap- preciated. Literature Cited Birch, L. C. 1944. Two strains of Calandra oryzde L. (Coleoptera) . Aus- tralian Jour. Expt. Biol, and Med. Sci., 22:271-276. Richards, 0. W. 1947. Observations on grain weevils, Calandra (Col., Curcu- lionidae). 1. General biology and oviposition. Proc. Zool. Soc., 17 (1) :l-43. JANUARY, 1951] BARBER CHRYSOMELIDAE 17 HISPELLA A SYNONYM OF HISPA LINNAEUS, AND A NEW DACTYLISPA FROM CHINA (Coleoptera: Chrysomelidae) H. S. Barber^ Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research Administration, United States Department of Agriculture This note records comparisons recently made by Dr, Erich Uhmann (Stollberg, Saxony, Germany) of types of two described species of spiny Hispinae of the genus Dactylispa, with a new species from China. This new form, below named Dactylispa luhi, was reared by C. J. Luh of the National Tsing Hua University, Peiping, China, from a grass, Arthraxon hispidus (Thbg.), a variety of which now occurs in 10 or more States in North America. It also seems proper at this time to object to the misuse of the generic name Hispa by Chapuis in 1875, whose error has been followed unquestioned by his successors for three-quarters of a century. Hispa Linnaeus 1767 (Syst. Nat. vol. 1, pt. 2, p. 603) included four species, of which the fourth is now catalogued in the Colydii- dae, the third was placed in Paussus by Schoenherr, 1817 (Syn. Ins,, vol. 3, p. 19), while the first two remain in the subfamily Hispinae. Latreille, 1810 (Consid. Gen., p. 432), designated (fide Opinions 11 & 136) the type of Hispa as Hispa atra Fab., and since Fabricius cites Linnaeus’ original description the record automati- cally falls upon Linnaeus’ first species, which was also cited as the genotype by Kirby, 1837 (in Richardson, Fauna Boreali- Ameri- cana, p. 227) and by Westwood, 1838 (Introduct. Modern Class. Insects, vol. 2, Synopsis, p. 42) . The date of the part last cited is often erroneously given as 1840. These type designations were ignored by Chapuis, 1875 (in Lacordaire, Hist. Nat. Ins,, Gen. Coleop., vol. 11, p. 334). He er- roneously cited Hispa testacea as type of Hispa and proposed a new generic name, Hispella, citing as its type H. atra L., which is the previously designated type of Hispa L. Thus Hispella Chap, is an isogenotypic synonym of Hispa L., and we must find a different name for the group which has been miscalled Hispa for about 75 years. *Mr. Barber died on June 1, 1950. 18 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Although subdivision of old genera now seems prevalent, re- studies of adequate material often lead to synonymy of names pro- posed for supposedly distinct groups. If Thoracispa Chapuis, 1875 (l.c. p. 335), type T. dregei Chp., 1875 (validated by his remarks on p. 336 but dated by Weise, 1911, in Junk Cat., pt. 35, p. 74, as from its second description in 1877), were to remain in the group called Hispa by Weise, that name should be adopted. But since Dr. Uhmann tells me Thoracispa must be regarded as generically dis- tinct, the choice of a name to supplant Hispa Chapuis, Weise, and others would fall on Dicladispa Gestro, 1897, with Hispa aenescens Baly, 1887, as its type (this latter specific name is regarded as a synonym of Hispa armigera Olivier, 1808) . Dr. Uhmann’s notes and illustration are adopted in the follow- ing description. JANUARY, 1951] BAILEY THRIPS 19 Dactylispa luhi Uhmann, new species Similar to D. assamensis Weise but narrower, with slenderer antennae when examined from either their broad, or their narrow sides. In the latter aspect (dorsal) segment 3 is longer than in assamensis; 4 and 5 are longer than broad; 6 is not broader than long, 7 is longer than broad. In their broader (lateral) aspect seg- ments 3, 4, 5 are distinctly longer than broad and without visible longitudinal channels while in assamensis all segments except 3 and 11 are broader than long and 3 to 6 are distinctly longitudinally sulcate. Prothoracic spines more slender but placed as in assamensis. Elytral spines in oblique series (see figure) : interstice II with spines 1-5 ; IV 1 is lacking, IV 2 far forward, only a little posterior to II 1 ; IV 3 and IV 5 also much forward of II 3 and II 5; IV 4 lacking; humerus with 5 spines as in assamensis, VI 1, VI 2, behind the three axillary or prehumeral spines, VI 3 and VI 4, closer to the suture and VIII 4, VIII 5 close to the margin with an additional spine be- tween them which is not present on assamensis. Length, 3.1 mm. This species, luhi, differs greatly from the lectotype of D. pusilla Weise; the antennae are much more slender, the thoracic and elytral spines are slenderer and longer. Holotype, U. S. National Museum, cat. no. 59393. Reared by C. J. Luh of Peiping, China, from Arthraxon hispidus (Thbg.) under his experiment number 3561, but the type locality was not stated by him. He was near Kunming, Yunnan, in South- western China during the war. A HOMONYM IN THE GENUS THRIPS LINNE (Thysanoptera : Thripidae) About ten years ago a case of homonymy was noted in Thrips setosus Moulton, 1929. At this time Mr. Moulton’s attention was called to the condition but it appears not to have been corrected. Thrips setosus Moulton, 1928 (Annotationes Zoologicae Japonenses 11 (4) :304-305. Dec. 20) has priority over Thrips setosus Moulton, 1929 (Records of the Indian Museum 31(2) :97-98. July). Thrips setosus Moulton, 1928, was described from Osaka, Japan, and the type is in the Moulton collection (No. 2358) . For the homonym, Thrips setosus Moulton, 1929, nec setosus Moulton, 1928, 1 propose herewith the name temporatus. The unique type of temporatus Bailey, nom. nov. (Moulton No. 2002) is in the Indian Museum, Calcutta. — Stanley F. Bailey, Davis, California. 20 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 OBSERVATIONS ON RHOPALOMYIA CALIFORNICA FELT (Diptera: Itonididae) L W. Tilden San Jose State College, San Jose, California Galls: This species forms many-chambered galls on the plant terminals; a few single-chambered galls on the leaves seem also to be made by it. The host is chaparral broom [Baccharis pilularis D. C.) , both the prostrate coastal subspecies typica C. B. Wolf, and the erect inland subspecies consanguinea D. C. Sectioned and stained galls show a matrix of parenchyma-type cells that forms the mass of the gall. The larval chambers are tubu- lar, closed distally and of mechanical tissue. This tissue is absent distally and apparently also inwardly, though this is less certain. Cross sections show numerous small vascular bundles, the ap- parent medium of food and water exchange for the gall. These bundles appear to be those of the petioles and veins of the unde- veloped leaves that are involved in the gall. This conclusion is based on two considerations : first, that the bundles are concentrically ar- ranged as in the bud, and second, that the xylem is internal and the phloem external as in the petioles of normal leaves. The epidermis of the gall is composed of from one to three, usually two, layers of cells. The larval chambers are closed distally by a few layers of cells. No open chambers with developing larvae were found. Eggs : Eggs are laid on the terminals, usually on the buds. The newly hatched larvae enter between the bud scales, by pushing in between the unopened leaves. No gall is formed until after the larvae enter, so it is concluded that the stimulus for gall formation is the entry of the larvae and not oviposition. Oviposition is largely ex- ternal, and apparently eggs are not inserted into the tissue, although they may be placed under partly opened leaves. Larvae: Minute larvae may crawl for some distances, appar- ently at random. By no means do all of the young larvae gain entry ; many wander until they die. Oviposition is profuse but galls are relatively few-chambered. The mortality rate of young larvae is high ; only a few become established. The communal galls seem to be a random result, caused by the entry of several larvae into one bud. The gall that is stimulated by this mass entry eventually en- JANUARY, 1951] TILDEN RHOPALOMYIA 21 velopes all the larvae in any given bud. The concentric arrangement of the chambers of the gall seems to evolve from the concentric arrangement of the bud leaves. Since the galls are closed, the suggestion is made that the larvae obtain oxygen through or from the tissues of the plant. Superficial tissues of the galls are rich in chloroplasts, and a possible explana- tion (by no means proven) is that the oxygen that results from photosynthesis may enter the larval chambers. Further plausibility is furnished by the fact that the cells closing the galls are photo- synthetic. Larvae face the inner end of the chamber. The method of ob- taining nourishment is not clear. The mechanical structure of the gall and the structure of the larvae suggests that food is liquid in nature. Observations begun by another observer to clear up this point have not to date led to any conclusion. Prior to pupation, the larva turns in the cell and faces outward. This was not observed in fact, but since the developing larvae face inward while the pupae face outward, such a turning must occur. Because of the opacity of the galls, and their tendency to wither, no accurate information was obtained as to number of larval instars and length of pupal period, but indications are that the instars are few and the pupal period short. Pupae: The pupa is equipped with a cephalic projection which serves to push through the cells that close the chamber. The pupa appears at the outer end of the cell and gradually protrudes. Pro- trusion continues until but a few abdominal segments remain in the cell. Then the pupal skin splits irregularly and the adult emerges. Emergence is at first without evident movement, the adult slowly squeezing out by translocation of body fluids, by ingestion of air, or by both. When the adult is far enough out to free any appendages, these are moved slowly and soon become functional. Frequently adults crawl onto the gall to sit while their tissues harden. Emergence takes but a few minutes. The pupal skin remains hanging to the gall. Adults : Newly emerged adults mate almost at once. Mating is brief. Males are short lived. In a typical instance, mating occurred at 9:00 A. M. and the male died at 12:20 P. M. This male had 22 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 emerged at 8:00 A. M. and so had an adult life span of four hours and twenty minutes. Newly emerged females are distended with eggs. The Vermillion colored eggs give the abdomen of the female an orange color. After oviposition, the female is slender in form and dusky in color. Ovi- position is rapid and begins soon after mating. While eggs are mostly laid on the tips, some may be laid at some distance down the stems. In nine instances, the average number of eggs was 146, but in each case unlaid eggs remained. Dissections of three females just prior to egg laying showed an average of 279 eggs in the ab- domens. It would appear that this maximum number is seldom laid. This tendency not to lay all of the eggs that are developed appears to be common to many species of insects of diverse orders. The gut of adults of this fly is greatly reduced and appears to be non-functional. None was seen to pass any excrement. The life span of the female exceeds that of the male, the longest survival time observed being fifty-two hours. The mouthparts seem to perform no function; none was observed to take either food or water. Parasites: This fly is heavily parasitized. The following para- sites were reared: Torymus haccharidis (Huber) ; Amblymerus n. sp., Eupelmus inyoensis Girault Eupelmus sp., Tetrastichus sp., Platygaster sp. Some of these are undoubtedly secondary, but their exact status is at present not known. Acknowledgment: Mr. C. F. W. Muesebeck of the United States National Museum was so kind as to identify the parasites. LEPIDOPTERISTS’ SOCIETY It is with great interest that we note the organization of the Lepidopterists’ Society. Installed as ofllcers were J. H. McDun- nough as president, A. H. Clark as senior vice-president, J. B. Ziegler as treasurer, and F. H. Rindge as secretary. The society held its first annual meeting in New York on December 29th and 30th and certain aspects of the meeting have been reviewed in the New Yorker magazine for January 13, 1951. Those interested in mem- bership or in additional information should address their com- munications to Dr. F. H. Rindge, Department of Insects & Spiders, American Museum of Natural History, Central Park West at 79th Street, New York 24. — Paul D. Hurd, Jr. JANUARY, 1951] EDMUNDS TICKS 23 A CHECK LIST OF THE TICKS OF UTAH Lafe R. Edmunds* University of Utah, Salt Lake City This paper provides a distributional list of the ticks of Utah, with their hosts. Approximately 650 specimens of ticks have been examined from Utah comprising representatives of 19 of the 21 species listed. Specimens of Ornithodoros eremicus Cooley and Kohls^t and Ixodes diversifossus Neumann, Stanford^^, previously reported from Utah, were not available for this study. The writer is indebted to Glen M. Kohls of the U. S. Public Health Service, Rocky Mountain Laboratory, Hamilton, Montana, for verification of identifications; also to F. C. Bishopp of the Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine for his assistance in obtaining literature and further references, and to Don M. Rees of the University of Utah for guidance and aid during this study. The study was made possible by a research grant from the University of Utah Research Committee. In this report the collection records are arranged alphabetically by county. Unless otherwise indicated, all records listed as new are of specimens now in the collection of the University of Utah. In the lists of specimens examined, abbreviations are employed as follows : (U.S.A.C.) Utah State Agricultural College; (R.M.L.) Rocky Mountain Laboratory; (U.S.P.H.S.P.L.) United States Public Health Service Plague Laboratory. 1. Argos refiexus (Fabricius). — NEW RECORDS: Uintah County, 3 mi. S. Vernal, July 27, 1948, cliff swallows (C. Greenhall) . These specimens were immature forms, and were labeled “probably re- fiexus*’ at the R.M.L. 2. Argo^ persicus (Oken). — ^records from literature: Tooele County, Tooele, Apr. 18, 1934, chickens (G. F. Knowlton), Bishopp and Trembley2; Washington County, “near” St. George, 1936, chickens (E. W. Davis), Cooley and Kohls^. — new records: Kane County, 5 mi. NW. Kanab, May 18, 1947, long tailed chat (J. C. Downey) ; Salt Lake County, 3 mi. E. Salt Lake City, 1948, fox spar- row (R. Selander). 3. Otobius megnini (Duges). — RECORDS FROM LITERATURE: The following authors list this tick as occurring in Utah without giving specific collection data: Hunter and Bishoppi®, Bishopp and Trem- bley2, Cooley and Kohls."^ new records: Emery County, San Rafael ♦Contribution from the Division of Biolo^, Department of Invertebrate Zoology and Entomology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah. fThe collection records from the literature are followed by the author’s name and a number, referring to the number of the reference in the bibliography. The names placed in parentheses are those of the collectors of the specimens. 24 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Desert, Aug. 16, 1947, calf (B. Moore) ; San Juan County, Dry Mesa, Oct. 27, 1946, deer (J. Berryman) ; Sanpete County, Wales, Oct. 19, 1946, deer (D. M. Rees) ; Washington County, Beaver Dam Wash, May 6, 1941, host unknown (J. Berryman). 4. Ornithodoros eremicus Cooley and Kohls. — records from literature: San Juan County, “near” Bluff, Aug. 24, 1939, Peromys- cus maniculatus, Cooley and Kohls.^ 5. Ornithodoros turicata (Duges). — ^RECORDS from literature: San Juan County, “near” Monticello, Aug. 31, 1940, burrow of Citellus sp. (R.M.L.), Cooley and Kohls'^; Washington County, Beaver Dam Slope, 1939, Gopherus agassizi, Woodbury and Hardy.^^ 6. Ornithodoros parkeri (Cooley). — records from literature: Collections from Carbon, Emery, Grand, Iron, Uintah, and San Juan Counties reported by Davis.^ new records: Washington County, Beaver Dam Slope, Sept., 1939, tortoises (A. M. Woodbury). 7. Ornithodoros kelleyi Cooley and Kohls. — ^RECORDS from literature: Grand County, 4 mi. N Thompsons [sic], July 31, 1940, Pipestrellus bats (J. Frenkle), Cooley and Kohls.® 8. Ornithodoros talaje (Guerin-Meneville). — new records: Kane County, “near” Echo Cliffs, Navajo Indian Reservation, Sept., 1939. Found unattached under a rock (S. and D. Mulaik). 9. Ixodes sculptus Neumann. — records from literature: Rich County, May 20, 1938, Citellus armatus (Eskey) ; Summit County, June 15, 1938, Citellus armatus (Eskey) ; June 13, 1938, Citellus armatus (Eskey), Cooley and Kohls.® NEW records: Cache County, Logan Canyon Forestry Camp, Mar. 23, 1942, Citellus arma- tus (J. S. Stanford), U.S.A.C. ; San Juan County, Abajo Mts., 5 mi. W. Monticello, July 5, 1947, pocket gopher (L. R. Edmunds) ; Dalton Spring, Abajo Mts., 5 mi. W. MonticeFo, July 5, 1947, pocket gopher (L. R. Edmunds) ; Gooseberry Ranger Station Elk Ridge, July 14, 1947, pocket gopher (L. R. Edmunds). 10. Ixodes pacificus Cooley and Kohls. — records from lit- erature: Beaver County, Bush Creek, Oct. 20, 1938, human (Thorne) ; Washington County, “near” Pinto, Oct. 20, 1938, human (D. M. Rees); Bishopp and Tremble.^ new records: Millard County, Holden, Oct. 25, 1945, human (D. M. Rees). 11. Ixodes marmotae Cooley and Kohls. — RECORDS FROM lit- erature: Cache County, May 24, 1938, Citellus armatus (U.S.P.H. S.P.L.) ; Rich County, June 3, 1938, Marmota sp. (U.S.P.H.S.P.L.), Cooley and Kohls.® new records : Box Elder County, “near” Lampo, July 9, 1942, Marmota sp. (J. S. Stanford), U.S.A.C.; Salt Lake County, Prairie Hollow, May 18, 1939, Marmota sp. (L. R. Ed- munds) . 12. Ixodes kingi Bishopp. — records from literature: Grand County, Sept. 1, 1940, prairie dog (R.M.L.) ; Sept. 2, 1940, prairie dog (R.M.L.) ; Millard County, Aug. 9, 1940, prairie dog (R.M.L.) ; Q, 1940, nrairie dog (R.M.L.) ; San Juan County, May 1, 1937, prairie dog (Haas) : Anr. 22, 1937, Mustela sp. (Haas) ; Apr. 21, JANUARY, 1951] EDMUNDS TICKS 25 1937, Mustela sp. (Haas), Cooley and Kohls.^ new records: San Juan County, July 4, 1947, prairie dog (L. R. Edmunds). 13. Ixodes angustus Neumann. — NEW records: Cache County, Sardine Canyon, Dec. 28, 1937, weasel (Denning), U.S.A.C. ; Camp Hunt, Aug. 14, 1942, shrew (J. S. Stanford), U.S.A.C.; Uintah County, Paradise Park, Aug. 7, 1947, pika (K. R. Kelson). 14. Ixodes ochotonae Gregson. — new records: Uintah County, Paradise Park, July 31, 1947, pika (G. F, Edmunds, Jr.) ; July 22, 1947, pika (K. R. Kelson) ; July 30, 1948, pika (D. M. Rees). 15. Ixodes spinipalpis Hadwen and Nuttall. — NEW records: Uintah County, 1 mi. SE. Ouray, 1946 (J. Berryman), host un- known. These specimens were labeled “probably spinipalpis” at the R.M.L. 16. Ixodes diversifossus Neumann. — records from litera- ture: Cache County, “near” Logan, July 28, 1931, cottontail rabbit (J. S. Stanford). 17. Dermacentor albipictus Packard. — RECORDS FROM LITERA- TURE: Bishopp and Trembley^, Cooley^, report this tick as occurring in Utah, without giving specific collection data, new records: Cache County, Logan, Feb. 5, 1942, deer (Clamaine) ; Logan, Oct. 27, 1947, deer (Hobbs), U.S.A.C.; Daggett County, 18 mi. E. Linwood, Mar. 12, 1947, antelope (K. R. Kelson) ; Garfield County, Panguitch, March, 1948, horse (L. R. Edmunds). 18. Dermacentor parumapertus Neumann. — records from literature: Bishopp and Trembley^, Cooley^, show this species on their distribution maps; Juab County, Trout Creek, May 6-8, 1934, jack rabbit (J. S. Stanford), Stanford.12 new records: Kane County, 2 mi. SW. Kanab, May 20, 1947, jack rabbit (J. C. Downey) ; 3 mi. S. Kanab, May 23, 1947, jack rabbit (G. K. Todd) ; Kanab, May 24, 1947, jack rabbit (J. C. Downey) ; 2 mi. S. Kanab, May 24, 1947, jack rabbit (J. C. Downey) ; Hamblin Ranch, Cave Lakes Canyon, 5 mi. NE. Kanab, May 18, 1947, cottontail rabbit (G. K. Todd) ; House Rock, Arizona-Utah border. May 5, 1947, jack rabbit (L. R. Edmunds) ; San Juan County, 11 mi. N. Bluff, June 28, 1947, jack rabbit (L. R. Edmunds) ; Tooele County, Rush Valley, Dec. 30, 1947, jack rabbit (I. Bell). 19. Dermacentor andersoni Stiles. — records from litera- ture: Many authors record this species in Utah. NEW record: The most abundant tick in Utah, records are from the following counties: Cache, Davis, Duchesne, Emery, Garfield, Iron, Kane, Millard, Salt Lake, San Juan, Sanpete, Tooele, Utah, Wasatch. Numerous host species were recorded. 20. Haemaphysalis leporis-palustris (Packard). — records FROM literature: Box Elder County, July 22, 1931, pigmy rabbit (J. S. Stanford), Stanford.12 Other authors show distribution on maps, Bishopp and Trembley,^ and Hunter and Bishopp.^® new records: Emery County, 4 mi. N. Green River, June 22, 1947, cottontail rabbit (L. R. Edmunds) ; 4 mi. N. Green River, June 22, 1947, cottontail 26 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 rabbit (L. R, Edmunds) ; Grand County, Valley City, June 23, 1947, cottontail rabbit (L. R. Edmunds) ; Salt Lake County, Mill Creek Canyon, July 21, 1946, jack rabbit (H. Stark) ; San Juan County, 18 mi. E. Monticello, July 1, 1947, cottontail rabbit (L. R. Edmunds). 21. Rkipicephalus sanguineus (Latreille). — RECOEIDS FROM LIT- ERATURE: Salt Lake County, Salt Lake City, May 15, 1943, dog (R.M.L.). Kohls and Parker. new records: Salt Lake County, Salt Lake City, Oct., 1947, Mexican dog, [s^c] (collector unknown). References Cited 1 — Banks, Nathan, 1908. A revision of the Ixodoidea, or ticks, of the United States. Tech. ser. no. 15, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agr., pp. 1-60. 2 — Bishopp, F. C., and Trembley, H. L., 1945. Distribution and hosts of certain North American ticks. J. Parasitol. 31 :l-54. 3 — Cooley, R. A., 1946. The genera Boophilus, Rhipicephalus, and Haemaphysalis of the New World. Bull. (187) Nat. Inst. Hlth., pp. 1-51, 13 figs. 4 — 1938. The genera Dermacentor and Otocenter (Ixodidae) in the United States with studies in variation. Bull. (171) Nat. Inst. Hlth., pp. 1-89. 5 — Cooley, R. A., and Kohls, G. M., 1941. Three new species of Ornithodoros. Pub. Hlth. Rept. 56:587-594. 6 — 1941. Further new species of Ornithodoros from bats. Pub. Hlth. Rept. 56:910-914. 7 — 1944. The Argasidae of North America, Central America and Cuba. Amer. Md. Nat., Monograph No. 1, p. 52. 8 — 1945. The genus Ixodes in North America. Bull. (184) Nat. Inst. Hlth., pp. 3-244, 87 figs. 9 — Davis, Gordon E., 1941. Ornithodoros parkeri and relapsing fever spirochets in Utah. Pub. Hlth. Rept. 56:2464-2468. 10 — Hunter, W. D., and Bishopp, F. C., 1911. Some of the more important ticks of the United States. Yearbook, Bur. Ent. U. S. Dept. Agric., pp. 220-230. 11 — Kohls, Glen M., and Parker, R. R., 1948. Occurrence of the brown dog tick in the Western States. Jour. Econ. Ent. 41(1) :102. 12 — Stanford, J. S., 1934. Some ectoparasites of Utah birds and mammals. Proc. Utah Acad. Sci., Arts, and Letters, 11 :247. 13 — ^Woodbury, Angus M., and Hardy, Ross, 1948. Studies of the desert tortoise, Gopherus agassizii. Ecol. Monog. 18:145- 200 . JANUARY, 1951] VANDYKE COLEOPTERA 27 NEW SPECIES OF COLEOPTERA FROM NORTH AMERICA Edwin C. Van Dyke California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco Carabidae Feronia (Cryobius) bryanti Van Dyke, new species Small, narrow and elongate, moderately flattened, black and shin- ing, legs rufous. Head somewhat longer than broad, as wide as apex of prothorax, front smooth, frontal grooves straight and well im- pressed; mandibles prominent, porrect; eyes moderately prominent; antennae long and delicate, extending backwards beyond base of elytra. Prothorax as broad as long, apex feebly emarginate, sides broadly arcuate in front, obliquely narrowed behind or sometimes feebly sinuate to obtuse hind angles ; disc with median longitudinal line flnely impressed, anterior transverse impression well defined, posterior transverse impression less evident, basal impressions linear and lunate in front, broad and deep behind, faintly double, basal area quite smooth, hind angles obtuse, base feebly emarginate and with- out margin. Elytra elongate, slightly cordate,, broad at base with humeral angles prominent and well rounded, the sides almost paral- lel, broadly rounded posteriorly and feebly sinuate towards apex; disc feebly convex, more or less flattened, striae well impressed throughout and practically impunctate, the intervals convex, the third with three foveae. Legs long and delicate. Prosternum not margined apically. Male front tarsi well developed. Length 8.0 mm., breadth 2.75 mm. Holotype male, allotype female (Nos. 6197 and 6198, California Academy Sciences, Ent.) and one male paratype, all collected by Owen Bryant, at Aklavik, Mackenzie Delta, Northwest Ter- ritory, Canada, June 16, 1931 (Bryant Lot 233). This small PlatidiusAiike beetle is closely related to Feronia hlaisdelli Van Dyke (Pan-Pacific Ent., 19(1) :24-25. Jan. 1943) but differs principally by having the sides of the prothorax oblique posteriorly and with obtuse hind angles, whereas hlaisdelli has the sides of prothorax strongly sinuate posteriorly and the hind angles right-angled; the elytra rather cordate in shape with prominent humeri as against an elliptical afterbody with narrowed and oblique humeri ; and well-impressed striae and convex intervals in contrast to the more feebly impressed striae and somewhat flattened inter- vals. The two species stand well apart from all other American species of the subgenus Cryobius. 28 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Elateridae Athous farallonicus Van Dyke, new species Elongate, subparallel, moderately convex, upper surface brown, the elytral suture and lateral margin, the underside, legs and anten- nae somewhat rufous. Head rather coarsely closely punctured, the front deeply triangulately impressed anteriorly, clypeal margin prominent, transverse, eyes large; antennae filiform, reaching in males two segments beyond hind angles of prothorax, in females barely to hind angles, the second segment small, but little longer than broad, the third almost twice as long as second and triangular, the fourth and fifth somewhat more robust, about one-and-a-half times as long as broad and feebly serrate, the sixth to tenth a bit longer, more parallel and gradually narrower and the eleventh elongate fusiform. Prothorax about a sixth longer than broad, apex feebly arcuate, base emarginate, sides sinuate behind, feebly arcuate in front and slightly narrowed at apex, apical angles blunt, not projecting, hind angles acute, without carinae, with sides elevated and extending somewhat backwards, the lateral margins narrow; the disc rather coarsely, not closely punctured except at sides, feebly depressed near front angles, with a median smooth longitudinal line more or less evidently especially posteriorly, without canaliculation, and sparsely clothed with rather coarse, forwardly inclined fulvous pile. Scutellum elongate, rounded at apex, coarsely punctured and setose. Elytra as broad as broadest part of prothorax, two and two- thirds as long, with sides quite parallel, the striae well impressed and coarsely punctured, the intervals convex, rugose and with coarse, sparse and inclined pubescence irregularly distributed along them. Beneath rather finely somewhat densely punctured. Legs long and delicate, the second and third tarsal segments of all legs some- what prolonged beneath and feebly lobed. Length male, 11.0 mm., breadth 3.0 mm. The female more robust, the antennae shorter and more delicate, the prothorax somewhat broader than long, with disc more convex and the sides more arcurate, and the elytra much more convex and expanded especially behind, giving the afterbody a spatulate ap- pearance. Holotype male, allotype female (Nos. 6199 and 6200, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and three paratypes, two males and one female, all collected by Dr. G. Dallas Hanna, during June, 1949, from the Farallone Islands, 25 miles west of the Golden Gate, San Fran- cisco, California. The five specimens were found on the ground and under cover. This species is related to Athous excavatus (Motschulsky) and because of its brown color, looks more like the subspecies carmeli Van Dyke (see table, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., 20(9) :363, and dis- cussion, pp. 373-374, March 3, 1932). In excavatus, the pronotal JANUARY, 1951] VANDYKE COLEOPTERA 29 punctation is somewhat denser, the pubescence finer, longer and gray, the antennae more robust and longer, at least four antennal segments in the males extending beyond the hind prothoracic angles and the tarsal lobes a bit more pronounced. In most of the typical excavatus and many of the subspecies carmeli the sides of the pro- thorax are rufous, which is not the case with farallonicus. Buprestidae Acmaeodera boharti Van Dyke, new species Rather small, moderately short and compact, the head and pro- notum black or feebly aeneous and finely pilose, the head with white pile, the pronotum with erect black pile, the elytra a deep bluish- black, the under surfaces aeneous, and the insect as a whole some- what shining and without maculations of any kind. Head coarsely, densely punctured, the front longitudinally impressed, transversely impressed at base of clypeus and the latter semicircularly emar- ginate in front; antennae short, reaching just beyond middle of prothorax, segments 5 to 10 serrate, the eleventh elliptical. Prothorax about twice as wide as long, apex feebly biemarginate, base trans- verse, sides unevenly arcuate and gradually narrowed from base to apex, the disc convex, coarsely, cribrately punctured laterally and rather finely, less densely punctured centrally, with a small feeble impression near center of front margin and a deeper one in front of scutellum, the lateral margin narrow but distinct though concealed when viewed dorsally. Elytra at base barely wider than base of pro- thorax, twice as long as broad, sides feebly sinuate in front of middle but in general gradually narrowed and convergent posteriorly to the rounded apex, the side margin serrate from middle to apex, the disc convex, somewhat flattened medially, the humeral umbone distinct, the striae finely, sharply impressed and finely closely punctured towards the suture, but outwardly very coarsely punctured except for the ninth and tenth striae which are very deeply impressed but less coarsely punctured, the inner intervals flattened and about twice as wide as the striae, becoming narrower and more irregular outwardly as the punctures increase in size, and with the last three more regular, very convex and rugose, each interval in addition with a single row of fine punctures from which arise a row of in- clined white setae. Ventral surface shining, coarsely punctured in front and gradually more finely and sparsely punctured posteriorly and sparsely clothed with short, white pile. Prosternum with the front margin sinuate. The last ventral segment without a transverse lobe-like plate before apex. Length 8.0 mm., breadth 3.0 mm. Holotype (No. 6201, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.), a unique collected at Ensenada Honda, Puerto Rico, West Indies, Aug. 20, 1942, by George E. Bohart. This very distinct species is like no other described species from the West Indies, nor in fact like any from North America. 30 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Chrysobothris sinaloae Van Dyke, new species Of moderate size, chocolate brown in color and bronzed, somewhat narrow and elongate, and simulating C. distincta Laporte and Gk)ry in general appearance. The clypeus broadly shallowly and feebly angulately emarginate with the outer angles of the emargination rounded, the antennae short, with the- outer eight segments serrate and gradually narrowed towards the apex. Prothorax two-fifths broader than long, apex very feebly bisinuate, the base strongly so with the median lobe prominent, the disc somewhat convex, densely punctured, the punctures well separated centrally but approximate at sides and more or less arranged into transverse rugae, a slight median longitudinal impression generally reaching the apex but well separated from base, and the' sides quite parallel in basal two- thirds, rounded in front and obliquely convergent to apex. Elytra three times length of prothorax, slightly broader at base than pro- thorax, humeri prominent, sides quite parallel or feebly sinuate for basal two-thirds, thence gradually narrowed towards apex and rounded to a blunt apex, the lateral margin serrate posteriorly and the disc feebly convex with three well-developed carinae, the sutural one straight and extending forwards two-thirds of the way towards the base, the second sinuate and extending forward from apex to beyond the middle and more or less paralleling the sutural, and the third or outermost, short, feebly arcuate and running from the posterior fovea toward the humeral umbone but generally not reach- ing it but turning outwardly, the general surface densely punctured especially toward the sides, with a deep fovea to the outer side of the scutellum, a feebly impression between that and the umbone and three well-defined, very densely punctured and somewhat cupreous foveae, the inner one about one-third the distance from the apex and to the outer side of the sutural carina, the second slightly forward of this, to the outer side of the second carina and at the apex of the short third carina, and the third fovea, about a third the distance from the base and straddling the apex of the second carina. The ventral surface bronzed and shining, the tarsi generally greenish, the ventral sclerites rather deeply sulcate medi- ally, somewhat coarsely punctured, the abdomen strigate and clothed with a fine, white pile. In addition each sclerite has an elongate callosity at the side and the margin of the last ventral is finely ser- rate. The anterior femora have a well-marked tooth, serrate along the outer margin. Length 13 to 16 mm., breadth 5 to 6 mm. Males with front flattened, densely, finely punctured, bright green, with a dense fine white pile; the antennae green, the front tibiae gradually dilated beneath at the apex, the last ventral seg- ment broadly emarginate, the base of the emargination transverse or feebly sinuous, and the undersurface clothed with white pile, especially evident on the prostemum. Females with front feebly convex, more coarsely punctured than in the male and rugose, with the pile sparser, both front and an- JANUARY, 1951] VAN DYKE COLEOPTERA 31 tennae bronzed, the front tibiae feebly arcuate and enlarged out- wardly but without apical dilation and the last ventral segments with a small notch at the apex. Holotype male, allotype female (Nos. 6202 and 6203 Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and 12 paratypes, collected at Morcorito, Sin- aloa, Mexico, Sept. 18, 1947, by Joseph Marquis. Three other specimens collected at Los Mochis, Sinaloa, on Nov. 15, 1947, were also taken by Mr. Marquis. This species from the west coast of Mexico superficially looks like the larger and more distinctly sculptured distincta Laporte and Gory from the interior of Mexico and the smaller and shorter schaefferi Obenberger from Lower California, but both these in the male have a very distinct tooth near the apex of the front tibiae whereas in sinaloae the front tibiae in the males has only a sudden enlargement near the apex. According to Fisher’s table (1942, U. S. Dept. Agric., Misc. Publ. No. 470) , it would run close to peninsul- aris Schaeffer from Lower California but it differs from this by being larger, with a much broader prothorax, the males with a green forehead and the front tibiae with the apical enlargement a simple dilatation with at most a small tooth inwards whereas in peninsularis the forehead is bronzed and the front tibiae with a prominent tooth at the base of the enlargement. Curculionidae Eupagoderes bryanti Van Dyke, new species Rather small, short and compact ; clothed above with light brown and white scales irregularly distributed and closely applied in a tesselated manner; the head, a broad hand at sides of prothorax and the underside with white scales, in close contact on the head and feebly imbricated at sides of prothorax and beneath; a band of brown scales on either side of the middle of pronotum and the hind femora barred. Head convex, a well-marked transverse impression separating it from the rostrum, the latter distinctly trisulcate, the median sulcus ending at the transverse impression and the lateral short but linear. Prothorax one-sixth broader than long, the sides arcuate, narrowing in front, almost parallel in posterior two-thirds, the disc with a few coarse punctures and numerous small ones but these latter are in most cases concealed by the dense scaly vestiture. Elytra cordiform, but little broader at base than base of prothorax, and almost a third longer than broad ; disc evenly convex, the striae finely impressed and finely regularly punctured, the intervals feebly elevated centrally and with a row of minute punctures down their center from which arise very short curved setae. Legs robust, apices of hind tibiae obliquely truncate, the third tarsal segment enlarged and lobed. Length 8.5 mm., breadth 4.0 mm. 32 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Holotype (No. 6204, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and 16 paratypes, collected in the Baboquivari Mountains, Arizona, Sept. 23, 1933, by Owen Bryant. This species along with halli Van Dyke and huachucae Van Dyke forms a small group of related species characterized by being of medium size, compact, with the rostrum trisulcate, the median sulcus not extending above the transverse impression, a maculate design, and the upper surface densely clothed with scales arranged in a definite tesselated or pavement manner. In halli the anterior tibiae are not serrate beneath, the head is flattened or but feebly convex with the result that the rostrum is not distinctly limited above by a transverse impression, the elytral striae sharply defined and the scales either black or white giving the beetle a gray appear- ance. Since the original description of halli based on five specimens was published, we have received 23 additional specimens all more or less uniform as to color and general appearance. In bryanti, a species of the same size and shape as the above, the anterior tibiae are serrate beneath, the scales are brown and white, the head feebly convex thus definitely limiting the rostrum above, and the elytral striae vaguely indicated, defined more by the row of strial punctures than the impressed striae. The pronotum is also so dense- ly clothed with scales, more or less imbricated, that the coarse punctures are concealed which is not the case in either halli or huachucae where the scales are tesselated and numerous large punc- tures are exposed. Placed side by side the black and white scales of halli strongly contrast with the brown and white scales of bryanti. Tosastes columbianus Van Dyke, new species Black, densely clothed with imbricated scales, gray beneath, and gray above maculated with dark brown as follows; a broad band, narrowed on occiput, extending down the middle of the head and rostrum, another down the middle of pronotum, sometimes expanded so as to cover the entire disc, and irregular patches, often ocellate scattered over the elytra. Head slightly convex, separated from the rostrum by a feeble transverse impression, the rostrum broad, a bit longer than wide, somewhat flattened above in basal area and with the apex well arched; eyes of moderate size and quite flattened. Prothorax about one-third broader than long, sides feebly arcuate at middle, obliquely narrowed in front and quite straight and paral- lel behind, the disc coarsely, densely punctured and generally with a faint median longitudinal groove. Elytra oval, a bit broader at base than base of prothorax, broadest at middle, the disc convex, the striae well impressed and quite coarsely, regularly punctured, the JANUARY, 1951] VAN DYKE COLEOPTERA 33 intervals convex and ornamented with an irregular double row of short, hooked setae. Legs stout, the hind tibiae subtruncate and with a double row of spines. Length 4.5 mm., breadth 3 mm. Holotype (No. 6205, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and four paratypes collected at Kamloops, British Columbia, May 1, 1932, by Owen Bryant. This small species structurally belongs near T osastes cinarescens Pierce and superficially resembles some of the smaller, more irregu- larly maculate specimens. It differs, however, by having a narrower prothorax which is also more deeply and closely punctured, a head which is definitely convex, not flattened, a rostrum which is quite convex and depressed apically and with eyes which are more flattened. Crocidema arizonica Van Dyke, new species Elongate, dark brown, densely clothed with brownish or opal- escent scales and with rather stiff hairs varying in degree from sparse to rather dense. Head as long as prothorax, the front mod- erately convex, with a well marked transverse impression between it and the arcuate beak, sparsely punctured, the punctures mostly con- cealed by the scales, and with semierect stiff pile, the rostrum nar- rower than interocular area in male, about as broad in female, quadrate; eyes large but quite flattened, projecting but little beyond side of head, the scrobes deep, not reaching eyes but curved beneath in front of eyes. Prothorax slightly broader than long in the male and considerably broader in the female, front margin feebly arcuate, transverse base, the sides arcuate, the disc rather densely punctured though the punctures are concealed by the scales and the post-ocular lobes are evident but not prominent. Elytra two and two-thirds times length of prothorax, elongate elliptical in the male, broader and slightly cordate in female, disc somewhat flattened, declivity round- ed, the striae well impressed especially at sides and rather deeply punctured with rounded closely placed punctures, the intervals flat, very finely punctured and with the stiff pile irregularly distributed. The underside finely punctured and sparsely pubescent. Length male holotype 10.0 mm., breadth 3.5 mm., female allotype, length 11.0 mm., breadth 4.0 mm. Holotype male, allotype female (Nos. 6206 and 6207, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent) and six designated paratypes collected by Owen Bryant in the Santa Catalina Mountains, Arizona, the first July 15, 1938 (Lot 21), the second June 20, 1933, the others on July 15, 1938. I have associated with these various specimens from the Chiricahua Mountains and Santa Rita Mountains of Arizona, also one specimen from the Chisos Mountains of West Texas. This species is rather closely related to attenuata Van Dyke (Pan- 34 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Pacific Ent., 10(4) :186-187, 1934) but differs by being generally larger and more robust, the scales more opalescent, the eyes less prominent, flatter, the funicular segments of antennae very similar in breadth whereas gradually wider apically in attenuata and the elytral striae generally deeper and the punctures coarser. Peritaxia longipennis Van Dyke, new species Rather large for the genus, narrow, elongate, black, antennae and tarsi rufopiceous, densely clothed with very closely applied scales which appear of the general body color though they are some- what opalescent under good light and high magnification, and are arranged in a tesselated manner, and sparsely pilose, the pile semi- erect and denser on head and elytral declivity. Head one-third longer than prothorax, convex above, feebly flattened in front, finely punctured behind, coarsely punctured in front, distinctly separated from rostrum by a rather deep transverse impression; the rostrum broad, feebly arcuate, coarsely, densely punctured, wider in front and triangulately emarginate apically; the antennae with scape long and clavate, the funicle with the first and second segments twice as long as broad, segments 3 to 7 slightly longer than broad, the terminal segment long and fusiform, almost equal in length to the three preceding segments; the eyes feebly convex and moder- ately prominent. Prothorax two and one-half times as broad as long, base and apex transverse, sides evenly and moderately arcuate, disc feebly convex, finely granular in appearance as a result of the scales, with a well-impressed narrow line medially, and a moderate number of coarse, well-spaced punctures but coarsely punctured and rugose laterally. Elytra two and a half times as long as prothorax and about one-fifth longer than broad; base feebly emarginate, basal angles right angled though feeble, disc convex, the declivity abrupt, almost perpendicular, the striae well defined by the coarse, closely placed punctures, the intervals almost twice as wide as striae and feebly convex. Ventral surface rather finely, densely punctured and sparse- ly pubescent. Length 9.0 mm., width 4.0 mm. Holotype (No. 6208, Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) and one paratype collected in Oak Creek Canyon (south of Flagstaff), Arizona, July 25, 1936, by Owen Bryant. This species when compared with larger specimens of rugicollis Horn appears generally narrower and more elongate, the pronotum less markedly rugose, the elytra much longer and elliptical with humeri angles small, not somewhat cordate and pronounced, and the strial punctures more numerous and rounded. Other described species are generally smaller, proportionally shorter, with the pro- notum more rugose, the elytra more cordate in shape and with prominent humeral angles. JANUARY, 1951] VAN DYKE COLEOPTERA 35 Onychobaris langei Van Dyke, new species Elongate oval, convex, subopaque, the general surface alutaceous, black, the legs piceous or sometimes feebly rufous, setae very minute and inconspicuous. Head sparsely, finely punctured, sometimes with a snjall fovea at base of rostrum, the rostrum about 1.5 mm. long, evenly arcuate, of moderate robustness, rather coarsely punctured towards base and finely towards apex. Prothorax robust, slightly broader than long, with sides evenly arcuate, the apex constricted, the base broadly bisinuate, the median lobe wide and prominent, the disc rather coarsely, densely punctured, the punctures contiguous laterally, and with a well marked median smooth line. Scutellum transverse and feebly impressed at center. Elytra almost a third longer than broad with rather prominent humeri which make the elytra wider there than the base of the prothorax, with sides feebly convergent posteriorly, well-rounded at apex, the disc with coarse, deep and abrupt striae, the intervals flat, equal, distinctly wider than striae, each with a single series of well-impressed rounded, contiguous punctures. Beneath coarsely, closely punctured laterally, more finely and sparsely at center of abdomen. Length 5.0 mm. excluding beak, breadth 2.5 mm. Holotype (No. 6209, Calif. Acad Sci., Ent.) and seven paratypes collected by Dr. W. H. Lange at El Segundo, Los Angeles Co., California, September 28, 1938. They were found on Oenothera spiralis, close to the roots. Four specimens were returned to Dr. Lange. The species, according to Colonel Casey’s key (Col. Notices IV, 1892, pp. 522-524) , runs close to molesta Casey from Arizona, but aside from locality, differs by having dense approximate pronotal punctures, confluent at sides, a very much more distinct median smooth line on disc, a less robust rostrum, a subopaque or duller appearance, and piceous instead of red legs. DEROBRACHUS GEMINATES ON GRAPE ROOTS (Coleoptera: Cerambycidae) Larvae of Derohrachus geminatus Leconte were found feeding on grape root stock near Indio, California, August 30, 1950, by Mr. B. Laflin. The land had been cleared lor about one year. For- merly it had been covered by mesquite (Prosopis glandulosa Ckll.) , a natural host of the beetle. Mr. Laflin tells me he has found four other such cases. I am indebted to Dr. E. C. Van Dyke for identify- ing the specimens. — Sherman L. Thomas, Indio, California. 36 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 OFFICIAL SEAL CONTEST It has long been felt that the Pacific Coast Entomological Society should have some significant identifying seal which could be affixed to official Society documents, stationery and publications. To stimu- late interest in the choice of this official seal, it has been decided to conduct a contest for the purpose of selecting the best and most appropriate design to be submitted by a reader of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. The person who creates the chosen seal will receive a complete up-to-date set of the Pan-Pacific Entomologist. Contest entries should be drawn in large size on heavy white ^aper (8% x 11). All drawings must be carefully inked. It is considered advisable to include the title “Pacific Coast Entomological Society” as an integral part of the official seal, so be sure to include this printing on the submitted design. The name and address of the contestant must appear on the reverse side of each contest entry. Mail the completed drawings to Dr. J. Gordon Edwards, Department of Natural Sciences, San Jose State College, California, postmarked on or before April 1, 1951. After a preliminary screening, the surviving entries will be examined by a board of entomologists who will choose a number of the most appealing entries for further consideration. The remaining drawings will then be photographed and a lantern slide of each will be projected for viewing by the members present at the May meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society. The final winning seal will be chosen by popular vote at that time — J. Gori>on Edwards. — EDITORIAL NOTES — The editors wish to draw to the attention of contributors to the Pan-Pacific Entomologist an article “Notes on writing sentences,” by J. Ansel Anderson, which appeared in the 80th Annual Report of the Entomological Society of Ontario, pages 7 - 10. 1949 [1950]. E. C. VAN DYKE HONORED Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke has been notified of his election by popu- lar ballot to the presidency of the Coleopterists’ Society. Dr. Van Dyke, who will be 82 on April 7, is Emeritus Curator of Entomology at the California Academy of Sciences, where he donates his time six days a week. He is currently finishing a monograph on the Coleop- tera of the Galapagos Islands. THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF CANADA At the eighty-seventh annual meeting of the Entomological Society of Ontario, held at Guelph on November 1-3, 1950, it was decided to form a national society, to be called the Entomological Society of Canada. The new society will serve as a link between the various regional societies, namely, the Acadian Entomological So- ciety, the Entomological Society of Ontario, the Entomological So- ciety of Manitoba, the Entomological Society of British Columbia, the proposed entomological society of Quebec, and others that may be established. The Canadian Entomologist will be published jointly by the Ontario and the national societies, Dr. W. R. Thompson con- tinuing as Editor, with Dr. G. C. Ullyett as Associate Editor. January, 1951] pacific coast ent. society 37 PACIFIC COAST ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY E. 0. Essie R. L. USINGER President D. D. Jensen Secretary Vice-President Proceedings Two Hundred and Ninth Meeting The two hundred and ninth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomo- logical Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on January 28, 1950, in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President Ferris conducted the meeting. The follow- ing members were present: R. F. Fritz, E. G. Meyers, J. P. Harville, J. W. Tilden, E. O. Essig, A. E. Michelbacher, E. G. Wegenek, E. C. Van Dyke, H. B. Leech, S. L. Thomas, V. Stombler, A. Retan, P. H. Amaud, Jr.,, C. P. Hoyt, F. X. Williams, J. W. Green, B. Brookman, B. D. Culver, D. C. Thurman, Jr., E. B. Thurman, J. E. Gillaspy, D. P. Furman, W. W. Middlekauff, L. W. Quate, D. Gould, R. L, Usinger, P. D. Hurd, Jr., W. Barr, E. G. Linsley, W. D. Murray, T. Aarons, L. P. Coy, 0. W. Graf, Jr., W. Hoyt, E. L. Kessel, C. W. Hildebrand, R. C. Miller, R. M. Bohart, R. Potts, D. D. Jensen, and W. H. Lange. The following visitors were present: Doris R. Thomas, Harold W. Brydon, Howard H. Abram, J. M. Savage, R. R. Harry, J. N. Simons, Harry Freeman, Heidi Aarons, J. E. Ryus, Mrs. R. M. Bohart, J. Bohlke, G. S. Myers, P. S. Lange, and J. W. Skousen. The minutes of the meeting held December 3, 1949, were read and approved. The membership committee proposed and the Society elected C. A. Downing and Harold A. Brydon as members. The President then called for notes, exhibits and remarks. Dr. Ross reported that the Academy is considering a Hall of Insects for public display, and discussed briefly the type of exhibits being pro- posed. Dr. Ross exhibited specimens of a rare arthropod class, the Penta- stomida. These had been taken from the liver of an African rock python, collected by Borys Malkin in the British Cameroons, May 28, 1949. The cork-screw form of the body shows no obvious relation- ship to the other arthropods even though it is considered to be re- lated to the mites. Dr. Ross also exhibited a box of 108 microscope slides each bearing the male and female of a separate species of flea. This is one of 20 such exhibit sets of fleas prepared by C. A. Hubbard to be used with his book on fleas.The first set was deposited in the U. S. National Museum and the second is in the California Academy of Sciences. 38 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Mr. H. B. Leech circulated a publication on the Siphonaptera of Canada by George P. Holland. Dr. Richard Bohart exhibited two species of Strepsiptera, one of which is parasitic on the Thysanura and the other on the Pentato- midae. The latter has been used in biological control efforts against a bug which is a pest of coffee in Africa. Mr. Aarons reported that preliminary plans are being drawn up for a study of the flight range of the mosquito Aedes squamiger (Coq.) in the San Francisco Bay area. The mosquitoes, emerging from 20 acres of the Petaluma Creek basin area, will be marked and attempts will be made to recover them at various locations in the bay region. The details of the experiment have not been decided upon but marking will probably be accomplished by using a fluorescent dye. President Ferris introduced as the main speaker of the meeting. Dr. Robert L. Usinger, Associate Professor of Entomology, Uni- versity of California, Berkeley, who spoke on the subject: “The Paris Meetings of the International Commission on Zoological No- menclature.” The situation as regards international nomenclature before the Paris Meetings was briefly outlined and was followed by an account of the actual meetings held in Paris. Important decisions such as liberalizing the procedure of the Commission, defining the term “binary,” providing for infra-sub- specific categories and clarifying the subject of homonyms were dis- cussed in some detail. Finally, the events subsequent to the Paris meetings were out- lined, including publication of the proceedings. Dr. Usinger ’s report stimulated considerable discussion and ques- tions among the members present before the meeting was adjourned at 4:30 p.m. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary. Two Hundred and Tenth Meeting The two hundred and tenth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomo- logical Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on February 25, 1950, in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President Ferris in the chair. The following members were present : G. F. Ferris, D. D. Jensen, W. W. Middlekauff, A. E. Pritchard, H. H. Abram, R. Usinger, B. Brookman, C. D. Grant, 0. W. Graf, Jr., J. W. Tilden, W. C. Day, J. N. Simons, W. H. Nut- ting, T. W. Cook, V. Stombler, C. H. Spitzer,Jr., K. Innes, B. B. JANUARY, 1951] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY 39 Kessel, E, L. Kessel, P. H. Arnaud, Jr., C. A. Downing, E. S. Ross, J. W. Green, W. Barr, C. Don MacNeill, H. A. Scullen, M. Marquis, S. L. Thomas, E. C. Van Dyke, E. G* Wegenek, A. E. Michelbacher, E. O. Essig, J. W. MacSwain, H. B. Leech, H. H. Blakemore, F. X. Williams. Visitors were present as follows: Rex Bartges, L. P. Coy, Marian Kendall, Sylvia Spitzer, Don Kelley, W. C. Bentinck, F. L. Rogers, Joy Hogan, Lucy Jones, Allen Bartel, Enid Moor, Doris R. Thomas, Gretchen Baumgartner, Lois MacDonal, Metta Weddleton, Linda Sorensen, Franklin Devore, John Schmiedel, Sally Barrett, Christine Owens and Borys Malkin. The minutes of the meeting held January 28, 1950, were read and approved. The membership committee proposed and the Society elected the following as members: J. H. Freitag, F. C. Hottes, B. J. Spencer, Ernest R. Tinkham, and Howard Abram. The President appointed a committee, composed of Dr. Tilden and Dr. Ross, to determine the location for the annual field meeting and report at the next meeting. The President called for notes, observations and exhibits. Dr. Ross called attention to a display of some of the 250,000 insects collected by Mr. Malkin in Africa. Dr. Usinger displayed the superb illustrations made by Arthur Smith of the British Museum of 50 new genera of Aradidae. In the past only 50 genera were known in this family. The large number of new genera were found by Dr. Usinger because it was previously not recognized that adult aradids could be wingless. Heretofore such specimens were considered to be nymphs. The President then introduced as the main speaker of the meet- ing, Mr. Borys Malkin, Research Associate of the California Acad- emy of Sciences, who spoke on "Entomological Observations in Africa.” A summary of Mr. Malkin’s discussion is given below. Mr. Malkin spoke of his experiences during a 16 month trip in Africa, from August, 1948, until December, 1949. The first three months were devoted to collecting in North Africa starting off from Tripoli through Tunisia and into Algeria. Desert conditions pre- vailed throughout most of this territory except for a relatively nar- row strip around Algiers. A bus trip southward through the Sahara desert, French Sudan and Dahomey into Nigeria marked the second stage of the journey. Mr. Malkin remained in Nigeria and the British Cameroons nearly 7 months and covered a considerable portion of the colonies. Here the work extended from the peak of the dry season to the peak of the rainy season during which time considerable change occurred in the composition of the insect fauna. Collecting on the whole was strenuous and not too rich except for aquatic Coleoptera and Hemiptera of which nearly 15,000 specimens were 40 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 taken. Concentration of species even in a small body of water was enormous and a count, from a tiny pond in Ogbomosho, Southern Nigeria, showed over 100 species of aquatic Coleoptera. The rain forest was limited to the southernmost part of the colony and even here it had been practically eliminated by intense cultivation. How- ever, great stretches of such forests still survive in the Benin prov- ince in the Niger Delta and are practically untouched in the Southern Cameroons. Over a month was devoted to working up the various vegetation zones of Mt. Cameroon which practically rises from the sea, with mangrove swamps at the bottom and the rain forest belt at about 2,500 feet. Next comes mid-mountain forest up to 4,500 feet. It is this zone which he found richest in insect life. One of the character- istic forms was a staphylinid Osorins later also found on Sao Tome Island in the Guinee Gulf and in the Knysna Forest in South Africa. Above 4,500 feet, ringed by tree ferns, occurs the mist forest which extends to 7,500 feet in places. In this zone the fauna is distinctly impoverished. Above the forest are grasslands to 10,000 feet where the last trees disappear with mosses and lichens taking over to the peak. At 10,000 feet very few insects occur, the most characteristic form being sawflies. In June, 1949, Mr. Malkin moved into the French Cameroons, working over into the grassy highlands, and in July to the Portu- guese Island of Sao Tome where an endemic and presumably new species of Licinius was collected in the mountains. During August and September Angola was explored. The Northern Highlands of this colony show close relationship to the Cameroons and Nigeria whereas the arid coastal strip and the sandy eastern part of the colony resemble the Kalahari sands. Hardly any duplication occurred in species and such groups as the chrysomelids, buprestids, meloids and cincindelids occurred in particular abundance. The last six weeks of the expedition were devoted to the explora- tion of the Eastern Cape province and parts of Namaqualand, the latter trip undertaken jointly with Dr. Karl Koch, an entomologist of the Transvaal Museum in Pretoria. Work in the mountains back of Capetown revealed an entirely different fauna, such groups as melyrids, malachiids and clerids being especially numerous. The virgin forest of Knysna, a coastal strip along the southern shores, reminded Mr. Malkin very much of the western Oregon forests. Trips up Table Mountain,, especially to Blinkwater Falls, yielded several new genera and species of hydrophilids, some of which show affini- ties to the Chilean fauna. In addition to his comments on entomological exploration Mr. Malkin discussed particularly the local mode of travel and living conditions in the various areas visited. After a discussion of Mr. Malkin’s talk, the meeting was ad- journed. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary. JANUARY, 1951] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY 41 Two Hundred and Eleventh Meeting The two hundred and eleventh meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society was held at 2:00 p.m. on April 1, 1950, in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sci- ences, San Francisco. President Ferris conducted the meeting. The following members were present: G. F. Ferris, D. D. Jensen, R. L. Usinger, J. W. MacSwain, E. R. Leach, E. O. Essig, F, X. Wiliams, B. D. Culver, D. P. Furman, B. Brookman, W. W. Sampson, H. B. Leech, E. C. Van Dyke, H. W. Brydon, C. A. Downing, C. W. Hilde- brand,, K. F. Innes, Jr., J. W. Tilden, J. R. Walker, G. F. Augustson, R. C. Miller, E. S. Ross, P. A. Adams, A. E. Pritchard, E. G. Wege- nek, W. C. Bentinck, A. E. Michelbacher, T. W. Cook, and E. L. Kessel. The following visitors attended : Mrs. G. F. Augustson, Ruth Vickery, H. E. Stark, W. H, Renner, L. P. Coy and F. M. Prince. The minutes of the previous meeting were read and approved. The membership committee proposed and the Society elected William C. Bentinck as a member. Dr. Ross, Chairman of the field meeting committee, reported that Portola State Park in San Mateo County had been selected as the site for the annual field meeting which will be held May 7, 1950. In response to the President’s call for notes, exhibits and re- marks, Mr. H. Leech reported that Mrs. Fred Winters of Santa Barbara had made a gift to the Academy of the collection of water beetles, particularly Hydrophilidae, made by her late husband. Dr. Ross reported that Dr. L. Hewes, an amateur lepidopterist, of San Francisco,, died recently and had willed his collection of but- terflies to the Academy. Professor Ferris called attention to the recent death of Dr. P. N. Annand, Chief of the U. S. Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quar- antine and former member of the Society. Dr. MacSwain reported that the University of California field course in entomology will be held this summer in the San Gabriel Mountains and invited members of the Society to visit the camp. Dr. Kessel raised the question of having some meetings of the Society in the evening instead of Saturday afternoon. After some discussion a motion was made and carried that the Program Com- mittee schedule at least one evening meeting during the fall season. President Ferris then introduced F. M. Prince, Medical Ento- mologist of the Western Communicable Disease Center Laboratory, San Francisco, who addressed the Society on the subject: “Objec- tives and Methods in Studies of Plague Transmission.” Mr. Prince’s remarks are summarized below. Plague first appeared among humans and rats in San Francisco in 1900 and was discovered among California ground squirrels in 42 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 1908. Since 1934, the Public Health Service has extended the search for plague in wild and domestic rodents and their ectoparasites to 17 Western States. Plague has been found in 137 counties in 15 States. The infection was demonstrated most frequently in ground squirrels, marmots, prairie dogs, and wood rats. Transmission studies were conducted with different species of wild and domestic rodent fleas using white mice as the test animal for the studies. A series of slides in color demonstrating techniques in conducting the studies were shown. Color microphotographs illus- trating the evolution of plague masses in a wild rodent flea (Mono- psyllus wagneri), and a domestic rat flea {Xenopsylla cheopis) were also presented. The development of mass formations in wild rodent fleas is usually quite different from that of X. cheopis’, Masses usual- ly originate in the stomach of wild rodent fleas and take several weeks or months to produce complete blockage of the stomach, whereas, the masses originate in the proventriculus of X. cheopis and produce complete blockage in a much shorter period. Under laboratory conditions X. cheopis proved to be the most efficient vector of plague tested. Following a discussion of Mr. Prince’s talk, the meeting was adjourned. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary. Two Hundred and Twelfth Meeting Portola State Park, May 7, 1950 The two hundred and twelfth meeting of the Pacific Coast Ento- mological Society was held as the annual field meeting at Portola State Park, San Mateo County, May 7, 1950. The recorded attendance was 59 persons, including 14 members, 20 adult visitors and 25 children. The following members were pres- ent: Howard Abram, P. H. Arnaud, E. S. Ross, E. C. Van Dyke, F. X. Williams, W. H. Lange, H. B. Leech, J. W. Tilden, 0. W. Graf, M. Marquis, J. H. Freitag, D. D. Jensen, A. E. Pritchard, and A. E. Michelbacher. Visitors were present as follows: Mrs. Howard Abram, Marguerite Arnaud, K. G. Swenson, Vaudis Swenson, Winona C. Farr, Mr. and Mrs. Ernest Schneider and family, Pauline Lange and family. Dr. and Mrs. Steve Dorman and family. Hazel Tilden and son, Anne Minaker, Mrs. M. Marquis, Steven D. Mar- quis, Elinor B. Freitag, Mr. and Mrs. J. L. Brady, Dr. and Mrs. E. S. Sylvester and family. Dr. and Mrs. Eugene Stafford and family, Mrs. A. E. Michelbacher. Tha weather was good and although some collecting was done most of the time was spent in visiting. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary. JANUARY, 1951] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY 43 Two Hundred and Thirteenth Meeting The two hundred and thirteenth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society was held at 8:00 p.m. on October 13, 1950, in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President Ferris conducted the meeting. The following members were present: Berta B. Kessel, E. L. Kessel, A. E. Michelbacher, E. O. Essig, M. Marquis, W. C. Day, G. F. Ferris, B. L. Usinger, E. C. Van Dyke, S. B. Freeborn, W. W. Middle- kauff, J. W. Tilden, P. A. Harvey, W. Hazeltine, P. D. Hurd, Jr., F. X. Williams, J. E. Gillaspy, J. G. Edwards, P. H. Amaud, L. M. Henry, C. D. Duncan, H. B. Leech, L. W. Quate, J. W. MacSwain, L. P. Coy, W. C. Bentinck, S. G. Watkins, C. A. Downing, E. S. Ross, D. D. Jensen, and G. A. Marsh. Visitors were present as fol- lows : Bernard Adelson, Robert Schuster, Harold Stark, Harry L. Hansen, S. C. Daniels, Lynne Scott, Neva Duncan, W. F. Ehrhardt, Mrs. J. W. MacSwain, Norman Lewis, and G. F. Edmunds. The minutes of the meeting held April 1 and of the field meeting held May 7, 1950, were read and approved. The membership committee proposed and the Society elected the following as members : Mrs. Ruth C. Whitney, Robert Snelling, and Gordon Marsh. President Ferris appointed H. B. Leech, Paul Arnaud and J. W. MacSwain as a committee to propose a slate of officers at the annual meeting in December. Dr. Hurd, chairman of the committee appointed to review the constitution, distributed mimeographed sheets carrying proposed modifications in the by-laws of the Society which will be acted upon at a later meeting. President Ferris asked for an expression of opinion from the members present regarding the time of day meetings should be held. After some discussion a motion was made and carried that the meeting time alternate between afternoon and evening. In response to the President’s call for notes and exhibits Dr, Duncan displayed a species of syrphid fiy which has been very abundant at San Jose for the past six weeks. The species, Tubifera aenea (Scopoli), was found clustered in large numbers in paper bundles, wrappings and other secluded places. Dr. MacSwain re- ported that this species commonly infests solitary wasp cells, and cracks, and suggested that the flies might be getting ready for hibernation. Dr. Duncan also reported that the owner of a new home in San Jose had become alarmed because a bostrychid, Stephanopachys padficus Casey, infested the lumber of the house. Both larvae and adults were found. Although mainly in the sapwood under the bark, specimens were also found deep in the wood. Dr. Van Dyke expressed the opinion that the species would not breed very long in finished lumber. 44 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Dr. Duncan reported an infestation of dry wood termites in a piece of solid wood. The reproductive alates were found. Dr. Edwards reported finding a female of Poreospasta polita Horn mating with a male of Lytta aurictdata Horn, and commented that this observation is additional evidence that the two species are closely related, as indicated by Dr. MacSwain’s larval studies. Professor Ferris called attention to a fine collection of bedbugs which he had brought with him and which were available for examination. President Ferris introduced as the main speaker of the meeting, Mr. George F. Edmunds, Jr., of the University of Utah, who spoke on the subject: “Notes on the mechanics of flight and wing venation of the Ephemeroptera and their ancestors, with remarks on the archetype wing venation of the insects.” The talk was based on studies conducted jointly by Mr. Edmunds and Jay E. Traver of the University of Massachusetts. A summary of the talk, which was illustrated by lantern slides and a cardboard model of an insect wing, is summarized below. The typical forewing of a mayfly is triangular in shape, and fan- like in appearance due to corrugations, or fluting, resulting from a complete alternation of concave and convex veins near the margin of the wing. The corrugations strengthen the wing and make it more rigid. The convex veins brace the wing on the downstroke and the concave veins brace it on the upstroke. The wing is further strength- ened by the close grouping of the costa, subcosta and radius 1 which are held firmly together by a costal brace. Although the mayfly wing appears to be wholly rigid, some of the main longitudinal veins have obvious weakened spots or bullae midway of their length. These bullae allow the concave veins to bend sharply and consequently fail to support the distal half of the wing on the upstroke. From these facts it can be seen that the corruga- tions or fluting of the wing, and the bullae serve important flight functions. On the downstroke, the wing remains rigid and the insect gets a maximum amount of lift and propulsion. The failure of the bullae equipped veins to support the wing tip, however, allows the distal half of the wing to bend downward on the upstroke as a result of the pressure of the opposing air. Thus the air slips away in such a manner as to offer lessened resistance to the wing. When examined in cross section it is seen that in general the convex veins belong to the upper wing surface and the concave veins to the lower wing surface. All veins and cross veins appear to be arranged in such a way as to brace the wing. The mayfly wing is apparently an excellent lift type wing but it is not adapted for speed. In those insects that fly rapidly the anterior margin of the wing is rigid, and the remainder of the wing mem- brane is flexible. These insects fly by means of a sculling action in which the rigid anterior margin leads the membrane in the direc- tion of the wing stroke. Experiments and observations on the Ephemeroptera indicate that the fluted wing seriously interferes JANUARY, 1951] PACIFIC COAST ENT. SOCIETY 45 with sculling action. But in some Ephemeroptera such as Lachlania the fluting of the wing has been interrupted hy the loss of many intercalary veins and these mayflies appear to be the strongest fliers in the order. They clearly demonstrate the superiority of the sculling type over the fluted wing. At the present time there seems to be no adequate explanation of the origin of fluting in insect wings, but the speaker’s study of the mechanics of mayfly flight have led him to believe that fluting of the wing was an adaptation, which added rigidity to the wing as it thinned out into an effective flight surface. The most ancient winged insects are found in the Upper Carboniferous, but it is evident from the great variety of wing types in these fossils that the first winged insects are of greater antiquity. Entomologists have thus had to hypothesize as to the ^nature of the wings of the first pterygote insects. The present concept of this archetype venation is illustrated by Snodgrass (Fig. 121 A) in his Principles of Insect Morphology. The veins in this archetype are considered to be either concave or convex in position but there is no complete or functional fluting. We, therefore, offer the hypothesis that the archetype wing was a completely fluted wing with intercalary veins, not too unlike that of Lithoneura mirifica Carpenter, an Upper Carboniferous paleo- dictyopteran believed to be very close to, if not on, the ancestral line of the mayflies. The fossil record clearly shows that the so-called intercalary veins are true veins and that their free basal ends are a secondary condition. Several facts seem to support the idea that the wings of the first pterygote insects were completely fluted. In all the winged orders the veins show evidence of being concave or convex and the veins often appear to belong to one surface or the other in cas^s where the concave or convex positions are obscure. As this seems to be of no functional value in most orders, we would consider these to be vestig- es of once functional structures. The fact that fluting is more common in Upper Carboniferous forms than in recent forms would seem to be an additional evidence. The concept of an archetype wing with complete fluting also indicates an .adaptational significance to the evolutionary trends of fluting in insect venation. Even though fluting appears to have been necessary for the thin- ning out of the wings into effective flight surfaces, it would be a detriment to the development of the rapid sculling type of flight. The trend in the evolution of insect wings seems to be from the fluted type toward the speed type wing with a rigid anterior margin and a comparatively flexible membrane. In light of the hypothesis that the completely fluted wing is more primitive than that generally conceded to be the archetype venation, the origin and major phylogenetic lines of ephemerid evolution were discussed in some detail. After considerable discussion the meeting was adjourned. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary. 46 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 1 Two Hundred and Fourteenth Meeting The two hundred and fourteenth meeting of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society was held at 2 :00 p.m. on December 9, 1950, in the entomological laboratories of the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. President Ferris conducted the meeting. The following members were present-: J. H. Freitag, C. D. MacNeill, P. A. Adams, Gene Morris, E. C. Van Dyke, R. L. Usinger, E. 0. Essig, W. C. Day, J. W. MacSwain, F. X. Williams, Wm. Hazeltine, R. L. Doutt, E. G. Linsley, H. W. Brydon, C. P. Hoyt, C. L. Scott, P. H. Arnaud, K. F. Innes, E. L. Kessel, W. D. Murray, R. C. Miller, H. B. Leech, S. G. Watkins, J. G. Edwards, L. M. Henry, J. W. Tilden, G. A. Marsh, J. P. Harville, E. A. Smith, W. C. Bentinck, R. Snelling, J. J. De Bois, G. F. Ferris, B. E.' White, A. E. Pritchard, L. R. Gil- logly, D. J. Gould, P. D. Hurd, Jr., L. W. Quate, J. W. Green, O. W. Graf, Jr., and D. D. Jensen. The following visitors were present: E. S. Sylvester, Phyllis Morris, Allan D. Telford, J. F. Reinhardt, F. H. Lauret, Y. Tanada, H. R. MacCarty, Mrs. Burdette White, T. F. Stubbs, Norman Lewis, A. A. Hubert, Barbara Prendergast, and Benjamin Keh. The minutes of the meeting held October 13, 1950, were read and approved. The membership committee proposed and the Society elected the following new members : W. H. Wade, Elbert B. Dixon, P. D. Gerhardt, Alexander A. Hubert, and Charles L. Scott. Professor Essig read a report of the historical committee outlining recommen- dations for the commemoration of the fiftieth anniversary of the Society in 1951. Dr. Miller presented a financial report of the Society up to November 30, 1950. Mr. Day reported that the auditing com- mittee had examined the financial records of the Society" and found them in good order. The President then called for notes, exhibits and remarks. Mr. Arnaud exhibited a collection of males of an undescribed species of braconid in the genus Blacus which he had observed swarming on a number of occasions, usually in the early evening, both in the spring of 1948 and 1949 at Redwood City. Mr. Leech, representing the nominating committee, proposed and the Society elected the following officers for 1951 : R. L. Usinger, President; E. 0. Essig, Vice-President; D. D. Jensen, Secretary; R. C. Miller, Treasurer; and E. L. Kessel and G. F. Ferris, Executive Board Members at Large. Dr. Edwin C. Van Dyke, only living charter member, was elected Honorary President of the Society for the semicentennial year 1951. The chairmanship of the meeting was then turned over to the president-elect. Dr. Usinger, who called on Professor Ferris to give his retiring presidential address entitled “Entomology, Aesthetics and Science.” Professor Ferris’ address created considerable inter- esting discussion before the meeting was adjourned. — D. D. Jensen, Secretary. For your ayriculturul needs 1 PENNSALT ngrieulturai chemicals PENNSALT DDT TECHNIC AL— Fine to medium granulated powder of uniform high quality. Setting point 89° C. minimum. PENTECH®— Technical DDT made especially for manufacturers of dust concentrates, dusts and emulsion concentrates. A granular, dry, Jriable powder. PENNSALT DB-50® — Fine, dry pow- dered dust base containing 50% DDT, for use by dust manufacturers in formulating finished insecticides. PENNSALT WB-50® — Micron-sized powder containing 50% DDT and superior wetting agents for use as water suspension spray. Mixes easily, adheres to foliage. H H H PENNSALT BHC TECHNICAL 36 (Benzene Hexachloride) — A superior, partially refined technical BHC con- taining approximately 36% of the active gamma isomer. Readily lends itself to production of impregnated dusts. PENNSALT BHC DUST BASE D-12 — 1 2% gamma isomer for use by dust manufacturers in the formulation of finished insecticides. PENNSALT HI-GAM® 99— This is technical lindane, the essentially pure gamma isomer of benzene hexachloride. Other Pennsalt Insecticides KRYOCIDE® — Time-tested natural cryolite insecticide for control of many chewing insects which attack orchard and garden. PENPHOS® W-1 5 — A wettable pow- der containing 15% parathion. De- signed for use as a water spray and as a dust base concentrate. Effective for the control of a wide variety of economic insect pests. SODIUM CHLORATE— High quality weed-killer for long-range, non- selective weed control. For information on any or all of these products write: rennsylmnia Salt Manufacturing Company of Washington^ Agricultural Chemicals Oivision^ Tacoma, Wash., Portland, Ore., Los Angeles, Calif., Wenatchee, Wash., Takima, Wash., Berkeley, Calif. Chemicals u THERE’S A SPRAY OR DUST Send today for • • • • for every infestation Every Niagara product offers proved con- trol to provide the most effective insecti- cide or fungicide available to growers today, The secret of Niagara’s superiority lies in perfectly balanced formulation which has been skillfully developed and fuUy tested by Niagara’s technical staff. Successful growers know from experience that Niagara sprays and dusts used in a planned, year ’round protection program, play a major part in producing the highest quality pest-free crops. Your local Niagara fieldman will be glad to help you plan your crop protection program. Call him today. FREE field service bulletin Whatever your crop or infestation. Niagara field serv- ice bulletins give complete and accu- rate information on the best treatment Send for your free copy today. Write Department 121 f >7 ^ COHSUIT A < t mAGARA ^ ^ FtHB £XP£Rr i 4 ” ^1 Niagara W CHEA SPRAYS & DUSTS CHEMICAL DIVISION FOOD MACHINERY AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION RICHMOND, CALIFORNIA Home Office: Middlepert, New York Ill OUTDOOR LABORATORY Ro/im & Haas Experimental Farm at Bristol, Pa. Long-time testing on our 300-acre Experimental Farm proves the formulations developed by Rohm & Haas Research Laboratories — under actual farming conditions. Result: maximum effectiveness in commercial use of such chemicals for agriculture as Dithane and Rhothane. Because it controls many diseases of many crops without retarding plant growth, Dithane helps thousands of farmers to increase yields of potatoes and other crops. And because of its unique insecticidal qualities, Rhothane gives orchardists effective control of the red-banded leaf roller on apples, and the orange tortrix on pears, apples, grapes and other fruit. Scientific development and exhaustive testing-in-use will continue to assure the effectiveness oiall Rohm & Haas agricultural chemicals. CHEMICALS Hi FOR INDUSTRY Dithane and Rhothane are trade- marks, Reg. U.S. Pat. Off. and in principal foreign countries. ROHM e HAAS COM PANV WASHINGTON SQUARE, PHILADELPHIA 5, PA. IV ^teatet%Mct HilL 2 MAJOR ADVANCES IN INSECT CONTROL DEVELOPED IN THE LABORATORIES OF Julius HYMAN & Company — ALDRIN (Compound 118) ALDRIN has been approved for control of Bo Weevil, certain other insects, and grasshoppers DIELDRIN _ (Compound 497) DIELDRIN — Tests indicate Dieldrin to be the most effective killer of HOUSEFLIES, MOSQUITOES and their larvae. Samples for Experimental Use Available on Request WRITE FOR INFORMATION HYMAN ~ DENVER, COLORADO URfommlated Aldrin and Dieldrin are distribnted in the U S. by Shell Chemical Coip. V from research to field — DuPont Agricultural Chemicals Measure Up to the Respdnsieility For Effective Control of Insects, Diseases, and Weeds Today a necessary part of almost every agricultural operation — farm, ranch, orchard and garden — is the efficient use of quality agricultural chemicals. Nearly every commercial crop is affected by insects, diseases or weeds. All types of livestock are attacked by insects or subject to weed poisoning. Controlling these pests directly re- sults in greater yields of better quality farm products and livestock. Du Pont agricultural chemicals are backed by a complete laboratory re- search and farm testing program to assure top quality safety and effec- tiveness. mm “EG.U. S.PAT.OFf. BETTER THINGS FOR BETTER LIVING — THROUGH CHEMISTRY E. I. DU PONT DE NEMOURS & COMPANY, (INC.) GRASSELLI CHEMICALS DEPARTMENT WILMINGTON 98, DELAWARE VI MULTI-FILM "L" “L” STANDS FOR LIQUID A SPREADER and DEPOSIT BUILDER that really WETS and still DEPOSITS MULTI-FILM ADDS A PLUS VALUE TO NEW ORGANIC PESTICIDES Colloidal Products Corporation ESTABLISHED 1920 2598 TAYLOR STREET • SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA Manufacturers of Spreaders - Deposit Builders for Agricultural Sprays BULLETIN OF ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE Arrangements have been made for completing vol. 1, and for the publication of volumes 2 (applica- tions in regard to nomenclatural problems), 3 (documents considered by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature at Paris, 1948), 4 (Official Record of the In- ternational Commission at Paris), and 5 (Official Record of the section on Nomenclature of the thirteenth International Congress of Zoology at Paris, 1948). All inquiries regarding publica- tions should be addressed to : Inter- national Trust for Zoological No- menclature, 41 Queen’s Gate, Lon- don, S, W. 7, England. ^ PACIFIC DISCOUCRV An illustrated magazine of natural sciences published by the CALIFORNIA ACADEMY OF SCIENCES San Francisco 18 , California y V N It im MwUllw z' CHEMICALS 1885 SINCE FOR YEAR-ROUND FRUIT and VEGETABLE PROTECTION Insecticides Sulphurs Fungicides Parasiticides Stauffer Knapsack Duster < A TIME-HONORED NAME IN CHEMICALS Vlll TOBACCO BY-PRODUCTS AND CHEMICAL CORPORATION Incorporated LOUISVILLE, KENTUCKY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA (The World's Largest Manufacturers of Nicotine Products) BLACK LEAF 40 BLACK LEAF 155 BLACK LEAF DRY CONCENTRATE and For Greenhouse Fumigation and Spraying NICO FUME PRODUCTS BENZO FUME PRESSURE FUMIGATORS AND ABOVE ALL REMEMBER BLACK LEAF PRODUCTS ARE "KIND" TO BENEHCIAL INSECTS. PACinC COAST OFFICE NO. 1 SOUTH PARK SAN FRANCISCO 7, CALIFORNIA FRIANITE is a processed anhydrous alkali alumi- num silicate, definitely on the acid side (pH range 5.4 to 6.5). Designed distribution of particles makes Frianite easy and effective to use. FRIANITE is as close to neutral as practical for general agricultural application. Superior adhesive qualities. Moisture is less than 1%. Bulk density is about 47 lbs. per square foot. FRIANITE improves insecticides... makes them flow freely and work easier. Because Frianite is a superior diluent, it is effective and economical to use anywhere in the United States. Send for Free Booklet ora "FRIANITE” FRIANITE is shipped direct from our plant at Friant, California, in 100 lb. kraft bags. Superior qualities of FRIANITE make it economical to use all over the U.S. CALIFORNIA INDUSTRIAL MINERALS CO. "Producers at FRMANITE" * FRIANT* CALIFORNIA YOU GET THE BEST Scientific Pest Contrei Products! When you use ORTHO products, you’re getting the benefits of this matchless combination of values: nearly half a century of research knowledge and field experience, progressive product development, quality manufacturing, techni- cal field service . . . and result's against pests! These ORTHO Products are leading the field Modern Organic Pesticides ISOTOX — Gamma Isomer of BHC from lindane. Dusts, Sprays, Wettable Powder. Concentrate VAPOTONE - TEPP, Dusts, Spray Concentrate VAPOPHOS — Parathion. Dusts, Wett- able Powders PERSISTO — DDT. Dusts, Wettable Powder PEST-B-GON— DDT. Spray ORTHO-KLOR— Chlordane. Dusts, Spray, Wettable Powder ALLTOX — ^Toxaphene, Dusts, Wettable Powder, Spray GAMTOX — BHC. Dusts, Wettable Powder ESTERCIDE 330— Ester 2, 4-D Weed Killer Spray ESTERCIDE-T 245 and ESTERCIDE-T 2— Ester 2, 4, 5-T Weed and Brush Killer Sprays WEED-B-GON 64— Amine 2, 4-D Weed Killer Spray Local ORTHO dust mills throughout the country supply freshly-mixed, custom-mixed dusts for more timely, more effective control of pests. For further information on ORTHO products, call your local ORTHO Dealer or contact the nearest ORTHO office: CALIFORNIA SPRAY- CHEMICAL CORP. RICHMOND, SACRAMENTO, FRESNO, SAN JOSE, AND WHITTIER, CALIF. PORTLAND, ORE. CALDWELL, IDAHO KANSAS CITY, MO. OKLAHOMA CITY, OKLA. SOUTH HAVEN, MICH. ORLANDO, FLA. LYNDONVILLE, N. Y. ELIZABETH, N. J. SINCE 1906 Trademarks: ORTHO. ISOTOX. VAPOTONE. VAPOPHOS, PERSISTO, B-GON, GAMTOX REG. U. S. PAT. OFF. Vol. XXVII April, 1951 No. 2 THE Pan -Pacific Entomologist Published by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society in cooperation with The California Academy of Sciences CONTENTS WIRTH — A new mountain midge from California 49 BEAL — Habitats of species of Novelsis 57 MacSWAIN — ^A new genus of Meloidae from North America 58 BREAKEY & PROPP — The spinose ear tick in Washington 59 MICHENER — Records and descriptions of Megachilid bees from Texas 61 ADAMS & MacNEILL— G elastocoris rotundatus Champion in California 71 MacSWAIN — N ew North American species of Nemognatha and Zonitis 72 PRICK — Liriomyza langei, a new species of leaf miner of economic importance in California 81 BOOK NOTICE 89 STARK — A specimen of Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker) lacking a pronotal ctenidium (Siphonaptera) 91 WHEELER — Dettopsomyia and Ptilomyia: two genera new to the United States 92 HELPER — A new subspecies of Metataenia 94 ROTH — New Records for Streblidae and Nycteribiidae 96 San Francisco, California 1951 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST EDITORIAL BOARD E» G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech R. L. Usinger E. S. Ross Co-Editors E- C. Van Dyke R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising Published quarterly In January, ' April, July, and October with Society Proceed- ines appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored. Including articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution. Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to H. B. Leech at the CaJifomia Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco 18, Calif;, or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif. Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single copies, 70 cents. Make checks payable to "Pan-Paclflc Entomologist." Announcing . . . "THE SUCKING LICE” By G. F. Ferris A 300 page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura of the world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and Development, Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeog- raphy. Complete systematic treatment is given including keys, syn- nonymy and descriptions. The illustrations are in the well-known style that has earned the author his reputation as “one of the very foremost of entomological artists.” The 125 full pages of figures include morphological details, and full illustrations of the type species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated with man and domesticated animals. To be published as the first volume of its new “Memoirs Series” by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society on the occasion of its Semicentennial Anniversary, September, 1951. Prepublication Price ^5.00 Regular Price . ^6.00 Send orders to : Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912. Xhe Pan-Pacific Entomologist Vol. XXVII, No. 2 April, 1951 A NEW MOUNTAIN MIDGE FROM CALIFORNIA (Diptera: Deuterophlebiidae) Willis W. Wirth Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research Administration, United States Department of Agriculture The peculiar nematocerous Diptera known as “mountain midges” have excited the interest and curiosity of biologists when- ever they have been found. This has by no means been a common occurrence, as evidenced by the fact that the first adults were not known until 1922, when Edwards described the male of Deutero- phlebia mirahilis from Kashmir at an elevation of 11,000-12,000 feet in some of the highest mountains of the world. In 1924 Puli- kovsky described the first known larvae, pupae, and females of an unnamed species from the Altai Mountains in Siberia. Muttkowski (1927) figured a larva from Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming, which probably belongs to a species, D. coloradensis, described by Pennak in 1945 from Colorado. Brodsky (1930) described the larva, pupa, and female of D. mirahilis from Central Asia. The Japanese species, D. nipponica, was first reported by Kitakami in 1929, by Kawamura in 1932, and Yie in 1933, but was not named and fully described until 1938, when Kitakami gave it what is still the most complete study for any known species, based on many specimens of all stages. The same author ( ibid.) described the larva and pupa of a second species, D. tyosenensis, from northern Korea. Pennak (ibid.) has very ably summarized the existing knowledge of the family, including references to the collecting of larvae of undetermined species in Convict Creek, Mono Co., California, and Rock Creek, Benton Co., Oregon. Stone (1949) noted the collection of a male pupa of D. coloradensis from Peoria Slough, Oregon, but, as will be shown later, his record probably refers to the new species here described. Thus, up to the present time only four species of Dealer ophlebia have been named, two of which are known from the immature stages only. During the summer of 1948 the writer had the opportunity to search for deuterophlebiids over a wide area of northern and coastal 50 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 California. His hunt was finally rewarded in the mountains near Mount Shasta in the headwaters of the Sacramento River, when he collected large numbers of larvae and pupae in a small rapid moun- tain stream. After finding the immature stages several hours before dusk, he made a rapid search for adults in the vicinity, but without success, owing partly to lack of time, which also precluded further visits. However, the dissection of male and female imagoes from mature pupae makes possible the description of all stages of this species, and original observations on the biology, although limited, supplement existing knowledge. Notes on the Habits of the Larvae. The larvae were col- lected in Fawn Creek, near its junction with the South Fork of the Sacramento River at about 5,000 feet elevation, about 10 miles southwest of Mount Shasta City, California. The stream is a typical cold mountain creek, several feet wide with riffles several inches deep, cascading over boulders and stones at a 45° slope from the last pockets of melting snow on the slopes 2,000 feet above. The deuterophlebiid larvae and pupae were found on the upper surface of smooth rocks, where they seemed to prefer the water line or the splash at riffle areas. They were also found on broad, fairly flat rocks covered with a thin film of very swift water. The larvae spent much time moving the head and anterior portion of the body in an arc from side to side, presumably feeding on par- ticles they scraped off the surface of the rock. Locomotion was in a characteristic zig-zag lateral course, made possible by alternate loosening of anterior and posterior ends of the body, rotating the free end in an arc to the side, and re-attaching. A similar method for blepharicerid larvae has been described by Kellogg (1903). When the larvae are disturbed, locomotion may be surprisingly rapid, especially considering the amount of co-ordination neces- sary to move several sets of legs at one time, and the hazard of being swept away in the swift current. The exceedingly simple mechanism of hooks and sucker of the larval prolegs was described and illustrated by Pulikovsky. In look- ing at her figures, however, the writer has reached a different con- clusion regarding the function of this mechanism. It seems that the primary force for secure attachment or adhesion is not the suction of the pad at the end of the leg, but rather the simultaneous traction of the hundreds of minute retrorse hooks on each leg, which is greatest when the leg is relaxed and extended. The primary muscles April, 1951] WIRTH DEUTEROPHLEBIIDAE 51 of t-ie leg, which are attached at the center of the pad at the end of the leg, would then act by their contraction to invaginate the rows of hooks, the distal rows first, thus shortening the leg and releasing its hold on the substrate preparatory to movement. Owing to the scarcity of males and male pupae, Kitakami postu- lates that D. nipponica may reproduce by parthenogenesis. The collection of about equal numbers of pupae of both sexes in the California material would indicate normal reproduction. The sea- sonal distribution of the present species is not known, but the collec- tion of about equal numbers of larvae of all sizes indicates the existence of no marked broods, at least in mid-summer. There are four larval instars, according to Kitakami. The deuterophlebiids were closely associated with several other dipterous larvae and pupae of similar body form and similar habit. Individuals of undetermined species of two genera of Blephariceri- dae, Agathon and Philorus, were numerous, usually in deeper water than the D enter ophlebia. The psychodid genus Mamina was represented in greater abundance, and usually in shallower water or closer to the water line or upper splash line. The discovery of this colony of D enter ophlebia coincided with the adoption of, and can be almost wholly credited to, the use of an apparently crude but nevertheless amazingly effective collecting method, described by Fritz Muller in 1895 for collecting Mamina larvae. One need only to pass his fingers, palms down, slowly and with moderate pressure over the rocks where larvae may be sus- pected of breeding. They are dislodged from the rocks and cling tightly to the skin, where their presence can be readily observed at close range, their color contrasting much more greatly with the hand than with the rocks of their natural habitat. The larvae can then be removed rapidly from the hand by knife or forceps, perhaps in the relative safety and comfort of a nearby boulder rather than at the brink or in the spray of a dangerous stream. More important, hundreds of samples can be taken in the time in which only one would have been possible by conventional screens, seines, or even by direct visual examination of the rocks. Deuterophlebia shasta Wirth, new species Male: Length, undetermined; wing, 3.6 mm. by 1.7 mm. Head (fig. 16) hidden under projecting mesonotum, small, transverse and flat. Eyes small, subspherical, without pubescence, diameter about a fourth entire width of head, projecting at antero-lateral corners of head. Clypeus with small prominent setose mesal lobe. Ocelli and 52 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2 mouthparts absent; mouth opening on ventral side of clypeal lobe. Ventral margin of head rather flattened. Antennae (fig. Id) six- segmented, very long, proportions of segments 10:5:16:6:6:560; first two segments enlarged, the first with fine setae; second ring- like, bare; third to fifth each with a small distal tubercle on mesal side bearing five to six peg-like hyaline sensillae; distal segment evenly tapered to filiform tip, with minute capitate sensillae on mesal surface of about proximal half. Thorax robust, apparently devoid of vestiture. Prothorax much reduced, mesonotum very convex in front, broad and dorsally flat- tened caudad ; scutellum flat and about four times as broad as long ; postscutellum very large, as broad as mesonotum; metanotum tri- angular, hidden under first two abdominal tergites. Pleural structure not determined. Halteres grayish hyaline, with minute pubescence, the stem slender, knob subspherical. Wing hyaline, with fine microtrichiae ; with shape and apparent venation as in figure le; only costa, subcosta, and Ri apparently thickened ; the fan-like arrangement of secondary venation due to folding of the wing in the pupal case, this first pleat-like lengthwise, the whole then alternately folded in four sections. Legs long and slender, proportions of mid legs as in fig. Ih, fore and hind legs similar; coxae and trochanters setose ventrally, the trochanters apparently two-segmented; femora with a few dorsal setae ; tibiae and tarsi with well-developed ventral pubescence of fine capitate hairs ; tibial spurs absent ; tarsal segments obliquely articu- lated; last segment (fig. li) with claws unequal, reduced to lance- olate pubescent lobes, the empodium a flattened disc, nearly circular, the diameter subequal to length of fifth segment, the surfaces densely set with long very fine capitate hairs. Abdomen broad at base, tapered distad to eighth segment which is greatly reduced and only half as broad as the genitalia. Sixth and seventh segments with low lateral prominences each bearing five or six strong, scattered spines. Genitalia (fig. 1;;) simple, ninth tergite bilobed, extending between the basistyles about half their length, deeply emarginate mesad, each lobe with a pair of short blunt spines ; ninth sternite poorly differentiated. Basistyles tapering, mesal sur- face with fine setae; dististyles simple, about half as long as basi- styles, slightly tapered distad, flexor surface slightly concave and set with scattered short spinose setae. Aedeagus tube-like, slightly ta- pered caudad, arising between bases of basistyles, the rounded tip reaching their apices; apparently with a slightly sclerotized inner protrusible penis tube. Female: In general similar to the male, with the following dif- ferences: Head (fig. la) smaller than in male, wdth antennae (fig. Ic) short, segments in proportion of 27:10:30:10:10:18; the four flagellar segments at apices with one, three, three, and three, peg- like hyaline sensillae respectively; distal segment also with two mesal and one distal, short setae. Legs (fig. Ig) with femora much April, 1951] WIRTH DEUTEROPHLEBIIDAE 53 stouter than in male ; femora and tibiae with a few minute setae on extensor surface; tarsal segments with one or two pairs of small ventral spines, the articulations very oblique, segments two to four appearing rhomboidal; segment five with claws (fig. 1/) strong, equal, and simple, with basal swelling, empodium lanceolate, with short setae. Abdomen tapering to tip, with minute pubescence; seventh segment with single lateral bristle; eighth with irregular lateral lobe with about six short strong bristles; tenth tergite bi- lobed. Eighth sternite with a large conical invaginated genital cham- ber extending forward from the gonopore in middle of hind margin ; ninth sternite bilobed, tenth sternite a pair of blunt pubescent lobes with a blunt smooth tubercle on mesal side of apices. Pupa: Length variable, about 2. 0-2.5 mm. Broadly oval, dorsal surface (figs. 2a, /) convex, especially in head region, flattened be- hind, integument strongly sclerotized dark brown, with strong gran- Figure 1. D enter ophlebia shasta. a. head, female; b. head, male; c. antenna, female; d. antenna, male; e. wing, male; f. fifth tarsal segment, female ; g. mid-leg, female ; h. mid-leg, male ; i. fifth tarsal segment, male; j. genitalia, male, ventral aspect. 54 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 ulation especially on caudal margins of segments. Pro- and meso- thorax fused, with median longitudinal seam (which splits at emer- gence of imago). A pair of prominent respiratory horns on antero- lateral margin, each with a short thick stem and three very crooked filaments ; a single long, stout spine arising from a conical tubercle dorsad of base of each respiratory organ; dorsal surface of body between these spines with a pair of long, transverse, sub-lateral lines of dark macro-granulation. Examination of the histoblasts in ma- ture larvae shows that the respiratory organ is prothoracic, and the spine is mesothoracic. Metanotum small, not reaching lateral mar- gins, with a pair of transverse lines of granulation similar to but shorter than those on mesonotum. First and second abdominal seg- ments very narrow with ends curved forward, projecting free as very heavily sclerotized prominences with about a dozen strong black thorn-like spines. Segments three to five with undulating margins, sixth segment with five to six spines on caudo-lateral margin, mostly on ventral side; seventh segment with spinose caudo-lateral lobes bent around the small mesal eighth and ninth segments. Dorsally the male pupa distinguishable from the female by the much longer thoracic region (0.36 of the entire length in male; 0.27 in female). Ventral surface (figs. 2h, g) flattened, not heavily sclerotized, with three pairs of blackish oval adhesive pads near lateral margins of abdominal segments three to five. Sexual dimorphism extreme on ventral aspect; male with the long antennal cases each forming two elliptical rings appressed around body; female attennal cases short, not reaching past wing cases ; the latter reaching to fourth abdom- inal segment; leg cases reaching fifth segment in female, seventh in male. Mature Larva (fig. 2e) ; Length variable, about 3.5 mm. Color yellowish-white, with some scattered orange pigment along dorsum, head and base of antennae dark brown. Body plano-convex ; eleven- segmented, counting the head, the three thoracic segments, and seven leg-bearing abdominal segments ; without trace of spiracles. Head rather fiat, clypeus well differentiated, with four lateral pairs of minute setae, two lateral pairs of setae well back on frons and about four pairs of multiple-branched setae near base of each antenna. Antenna arising from a short conical tubercle, proximal segment brownish sclerotized, two-thirds as long as width of head, stout, slightly tapering; bifurcating into a long dorsal and a short ventral, membranous branches, respectively about twice as long and three-fourths as long as proximal segment. A pair of small black eye-spots near lateral margin of head behind antennae. Mouthparts (fig. 2h) : Labrum membranous, bilobate, projecting in front of, and curving down below clypeus to ventral surface of head, with a pair of densely setose ridges curving from lateral cor- ners in front to near mid-line on caudo-ventral margin of labrum; sides of labrum with series of short, plate-like setae. Mandibles with a heavily sclerotized ring, bearing a narrow transverse comb of hrown setae, and a dense tuft of long brown hairs on caudo-mesal April, 1951] WIRTH DEUTEROPHLEBIIDAE 55 margin. Maxillae a transverse lobe vrith a comb-like row of dense short setae, a small palpus on caudal margin near lateral ends and a small black granular spot on caudal margin near mid-line. Labium apparently a submedian pair of sclerotized flaps. Thorax with three well-marked segments, the mesothorax broad- est and most highly pigmented. Abdomen broadest at segment four, each of the seven preapical segments with a well developed lateral pseudopod or proleg, each bearing a distal series of eight to eleven rows of small dense black hooks (fig. 2c). Front and hind margins of prolegs with dense vesti- ture of long, multiple-branched black hairs. Each segment dorsally with a few fine setae in a transverse row. Eighth segment consisting of a pair of tapering curved lobes, bearing a pair of black peg-like spines and a hair at apex (fig. 2d) ; on ventral side with five white, sausage-shaped, anal gills. ventral ; c. detail of hook of larval proleg ; d. detail of tip of eighth abdominal segment of larva; e. mature larva, dorsal view (hooks of second and sixth prolegs, right side, inverted) ; f. female pupa, dor- sal view; g. same, ventral; h. larval head, ventral view showing mouth parts. 56 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 Holotype male, dissected from pupa, Fawn Creek, near head- waters of South Fork, Sacramento River, Siskiyou County, Cali- fornia, July 22, 1948, W, W. Wirth, (TYPE No. 59,374, U. S. National Museum) allotype female; paratypes 2 males, 1 female dissected from pupae; 25 pupae and 100 larvae in various stages, same data as type. Adult paratypes will be deposited in the Cali- fornia Academy of Sciences and the British Museum of Natural History. Comparative Notes. The species of Deuterophlebia are diffi- cult to separate in the larval and adult stages because of poorly diagnostic characters. However, the pupae are quite distinctive and Pennak has given a key to separate them. D. shasta falls in couplet two of Pennak’s key with Pulikovsky’s Altai Mountain species on the basis of the single long thoracic spine near the respiratory organ. From her species it may be separated as follows: Pupa with distinct transverse granulose lines on dorsum of thoracic segments ; larvae yellowish to light orange in color ; adult female antenna with two pre-apical setae on last segment shasta Pupa without differentiated lines on dorsum of thorax; larvae dark brown on dorsal surface; adult female antenna with at least five pre-apical setae on last segment (Pulikovsky’s species) The pupa reported by Stone (1949) from Oregon as D. colora- densis is in the U. S. National Museum collection and has been examined by the writer. It possesses the single pair of thoracic spines. The range of shasta doubtless extends over a much wider area along the Pacific Coast while that of coloradensis remains within the Rocky Mountain system so far as known. The writer wishes to thank Dr. R. W. Pennak of the University of Colorado for the gift of larvae and pupae of D. coloradensis. Pupae of the two Japanese species in the National Museum collec- tion were also studied. Literature Cited Brodsky, K. 1930. Zur Kenntnis der Wirbellosenfaune der Bergstrdme Mit- telasiens. II. Deuterophlebia Tmrahilis Edw. Zeitschr. Morph. Okol. Tiere, 18:289-321. Edwards, F. W. 1922. Deuterophlebia mirabilis, gen. et sp. n., a remarkable dipterous insect from Kashmir. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 9, 9 :379-387. April, 1951] BEAL NOVELSIS 57 Kawamura, T. 1932. D enter ophlebia. Iconographia Insectorum Japonicorum, p. 2204. Kellogg, V. L. 1903. The net-winged midges (Blepharoceridae) of North America. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 3, 3:187-232. Kit AK AMI, S. 1929. An unusual insect from Japan (Diptera Deutero- phlebiidae) Zool. Mag., 41:379-380. 1938. The Deuterophlebiidae of Japan. Annot. Zool. Japon. 17:487-513. Muller, F. 1895. Contribution towards the history of a new form of larvae of Psychodidae from Brazil. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1895 ; 479-482. Muttkowski, R. a. 1927. A new and unusual insect record for North America (Diptera-Deuterophlebiidae) . Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 22:245-249. Pennak, R. W. 1945. Notes on mountain midges (Deuterophlebiidae) with a description of the immature stages of a new species from Colorado. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No. 1276, pp. 1 - 10 . PULIKOVSKY, N. 1924. Metamorphosis of D enter ophlehia sp. (Diptera, Deutero- phlebiidae Edw.). Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1924:45-62. Stone, A. 1949. D enter ophlehia coloradensis Pennak in Oregon (Diptera, Deuterophlebiidae). Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., 51:122. Yie, S. 1933. Observations on a Japanese Denterophlebia (Diptera). Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, 23:271-296. HABITATS OF SPECIES OF NOVELSIS (Coleoptera: Dermestidae) Mature larvae of Novelsis horni (Jayne) were taken on Dec. 27, 1950, one by the writer from a Sceliphron nest 5 miles north of Tucson, Arizona, and one by C. B. Beal from a Leptochiline-Iike nest in the sandy bank of the Santa Cruz River 9 miles south of Tucson. A single mature larva of Novelsis varicolor (Jayne) was found by the writer in a Sceliphron nest 11 miles northeast of Tuc- son on December 28. All the larvae were reared to adults on pollen in a temperature cabinet at 31° C. — R. S. Beal, Jr. 58 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 A NEW GENUS OF MELOIDAE FROM NORTH AMERICA J. W. MacSwain University of California, Berkeley In North America the genus Lytta has long been recognized as being made up of several well defined species groups. Horn (1873) ^ in his synopsis of the genus first suggested such a division and he was followed by Fall (1901) ^ and others as additional species were described. However, larval studies coupled with field observations and a re-evaluation of the significance of adult structures clearly indicate that the genus as now recognized is polyphyletic. The species which have previously been assigned to Group 3 of Horn’s classification can now be shown to be an annectant group whose features relate them more closely to Epicauta than to Lytta. Genus Linsleya® new genus Antennae with segments compressed, intermediate segments either sub-quadrate or transverse. Legs with front tibia sericeous on its inner face; hind tibial spurs equal, slender and acute. Type : Lytta convexa LeConte. In addition to the type, the following species are assigned to this genus on the basis of the adult characters; L. sphaericollis Say, L. compressicornis (Horn),.L. infidelis (Fall) and L. suavissima Wellman. The genus as here defined should be placed as a primitive group of the Epicautini. Such an assignment requires a modification of the present definition of this tribe, as based on the adults, to include members lacking a sericeous patch on the anterior femora but pos- sessing such a patch on the anterior tibia. No modification of the tribal definition is necessary for the inclusion of the larvae, al- though only the first instar larva of L. convexa is known at the present. Finally it may be stated that the activity pattern of the adults of several species has been observed by the author to be more typically Epicautine than Lyttine. ^Horn, G. H. 1873. Revision of the species of several genera of MelOidae of the United States. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. 13 ;88-117. -Fall, H. C. 1901. Notes on DicheLonycha and Cantharis, with descriptions of new species in other genera. Tran. Am. Ent. Soc. 27 ;277-316. ^Named in honor of E. G. Linsley in partial recognition of his many contribu- tions toward a knowledge of the biology and systematics of the Coleoptera. April, 1951] BREAKEY & PROPP EAR TICK 59 THE SPINOSE EAR TICK IN WASHINGTON" E. P. Breakey^ and Harold Propp^ Ticks collected from the ears of cattle on the A. D. Olson Ranch near Beverly, in central Washington, in November, 1949, were re- ferred to the senior author’s attention on February 8, 1950. They were tentatively identified as the spinose ear tick, Otohius megnini (Duges). Immediately, specimens were sent to Dr. F. C. Bishopp, Assistant Chief, Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, who verified our determination. Dr. Bishopp stated {in litt.) , “It is unusual to have a general infestation of this tick as far north as Beverly, Washington, al- though it has been taken on several occasions in the state of Wash- ington.” Dr. Bishopp also asked if any of the cattle on the ranch had been brought in from the south, since the species is native to the south- western United States. In the meantime. Dr. M. O. Barnes, Supervisor, Division of Dairy and Livestock, Washington State Department of Agriculture, Olympia, had been questioned regarding the presence of the spinose ear tick in Washington. Dr. Barnes stated {in. litt.), “Several years ago, I had an opportunity to investigate severe tick infestation in the ears of cattle in eastern Washington; however, it was doubted at that time if the tick could be identified as the spinose ear tick.” When A. D. Olson, owner of the cattle, was questioned regarding the history of the infestation, he stated {in litt.), “We have been running livestock in this locality for 20 years. We have been running cattle for the last five years and sheep fifteen years prior to that. We have not shipped in any stock from any southern states. We have always had ticks here but the ear tick has been bothering us only about two years. The ear tick infestation was heavier this year than in previous years. We did not examine the sheeps’ ears as they did not give us trouble, but we have always found them in the dogs’ ears.” David H. Brannon, Extension Entomologist, State College of Washington, believes that the spinose ear tick has been present in central Washington for a number of years. Recently, he displayed ^Scientific Paper No. 973, Washington. Agricultural Experiment Stations, Insti- tute of Agricultural Sciences, State College of Washington, Pullman. ^Associate Entomologist, Western Washington Experiment Station, Puyallup. ® Veterinarian, Bureau of Animal Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture. 60 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2 some specimens of this tick which he had mounted in plastic for the purpose of acquainting county agents and ranchers in the area with the appearance of the pest. A few days later, Brannon wrote as follows: “In going over our insect identification record in the office, I find that Laurel Smith (Brannon’s predecessor) reported the spinose ear tick on September 3, 1942. The identification was made by Dr. Roy D. Shenefelt. The ticks were collected from cattle near Quincy. They were sent to Laurel Smith by D. Sinclair through L. R. Nicholson from Ellensburg. Smith states that four cattle had died from the effects. Smith also notes, “This is the first record I know of from this state. It has been recorded from Alberta. Insect Pest Survey has been notified and any records of previous infes- tations from the state requested.” This is the only record we have in our files on the spinose ear tick other than the specimens I showed you when I was in Puyallup.” The specimens sent to Dr. Bishopp for identification were slightly engorged nymphs. It appears that we are dealing with an infestation that is of several years standing. Apparently the ticks pass the winter in central Washington as nymphs in the ears of the host, multiplication and dispersal taking place during the summer. It is not surprising that a southern species with such habits should be able to survive in more northern localities, since temperature chang- es on the host during the winter would not be great. Bishopp and Trembley (1945) state “It is unlikely that Ornitho- doros megnini will ever become permanently established or assume such importance as a livestock pest in states to the east of Texas or to the north of Oklahoma, New Mexico, Arizona, and California, with the possible exception of certain parts of southern Colorado, Utah and Nevada.” Certain exceptions to this generalization are then given. This tick was also collected by J. D. Gregson in December, 1943, in the ears of mountain goat at Bryant Creek, British Columbia. Since a nymph was taken from the ear of a cat in the same vicinity (Ewings Landing on Okanagan Lake, B. C.) on October 6, 1941, it also appears that the pest may be established there, at least tem- porarily. Literature Cited Bishopp, F. C., and Trembley, Helen Louise 1945. Distribution and Hosts of Certain North American Ticks, Journal of Parasitology, 31:44-46. April, 1951] MICHENER MEGACHILID BEES 61 RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF MEGACHILID BEES FROM TEXAS ( Hymenoptera ) Charles D. Michener University of Kansas, Lawrence In previous papers^ the thesis was developed that several groups of megachili d bees are confined to the westernmost deserts of North America, immediately east of the great mountain divides of central and southern California. This idea was based on extensive collecting in California and some collecting in Arizona by the author, Timber- lake and others, and extensive collecting in New Mexico and Colo- rado by Cockerell. Of particular importance were Cockerell’s col- lections from southern New Mexico, made in desert areas similar in many ways to the Californian deserts. His material lacked the groups involved. In the spring of 1949 the author, in company with his wife and Doctor and Mrs. R. H. Beamer, spent a week collecting in western Texas and obtained in these easternmost North American deserts members of several groups once thought to be confined to the west- ern desert or at least concentrated there. Such groups are Anthocopa of the subgenera Phaeosmia and Eremosmia. There remain several of the groups (e. g. Proteriades and two subgenera of Ashmeadiella) which are probably actually confined to the far west, but further collecting will be necessary to establish this. It becomes obvious that Cockerell’s collecting in southern New Mexico was not suffi- ciently extensive to be used as a basis for zoogeographic generali- zations, at least in connection with bees which fly in the spring. Except as otherwise stated types of new forms are deposited in the Snow Entomological Collections, University of Kansas. Anthocopa (Phaeosmia) rubrella Michener, 1949 It is now eertain that the flowers on which the type series of this species were taken at Dryden, Texas, were a species of Dalea. Additional records, all from Texas, are as follows: Marathon, April 13, 1949, on Dalea argyraea; Cooper’s Store, Big Bend Na- ^ Michener, C. D., 193^, A revision of the genus Ashmeadiella (Hsnnen., Mega- chilidae), Amer. Midland Nat., 22:1-84; 1943, The American bees of the genus Anthocopa with notes on Old World subgenera (Hymenoptera, Megachilidae) , Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 36 :49-86 ; 1944, The distribution of the osmiine bees of the deserts of North America, Amer. Nat., 78:257-266. 62 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 tional Park, April 11, 1949, on Dalea neomexicana; Sanderson, April 13, 1949, on Dalea formosa (all collected by R. H. Reamer and C. D. Michener) . The Sanderson series of two males and two females is interesting in that one specimen of each sex is entirely without red on the abdo- men, and in the remaining female the red is very dark, particularly on the third metasomal tergum. The remaining male is fully as red as specimens from other localities. The absence of red in part of this series is possibly an intergradation toward A. maryae, but the cly- peal margin is typical of rubrella. Anthocopa (Phaeosmia) maryae Michener, 1949 Three females, Quemada, Texas, on Dalea pogonathera, April 14, 1949, (R. H. Reamer, C. D. Michener.) Anthoeopa (Phaeosmia) dale ae Michener, new species This species, which raises the total number of known species of Phaeosmia to ten, resembles rubrella and maryae in the broad apical flange of the sixth metasomal tergum of the female, but differs from them as well as from all other species of Phaeosmia by having a strong longitudinal median carina on the clypeus and by having the apical margin of the clypeus feebly trilobed (fig. 7), the lobes being the angles which demark the truncation and a median con- vexity between them. The male differs from that of rubrella in the large second metasomal sternum, which reaches the seventh tergum when the abdomen is in repose. In the key to the males of Phaeosmia (Michener, 1949, Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., 22:54) daleae runs to enceliae if the rounded rather than emarginate second sternum is ignored. Female : Length 6 mm. (varying to 5.8 among paratypes) . Black, pubescence dull white, ochraceous to light fuscous on lower half of clypeus and dorsum of head and thorax ; tufts of hair beneath clypeal margin orange but very small, not exceeding clypeal margin; face rather densely pubescent to above level of antennae; mesepisterna and marginal portions of scutum and scutellum rather densely pubes- cent. Inner margins of eyes converging below. Punctation of head and thorax rather uniform and coarse, that of area immediately in front of anterior ocellus finer and dense, that of lower two thirds of clypeus also fine and dense except for the longitudinal median raised carina which marks this part of clypeus ; lower end of carina low and narrow, upper end merging into rather coarsely punctate upper third of clypeus; clypeal truncation with impunctate but not thickened margin which is brownish; truncation longer than dis- tance from its end to lateral angle of clypeus; median portion of April, 1951] MICHENER MEGACHILID BEES 63 truncation slightly convex; distance between posterior ocelli slightly greater than distance from one of them to eye margin or to posterior edge of vertex; median ocellus about 1.5 times as far from antennal bases as from posterior edge of vertex; genal areas narrower than eye seen from side. Mandibles feebly dark red subapicaily, less than three times as long as greatest breadth, over three times as long as narrowest medial breadth, distance between first and second teeth less than that between second and third, margin between first and second teeth a V-shaped notch, that between second and third arcu- ate, subapical inner swelling absent; maxillary palpi longer than greatest width of galea, five-segmented, second segment longest, first and third subequal, slightly shorter, fourth slightly shorter than third, fifth very small and slender; first segment of labial palpus about 0.7 times as long as second. Thoracic punctation similar to that of vertex; tegulae smooth, transluscent dark testaceous. Legs black, tibial spurs pale brown. Wings slightly dusky, veins and stigma black. Abdomen black, posterior margins of terga feebly brownish; meta- somal terga one to four with conspicuous apical bands of white pubescence, somewhat narrowed medially on first and second terga ; sixth tergum somewhat pruinose, more finely and closely punctured than dorsal portions of first four terga; sixth tergum with apical flange, projecting at an angle to disc of tergum; scopa short, dull white, that of apical half of sixth metasomal sternum consisting of hairs which are bent subapicaily. Male: Length 5.5 mm. (varying to 5.2 mm. among paratypes). Similar in appearance and punctation to female but punctures of entire clypeus and supraclypeal area fine and dense, those in front of anterior ocellus not so; face more densely covered with white pubescence; clypeus without longitudinal carina, margin transverse, coarsely denticulate, median portion with three large denticles, adjacent parts of margin with two denticles on each side. Mandibles bidentate, outer tooth the longest. Abdominal punctation and pubes- cense similar to that of fema’c; sixth metasomal tergum with a narrow projecting flange produced to a median slightly obtuse angle and to a small rounded lobe at each side; seventh tergum small, brown, margin rounded laterally, straight medially; first sternum thickened, posterior margin straight; second sternum large, cover- ing succeeding sterna, posterior margin broadly rounded, reddish brown ; third sternum with a broad squarely cut emargination with a fringe of long hairs only medially; fourth to sixth sterna entire, broadly rounded, margin of fifth more clearly straight than others ; seventh sternum with apical emargination ; eighth with apex obtuse. Holotype female, allotype male, and three female and two male paratypes: Cooper’s Store, Big Bend National Park, Texas, on Dalea neomexicana, April 11, 1949 (R. H. Beamer, C. D. Mich- ener). One female is from Phacelia popei but was not collecting pollen. One female paratype: Sanderson, Texas, on Dalea formosa, April 13, 1949 (R. H. Beamer, C. D. Michener) . 64 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 This is the third Texan species of Phaeosmia. All are smaller than the more western species of this subgenus, but daleae in particular is closely related to the western group of species. Anthocopa (Eremosmia) beameri Michener, new species This is a species of typical Eremosmia, a group of bees hitherto known only from the California deserts. It has the appearance of a small specimen of A. robustula (Cockerell), from which it differs strikingly in the more nearly equidistant mandibular teeth of the male, in the coarsely punctured clypeus of the female with the upper portion shining, convex, with widely separated punctures, and in the rounded subapical inner mandibular swelling of the female. Because of the swollen upper part of the clypeus, the female might run to laevibullata in the key (Michener, 1943, Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer., 36:67) . It differs from that species by the equidistant man- dibular teeth of the female, among many other characters. Female: Length 6.5 mm. (varying to 7.0 mm. among paratypes). Black, pubescence dull white, ochraceous on dorsum of head and thorax, tufts of hair beneath clypeal margin large, orange; sides of face and supra-antennal area rather densely pubescent to level of median ocellus, sides and dorsum of thorax also rather densely pubescent. Inner margins of eyes parallel. Punctation of head and thorax fine and dense, the vertex and supra-antennal areas par- ticularly so ; supraclypeal area more coarsely and sparsely punctate, especially below; clypeus with upper two thirds strongly bulging, coarsely punctured, with punctures widely separated especially medially where there is a longitudinal zone which is impunctate or nearly so ; lower third of clypeus closely and rather finely punctate except for the impunctate, thin margin of the truncation; margin of truncation slightly shorter than distance from end of truncation to lateral angle of clypeus, angles demarking truncation rounded; distance between posterior ocelli subequal to distance from one of them to posterior margin of vertex and to eye margin; anterior ocellus with its anterior margin slightly nearer to antennal bases than to posterior edge of vertex; genal areas narrower than eyes seen from side. Mandibles dark red subapically, less than 2.5 times as long as greatest breadth, less than four times as long as shortest (medial) breadth, teeth large, their apices equidistant, inner sub- apical swelling rounded; maxillary palpi about as long as greatest width of galea, four-segmented, second segment longest, third and fourth slightly shorter ; first segment of labial palpus about 0.6 times as long as second. Punctation of mesoscutum coarser than that of vertex, that of mesepisternum still more so ; tegulae smooth, trans- parent testaceous. Legs black, tibial spurs brown. Wings slightly dusky, veins and stigma black. Abdomen black, posterior margins April, 1951] michener — megachilid bees 65 of terga brownish, metasomal terga one to four with broad apical bands of white pubescence; sixth tergum and posterior portion of fifth pruinose; punctation fine, dense on fifth and sixth terga but sparser on others; scopa short, dull white. Male: Length 6.5 mm. (6.0 to 6.8 mm. among paratypes). Similar in appearance and punctation to female but punctation of clypeus very fine and dense, face more densely covered with white pubes- cence ; clypeal margin but little produced, edentate, slightly thick- ened and shining; inner orbits strongly diverging below. Mandibles tridentate, inner tooth much shorter than the others. Sixth meta- somai tergum with posterior margin convex, with weak lateral lobes ; seventh largely hidden, brown, margin with median notch. First sternum with posterior margin straight, second large, margin broadly rounded except for shallow, broad, median apical emar- gination, reaching to cover all but the apex of the fourth sternum; third sternum hidden, with broad, deep emargination which bears a fringe of long hairs medially; fourth sternum broadly rounded posteriorly, covering following sterna; sixth with small median notch in posterior margin; seventh with posterior margin broadly emarginate. Holotype female, allotype male, and twenty-one male paratypes : Cooper’s Store, Big Bend National Park, Texas, on Phacelia popei, April 11, 1949 (R. H. Beamer, C. D. Michener) ; four female paratypes, twenty miles south of Marathon, Texas, on Nama hispi- dum, April 12, 1949 (R .H. Beamer, C. D. Michener). This species is named for Doctor R. H. Beamer who helped col- lect the type series, in addition to many other interesting bees from Texas, Kansas, and elsewhere. Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) bucconis denticulata Cresson, 1878 Cooper’s Store, Big Bend National Park, Texas, April 11, 1949, (R. H. Beamer, C. D. Michener). Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) prosopidis (Cockerell), 1897 Hot Springs, Big Bend National Park, Texas, on Prosopis juli- flora, April 11, 1949 (C. D. Michener, R. H. Beamer). Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) meliloti meliloti (Cockerell), 1897 Sanderson, Texas, on Dalea formosa, April 13, 1949 (R. H. Beamer and C. D. Michener) ; Quemada, Texas, on Dalea pogo- nathera, April 14, 1949 (R. H. Beamer and C. D. Michener). 66 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 Ashmealiella (Ashmeadiella) cactorum cactorum (Cockerell), 1897 Twenty-five miles southeast of Dryden, Texas, on Dalea argy- raea, April 13, 1949 (R. H. Beamer and C. D. Michener) ; Que- mada, Texas, on Dalea pogonathera, April 14, 1949 (R. H. Beamer and C. D. Michener) . Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) gillettei Titus, 1904 Specimens of this species from western Texas and southern New Mexico are intermediate between the Great Plains form, gillettei (for which the synonym coloradensis was used by error in Mich- ener, 1949, Jour. Kansas Ent. Soc., 22 :45) , and the form previously known as A. rufiventris Michener from the arid parts of California and Baja California. It is evident that rufiventris should be con- sidered a subspecies of gillettei, and that a new subspecific name (rubra) should be p/oposed for the Texan population. The geo- graphical variation can be described as follows: Specimens from the plains east of the foot of the Rocky Moun- tains (Boulder and vicinity and Fort Collins, Colorado) and the single known specimen from South Dakota (Badlands National Monument) are rather coarsely punctate, with the mesocutum more coarsely punctate than the vertex. They are wholly black, or in less than half of the population at Boulder (the southernmost of the known great plains localities) , there is red on the first two or three metasomal terga and on the posterior femora. This great plains population is properly known as A. gillettei gillettei. Specimens from western Texas and southern New Mexico are about as coarsely punctate as is true gillettei but the abdomen is almost wholly red above, the posterior femora are red and the tibiae partly so. This population is to be known as A. gillettei rubra. The populations from the deserts of California and Baja Cali- fornia are similar in coloration to rubra although often with more black on the apical portion of the abdomen. They differ from rubra particularly by the somewhat finer punctation, that of the meso- scutum being little if any coarser than that of the vertex. This sub- species is A. gillettei rufiventris. A. gillettei ranges westward into the driest parts of cismontane southern California where it is represented by a population similar to rufiventris but having more black on the abdomen. In order to name this subspecies in connection with other forms of gillettei. April, 1951] michener — megachilid bees 67 it is described below as A. gillettei cismontanica, even though it is not from Texas. Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) gillettei rubra Michener, new subspecies Female: Similar to typical gillettei but metasomal terga red except for dusky area on sixth, sterna largely red except for fifth and sixth which are black, posterior femora red and posterior tibiae red except for outer surface. Length 5 mm. Male : Coloration similar to female but with median black areas on fifth and sixth terga (in some paratypes these terga black except for sides and posterior margins and median black areas present on third and fourth terga). Length 5 mm. (varying to 5.5 mm. among paratypes). Holotype female: Sanderson, Texas, on Dalea formosa, April 13, 1949 (R. H. Reamer, C. D. Michener) . Allotype male and eight male paratypes: Rankin, Texas, April 10, 1949 (R. H. Reamer, C. D. Michener) . These specimens were taken on the ground. Additional male specimens, one from each locality, are from El Paso, Texas, April 6, 1902, and Mesilla Park, New Mexico, May 6, 1909. Ashmeadiella (Ashmeadiella) gillettei cismontanica Michener, new subspecies Female: Similar to the subspecies rufiventris but with tegulae darker ; hind tibiae usually with red on under surface only ; first metasomal tergum red (or dusky along posterior margin in some paratypes) ; second and third terga red, black middorsally (or second wholly red) ; fourth and fifth terga red, only laterally (fourth some- times with as much as lateral thirds red, fifth sometimes wholly black) ; sixth tergum black. Length 4.8 mm (to 5.9 mm.) Holotype female and ten female paratypes: one and one-half miles west of Perris, California, on Heliotropium oculatum. May 29, 1946 (P. H. Timberlake) . One female paratype, same locality and collector. May 14, 1948, on Cryptantha intermedia. One female paratype, four and one-half miles west of Perris, California, on Hugelia virgata. May 14, 1948 (P. H. Timberlake) . The holotype and ten paratypes will be returned to the Timber- lake collection. Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside, California. Two paratypes will be placed in the Snow Entomological Collection at the University of Kansas. 68 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 Ashmeadiella (Aslimeadiella) truncativentris Michener, new species This striking species resembles A. bigeloviae Cockerell and its relatives in being black with the legs partly red. It differs, in the female, from higeloviae as well as all other known species of Ash- meadiella by having a broad transverse shining subapical ridge across the sixth metasomal sternum, giving it the appearance of being broadly truncate. The hind tibial spurs are thick, black, and strongly curved as in femorata Michener and A. titusi Michener but they have more teeth than, in these species, for which reason the male runs out at 2 in the key (Michener, 1939, Amer. Midland Nat., 22:12). The female differs from all species except A. cactorum (Cockerell) in lacking a smooth clypeal margin. The clypeus is flatter than in cactorum, which is an entirely unrelated and much smaller species. Female: Length 7.5 mm. (6.0 mm. in paratype). Inner margins of eyes slightly converging below; facial line slightly shorter than transfacial ; upper part of head and genal areas with punctures fine and close, becoming progressively coarser on lower part of supra- antennal area, supraclypeal area, and upper two-thirds of clypeus, being quite coarse and irregular and separated by shining ground in the latter area; lower third of clypeus with punctures very fine and dense, only an exceedingly narrow margin slightly raised and not conspicuously punctate; clypeal truncation slightly concave medially, demarked by rather distinct angles, slightly narrower than distance from its end to nearest eye margin; mandibles red- dish subapically in paratype, distance from first to third tooth much less than greatest breadth of eye, nearly as great as length of last three antennal segments together; genal areas conspicuously nar- rower than eyes seen from side; anterior ocellus well behind mid- point between antennal bases and posterior edge of vertex; distance between posterior ocelli subequal to distance from one of them to eye, subequal to or greater than distance to posterior edge of vertex. Explanation of Figures 1, Mandibular teeth of Anthocopa beameri, male, 2, Same, female. 3, Mandibular teeth of Anthocopa daleae, female. 4, Same, male. 5, Apex of male gonopod of Anthocopa daleae. 6, Same, Anthocopa beameri. 7, Clypeus, Anthocopa daleae, female. 8, Eighth metasomal sternum, Anthocopa beameri, male. 9, Seventh metasomal sternum of same. 10, Seventh metasomal sternum of Anthocopa daleae, male. 11, Eighth metasomal sternum of same. 12, Sixth metasomal ster- num of Ashmeadiella truncativentris, female. 13. Clypeus and mand- ible of Ashmeadiella clypeodentata simplicior, female. April, 1951] MICHENER MEGACHILID BEES 69 Mesoscutum with punctures small and dense, like those of vertex, anterior margin with weak pair of pubescent spots; punctures of mesepisternum markedly coarser and more widely separated than those of mesocutum or genal areas; tegulae black, distinctly punc- tured throughout; posterior femora and tibiae, middle femora, part of posterior trochanters, and undersides of middle tibiae red, hind tibial spurs black, strongly curved, outer spur with about eight teeth 12 13 70 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2 on each margin, those of outer margin very low and oblique, inner spur with about nine teeth on each margin, those of outer margin very large and conspicuous, those of inner margin low. Abdominal terga more coarsely punctured than mesoscutum and except for the apical one less closely so ; metasomal terga one to five with conspicu- ous apical bands of white hair, that on fifth weaker than the others ; sixth tergum more broadly rounded than in most species ; sixth ster- num with basal half coarsely punctured, distal half impunctate and elevated to form a strong, slightly arcuate, subapical transverse ridge which is produced to each side to form distinct shoulders on the sternum. Male : Length 6.2 mm. Similar to female in pubescence, puncta- tion, and structure, but clypeus not so coarsely punctate (though distinctly more coarsely so than vertex) ; anterior margin of clypeus with concavity, demarked by distinct angles and with an impunctate margin, this concavity about two-thirds as wide as upper width of clypeus; distitarsi rufescent and bases of posterior basitarsi red; hind tibial spurs with fewer teeth (outer margin of inner spur with about six large teeth) except for inner margin of inner spur which has ten or eleven teeth ; lateral teeth of sixth tergum large and acute, median teeth longer than basal width, emargination between them deeper than a semicircle. Holotype female, allotype male, and one female paratype: Sanderson, Texas, on Dalea formosa, April 13, 1949 (R. H. Reamer, C. D. Michener) . Ashmeadiella (Arogochila) clypeodentata simplicior Michener, new subspecies Female: Differs from typical clypeodentata Michener by the weaker angles and emarginations of the median lobe of the clypeus, which is practically without a median emargination. Length 5.0 to 6.5 mm. Holotype female and one female paratype: Hot Springs, Big Bend National Park, Texas, on Prosopis juliflora, April 11, 1949 (R. H. Beamer, C. D. Michener) . A. clypeodentata clypeodentata has been found only in the deserts of California and northwestern Mexico. The occurrence of the species in Texas is therefore interesting. It is of course possible that the Texan form is a different species but in view of the mor- phological similarity to the western form, this seems unlikely. Ashmeadiella (Arogochila) erema Michener, 1939 A single female specimen was collected twenty-live miles south- east of Dryden, Texas, on Dalea argyraea, April 13, 1949 (R. H. April, 1951] adams & mac neill — gelastocoris 71 Beamer, C. D. Michener) . This species was previously known only from the desert of eastern California. The Texan specimen differs from Californian ones in the broader dorsal black area of the abdomen. Ashmeadiella (Chilosima) rhodognatha Cockerell, 1925 Cooper’s Store, Big Bend National Park, Texas, on Dalea neo- mexicana, April 11, 1949 (C. D. Michener, R. H. Beamer) . This species has not been known previously east of California and Baja California. The record is particularly interesting since it seems that rhodognatha is replaced in Arizona and New Mexico by the closely related form, A. holtii Cockerell. Unfortunately, only a single male specimen was obtained in Texas. GELASTOCORIS ROTUNDATUS CHAMPION IN CALIFORNIA (Hemiptera: Gelastocoridae) On February 24, 1951, a series of thirteen Gelastocoris rotund- atus Champion^ was taken by the writers on the bank of a small stream in Bennett Wash, eight miles southwest of Parker Dam, San Bernardino County, California. G. rotundatus is widely distributed in Mexico and Guatemala. Champion’^ remarks that this species . . will almost certainly be found to inhabit the Southern United States.” Martin^ records two specimens taken at Douglas, Arizona, in August, by F. H. Snow, and cites this as the first published record for the species in the United States. G. rotundatus may be distinguished from all other members of the genus by means of the broadly convex, feebly sinuate pronotal margins, and by the male genitalia^. The members of our series are relatively uniform in coloration, all being pale greenish above and brick-red on the abdominal sternites. — P. A. Adams and C. Don MacNeill. ^Champion, G. C., 1901, Biol. Centri.-Amer., Zoologia, Insecta, Rhynchota, Hemiptera-Heteroptera, 2:347, Tab. 20, fig. 18. ^Martin, C. H., 1928, Univ. of Kans. Sci. Bui., 18 (4) :357, 363, pi. 58, fig. 16; pi. 59, fig. 8. 72 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 NEW NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF NEMOGNATHA AND ZONITIS (Coleoptera, Meloidae) J. W. Mac Swain University of California, Berkeley Descriptions of the following new species are being published at this time in order to have names available for larval studies now in progress. The genus Nemognatha is treated here as belong- ing to the tribe Nemognathini which also includes the genera Tri- crania and Hornia in North America. These three genera have the median tube of the male terminalia entirely membranous, a speci- alization not found among other meloids of this fauna. The genera Zonitis and Gnathium are included in the tribe Zonitini which exhibits the primitive condition of the aforementioned structure. Here the median tube is a heavily sclerotized and bilobed structure. By these definitions the species included in LeConte’s (1880) key to the genus Nemognatha would remain in this genus with the exceptions of immaculata LeConte ( =Z. saji Wickham) , puncti- pennis, crihricollis and vittigera. These species belong in the genus Zonitis near Z. perforata Casey, Z. dunniana Casey, Z. atripennis Say and Z. bilineata Say. Z. flavida LeConte is a well-marked west- ern subspecies of atripennis and is not deserving of specific rank. Zonitis, as considered here, is divisible into two species groups. The first and most typical includes those species listed in the pre- vious paragraphs with the possible exception of atripennis. The second includes longicornis Horn, vittipennis Horn, schaefferi Blatchley, arizonica Van Dyke, sulcicollis Blatchley, vigilans Fall and martini Fall. Z. vermiculatus Schaeffer, although somewhat distinct, may be placed provisionally with the first group. The structural modifications by which the longicornis group may be defined are: eyes strongly produced beneath the head, usual- ly separated by less than the length of the second antennal segment; pronotum subcampanuliform; antennae setiform; male with fifth sternite deeply emarginate and with a distinct median impression; female with fifth sternite strongly emarginate, sixth sternite deeply triangularly emarginate; maxillae never produced. This combina- tion of characters indicates the distinctness of this section of the April, 1951] MAC SWAIN — MELOIDAE 73 genus and might well be used to establish a separate subgenus. How- ever, with the present confused status of these groups from a world standpoint such a move would seem premature at this time. Zonitis aureus MacSwain, new species Body surface shining. Color yellow, except antennae, apices of femora, tibiae and greater part of tarsi which are piceous, extreme base of first segment of middle and posterior tarsus pale. Length 7.5 — 9 mm. Male : Head short, distance from vertex to apex of labrum equal to distance across tempora; surface smooth shining, sparsely punc- tate and pubescent, with a few fine punctures and short pale setae, setae on clypeus and labrum longer; antennae long, three times as long as pronotum, slightly tapered to apex, filiform, successive lengths of antennal segments in millimeters: .44, .37, .52, .52, .54, .54, .52, .50, .46, .48, .56, sixth segment almost three times as long as wide; mandibles strongly angulate at middle; maxillae not pro- duced beyond mandibles. Thorax feebly punctate and pubescent throughout; pronotum strongly transverse, one-fourth wider than long, lateral margins evenly and broadly rounded, widest just in front of middle, surface smooth, shining, almost impunctate, a few, short, pale setae on disc, setae somewhat more dense on posterior margin, disc evenly rounded; elytra without distinct punctures, feebly rugose, somewhat transparent, with a few, short, pale setae. Legs with posterior tibial spurs moderately thickened, equal in length, outer spur one and one-half times as broad as inner spur, obliquely truncate near apex, inner spur flattened, parallel-sided, stick-like; tarsal claws with 13 or 14 spines in inner row. Abdomen with surface shining, a few, long, pale, scattered setae; fifth sternite broadly emarginate, sixth sternite deeply cleft. Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Grant Lake, Mono Co., California, on flowers of Chrysothamnus sp. August 3, 1950 (J. W. MacSwain) ; and four paratypes, one same data as holotype, three same locality as holotype August 5, 1948 (P. D. Hurd and J. W. MacSwain) . This attractive species is morphologically similar to vermicu- latus Schaeffer but may be separated by its color, pronotal shape, sparse punctation and pubescence. Zonitis maculicollis MacSwain, new species Body surface feebly shining. Color rufo-testaceous, except an- tennae, elytra, legs, portions of metasternum, small spot between eyes and paired spots on each side of midline in anterior third of pronotal disc which are piceous. Length, 6 — 11 mm. 74 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2 Male: Head elongate, distance from vertex to apex of labrum considerably greater than distance across tempora ; surface shining, with moderately coarse to fine punctures, punctures moderately dense between eyes, finer and sparser on vertex, with short, pale pubes- cence, setae longer on clypeus and labrum; eyes moderately large, separated in front by a distance slightly greater than length of sixth antennal segment, beneath by a distance equal to sixth antennal seg- ment; antennae extremely long, three and one-half times as long as pronotum, setiform, successive lengths of antennal segments in milli- meters: .58, .47, .63, .73, .73, .73, .73, .70, .63, .58, .73, sixth segment over four times as long as wide; mandibles slightly and evenly curved to apex, maxillae produced beyond mandibles a distance equal to length of mandibles. Thorax uniformly, finely, and densely punc- tate except on pronotum; pronotum, subcampanuliform, about as long as width across base, finely, but only moderately, densely and somewhat irregularly punctured, with extremely short, pale, erect setae, surface evenly rounded except median line which is sulcate posteriorly; elytra densely and moderately coarsely punctate, with fine, short, pale, appressed pubescence. Legs with posterior tibial spurs thickened, obliquely truncate in lateral aspect, subacute and subequal ; tarsal claws with inner row of spines decreasing in num- ber from anterior pair to posterior (15, 13, 11). Abdomen with sur- face moderately shining, with fine, dense punctures and moderately long, pale, dense pubescence ; fifth sternite broadly emarginate, with a sharp, median impression ; sixth sternite deeply cleft. Female similar to male but with fewer spines on tarsal claws (8, 8, 8) ; sixth sternite with a deep U-shaped emargination. Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Tracy, San Joaquin Co., California, on flowers of Frankenia grandifolia C. & S., July 29, 1949 (J. W. MacSwain) ; allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) same data as holotype; and 85 paratypes same data as holo- type. This species is related to Z. vigilans Fall and belongs with that species in the longicornis group. However, it may be separated by its darker color, much smaller and more distant eyes, larger head and pronotum, and details of punctation. The eyes in this species are smaller and more distant than in Z. martini Fall. The coloration varies somewhat in the type series with the maculations of the head and pronotum being absent in a few specimens while in others portions of the abdomen are suffused with brown. Zonitis propinqua MacSwain, new species Body surface feebly shining. Color testaceous, except antennae, maxillary prolongations, maxillary palpi, last segment of labial April, 1951] MAC SWAIN MELOIDAE 75 palpi, apices of femora, tibiae except inner basal face and tarsi which are piceous. Length 10 — 18 mm. Male: Head moderately elongate, distance from vertex to apex of labrum greater than distance across tempora; surface feebly shining, with fine and extremely dense punctures, clothed with mod- erately long, pale pubescence; antennae robust, two and one-half times as long as pronotum., segments cylindrical, successive lengths of antennal segments in millimeters : .74, .51, .66, .74, .66, .66, .58, .66, .55, .51, .70, sixth segment scarcely twice as long as wide; mandibles slightly and evenly convex to apex; maxillae produced beyond man- dibles a distance one and one-fourth the length of the mandibles, prolongations modified as, a sucking organ. Thorax uniformly, finely, and very densely punctured, clothed with moderately long, pale, erect pubescence, feebly shining; pronotum considerably wi(ftr than long, transverse, lateral margins feebly convex; elytra finely and very densely punctured, punctures distinct, pubescence moderately long, pale, and erect, visible macroscopically. Legs with posterior tibial spurs thickened, subequal, outer spur slightly heavier than inner, both obliquely truncate in lateral aspect, apically moderately acute; tarsal claws with inner row of spines decreasing in number from anterior pair to posterior (16, 14, 11). Abdomen with surface feebly shining, finely and densely punctate, with moderately long, pale, semi-appressed pubescence ; fifth sternite with a distinct, short, median impression ; sixth sternite deeply cleft. Female similar to male but with a different number of spines on the tarsal claws (15, 15, 15) ; sixth sternite with a moderately deep, V-shaped emargination. Holotypemsle (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Alpine, Brewster Co., Texas, July 2, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke) ; allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : same data as holotype; and 16 paratypes same locality as holotype and following dates and collectors : 2, May 19, 1937 (K. Maehler), 1, July 1, 1942 (H. A. Scullen), 2, July 1, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke), 2, July 2, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke), 3, July 7, 1942 (H. A. Scullen), 5, July 8, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke), 1, July 11, 1946 (M. Marquis). The following additional specimens of this species were ex- amined but not included in the type series: 2, 5 mi. E. Alpine, Brewster Co., Texas, June 5, 1942 (E. S. Ross) , 1, Marathon, Brew- ster Co., Texas, July 7, 1942 (E. C. Van Dyke), 1, Chisos Mts., Brewster Co., Texas, July 7, 1946 (E. C. Van Dyke) , 2, Davis Mts., Jeff Davis Co., Texas, July 11, 1946 (E. C. Van Dyke), 2, White Rose Canyon, Jeff Davis Co., Texas, June 18, 1947 (A. T. McClay) , 1, Uvalde, Uvalde Co., Texas, June 15, 1930 (J. 0. Martin), 9, * 76 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 Pecos, Reeves Co., Texas, June 18-19, 1947 (A. T. McClay) , 1, Loving, Eddy Co., New Mexico, June 5, 1945 (J. W. MacSwain), 3, San Jon, Quay Co., New Mexico, July 5, 1938 (R. P. Allen), 2, Mt. Hope, Sedgwick Co., Kansas, July 22, 1909 (F. E. Blaisdell) and 1, Onaga, Pottawatomie Co., Kansas, June 19, 1923 (Creve- coeur) . This species is closely related to Z. vittigera (LeConte) but dif- fers in its lighter color, denser pubescence, shorter maxillary pro- longations and the lack of elytral vittae. In addition, it has a more southerly distribution although occurring principally in June and July as does vittigera. These two species are related to Z. perforata Casey ik^hich has short maxillary prolongations, as in propinqua, and reddish-brown elytra which are coarsely but only moderately densely punctured, Nemognatha cantharidis MacSwain, new species Body surface shining, elytra dull. Color: head piceous; antennae, palpi, maxillae, metasternum, and legs dark brown, nearly piceous; pro-, mesothorax and abdomen orange ; elytra flavo-testaceous with dark piceous suffusion near humeri and apices, coloration variable, rarely with all of elytra, except extreme outer margin, piceous. Pubescence golden. Length 9 — 11 mm. Male: Head elongate; tempora evenly rounded; surface moder- ately, coarsely and densely punctured, a narrow, median, sparsely punctate area extending from between eyes to vertex; antennae fili- form, less than three times length of pronotum, successive lengths of antennal segments in millimeters: .51, .33, .51, .53, .48, .48, .44, .44, .37, .37, .50, sixth segment twice as long as wide; mandibles elon- gate, moderately, strongly, and obtusely convex beyond middle; maxillae produced beyond mandibles a distance equal to one and one-half times length of pronotum, clothed with appressed scale- like setae. Thorax, except pronotum, finely and densely punctured; pronotum moderately and coarsely punctured; punctures moder- ately, but irregularly, dense, pronotum as long as wide, widest just in front of middle, rapidly narrowed to apex, slightly narrowed to base, disc with a faint median impression, surface feebly sulcate on each side of midline in front of middle; scutellum with a sharp, deep impression at extreme base, usually partially hidden under posterior margin of pronotum; elytra densely punctate, most punc- tures confluent, clothed with dense, appressed, golden pubescence. Legs with posterior tibial spurs equal, broad, obtuse; tarsal claws with spines of inner row decreasing in number from anterior pair to posterior (14, 12, 10). Abdomen finely and moderately densely punctured; fifth sternite feebly and broadly convex, sixth sternite deeply cleft. April, 1951] MAC SWAIN — MELOIDAE 77 Female similar to male but with a different number of spines on the tarsal claws (10, 10, 10) ; sixth sternite evenly transverse. Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Bennett Wash near Parker Dam, San Bernardino Co., California, on flowers of Encelia sp., February 24, 1951 (C. D. McNeill and P. A. Adams) ; allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) same data as holotype; and 15 paratypes as follows: 1, same data as holotype, 5, 3 mi. S. Palo Verde, Imperial Co., California, on flowers of Geraea canes- ceiis, April 8, 1949 (P. D. Hurd) , 1, Ocotillo, San Diego Co., Cali- fornia, April 6, 1949 (P. D. Hurd), 6, 5 mi. S. E. Ocotillo, San Diego Co., California, on flowers of Pluchea sericea, April 23, 1950 (J. W. MacSwain), and 1, Palm Springs, Riverside Co., California, April 16, 1916 (J. 0. Martin). The following additional specimens of this species were ex- amined but are not included in the type series : 5, 9 mi. up Arroyo Santa Maria, Baja California, Mexico, March 29, 1950 (G. A. Marsh) . N. cantharidis is related to N. zonitoides Duges but may be dis- tinguished by its larger size, coloration, pubescence and the shape of its pronotum which is not campanuliform as in zonitoides. Nemognatha hurdi MacSwain, new species Body surface feebly shining. Color flavo-testaceous to testaceous with following exceptions which are dark brown or piceous: anten- nae, palpi, mandibular apices, maxillae, meso- and metasternum, scutellum and part or all of first five abdominal segments; elytra with apex piceous and a piceous vitta near lateral third which tapers markedly before humeri. Pubescence short and pale, sparse or dense. Length 10 — 13 mm. Male: Head moderately elongate, subtriangular, tempera diverg- ing behind the eyes, vertex tumid; surface finely and evenly densely punctured, macroscopically glabrous; antennae filiform, less than two and one-half times length of pronotum, segments not flattened, successive lengths of antennal segments in millimeters : .66, .39, .70, .55, .58, .58, .44, .41, .41, .39, .55, sixth segment slightly over twice as long as wide; mandibles robust, strongly curved near middle; maxillae produced beyond mandibles a distance one-fourth greater than length of pronotum, clothed with short semi-erect setae. Thorax, except pronotum, finely and densely punctured, clothed with moder- ately long, pale setae ; pronotum only one-sixth wider than long, mar- gins widest in front of middle, converging slightly toward base, basal 78 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2 angles expanded, surface finely and moderately densely punctured, most punctures separated by scarcely their own diameter, disc evenly rounded with a fine median impression, macroscopically glabrous; scutellum with fine regular punctures, feebly sulcate ; elytra densely punctulate, punctures distinct near humeri, confluent elsewhere, clothed with fine, short, pale, dense, appressed pubescence, giving elytra a dull appearance. Legs with posterior tibial spurs unequal, outer spur somewhat thickened from base to apex, apex broadly rounded, inner spur stick-like, apically somewhat acute ; tarsal claws with inner row of spines decreasing in number from anterior pair to posterior (16, 14, 12) . Abdomen with surface feebly shining, finely and densely punctured, small triangular median areas of dense pubescence on third and fourth sternites, fifth sternite evenly and slightly convex, sixth deeply cleft. Female similar to male but with a different number of spines on the tarsal claws (10, 10, 10) ; fifth sternite with a small feeble emargination, the sixth not visible. Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : Tesla, Alameda Co., California, on flowers of Grindelia sp., September 18, 1945 ( J. W. MacSwain) ; allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) same data as holotype; and 7 paratypes, 1, same data as holotype, 5 same locality as holotype, October 6, 1941 (J. W. MacSwain). The following additional specimens of this species were ex- amined but are not included in the type series: 1, 2 mi. W. Antioch, Contra Costa Co., California, September 12, 1945 (J. W. Mac- Swain), 1, Marsh Creek Canyon, Contra Costa Co., California, reared from cell of Melissodes sp. collected February 18, 1947 (G. E. Bohart and J. W. MacSwain) , and 1, Mormon Bar, Mariposa Co., California, September 6, 1938 (T. G. H. Aitken). This species is distinguished by its short, pale pubescence, punc- tulate elytra, coloration, antennae, and tibial spurs. Its affinities are with N. dichroa LeConte. It is most often collected in association with the much commoner N. apicalis LeConte. Nemognatha soror MacSwain, new species Body surface shining. Six discontinuous coloration patterns are known; coloration of three commonest forms (condition of type first) with approximate frequency of each form expressed in per cent; black, head, pronotum and apex of abdomen rufo -testaceous (45%) , entirely black (25%) , entirely brown (25%) . Pubescence usually black moderately dense to sparse. Length 7.5 — 15 mm. April, 1951] MAC SWAIN — MELOIDAE 79 Male: Head short, distance from vertex to apex of labrum less than distance across tempora, tempora diverging somewhat behind the eyes, vertex not tumid ; surface moderately coarsely and moder- ately densely punctured, punctures with long, black, erect setae, a small, median impression between the eyes; antennae filiform, ser- rate, segments somewhat flattened, slightly more than twice as long as pronotum, successive lengths of antennal segments in millimeters : . 48 , . 39 , . 51 , . 51 , . 44 , . 44 , . 41 , . 41 , . 38 , . 38 , . 51 , sixth segment slightly less than twice as long as wide ; mandibles robust, moderately curved near middle; maxillae produced beyond mandibles a distance equal to the length of the pronotum, clothed with short, semi-erect hairs. Thorax, except pronotum, finely and moderately densely to densely punctured; pronotum finely and moderately sparsely punctured, most punctures separated by at least their own diameter, punctures on disc set with moderately long, black setae which are inclined anteriorly, pronotum transverse, parallel-sided, subrectangular, one- third wider than long, disc without a median impression, a small, irregular, impunctate area near each side just in front of middle; scutellum feebly sulcate ; elytra finely and moderately densely punc- tate, surface rugose, clothed with short, moderately dense, semi- appressed, black pubescence. Legs with posterior tibial spurs un- equal, outer spur slightly thicker than inner and obliquely truncate, inner spur stick-like, apically acute ; tarsal claws with inner row of spines decreasing in number from anterior pair to posterior ( 16 , 14 , 12 ). Ahdonnen with surface shining, finely and moderately densely punctured, clothed with long, dark, semi-appressed pubescence; fourth and anterior part of fifth sternites with a median patch of dense pubescence; fifth sternite moderately and evenly convex, with a distinct median impression on posterior margin; sixth sternite deeply cleft. Female similar to male but with a different number of spines on the tarsal claws (10, 10, 10) ; fifth sternite with a small feeble median emargination, the sixth not visible. Holotype male (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) : 4 mi. W. Quincy, Plumas Co., California, on flowers of Achillea sp., June 24, 1949 (J. W. MacSwain) ; allotype female (Calif. Acad. Sci., Ent.) same data as holotype; and 90 paratypes (various color forms) same locality as holotype, various dates from June 19, 1949 to July 3, 1949 by following collectors (P. D. Hurd, J. W. MacSwain, A. S. Deal, R. C. Bechtel, W. F. Ehrhardt, L. W. Isaak, E. I. Schling- er, H. A. Hunt, Claude I. Smith, D. Cox and L. L. Jensen) . A number of specimens from areas adj acent to the type locality were studied as well as the two following collections ; 95 specimens Pinnacles, San Benito Co., California on flowers of Achillea, May 25, 1941 (J. W. MacSwain) and 15 specimens Princeton, British Columbia, June 16, 1921 and July 30, 1922 (R. Hopping). 80 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2 This species belongs with the dubia-dichroa complex. Soror can be recognized by the very short maxillae, which are several times as long in the other species, and the transverse pronotum as well as by the details of the punctation and pubescence. Selected Bibliography Blatchley, W. S. 1910. On the Coleoptera known to occur in Indiana. Indian- apolis, 1910, 1386 pp., 595 figs. 1922. Some new and rare Coleoptera from southwestern Florida. Can. Ent., 54:27-33. Casey, T. L. 1891. Coleopterological Notices. III. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., 6:9-214. Champion, G. C. 1889-93. Insecta, Coleoptera, Heteromera. Biologia Centr.- Amer., 4 (2) :l-494, 21 pis. Fall, H. C. 1907. Descriptions of new species. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 33 :218- 272. Horn, G. H. 1870-1. Contributions to the Coleopterology of the United States. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 3 :69-97. LeConte, J. L. 1852-3. Synopsis of the Meloides of the United States. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., 6:328-350. 1858. Description of new species of Coleoptera, chiefly collected by the United States and Mexican Boundary Commission, under Major W. H. Emory, U.S.A. Proc. Acad. N. S. Phila., 10:59-89. 1868-69. New Coleoptera collected on the Survey for the exten- sion of the Union Pacific Railway, E. D. from Kansas to Fort Craig, New Mexico. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 2:49-59. 1880. Short studies of North American Coleoptera. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc., 8:163-218. Say, T. 1817. American Entomology, Puhl. Mitchell and Ames, Phila., i-x, no pagination, 6 pis. Schaeffer, C. 1905. Additions to the Coleoptera of the United States with notes on some known species. Bull. Brooklyn Inst. Arts Sci., 1(6) :123- 140. Van Dyke, E. C. 1929. New species of Meloidae (Coleoptera) Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 24(3) :127-133. Wickham, H. F. 1905. New species of Coleoptera from the western United States. Can. Ent., 37:165-171. April, 1951] FRICK LIRIOMYZA 81 LIRIOMYZA LANGEI, A NEW SPECIES OF LEAF MINER OF ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE IN CALIFORNIA (^Diptera: Agromyzidae) Kenneth E. Frick Irrigation Experiment Station, Prosser, Washington The agromyzid described below has been confused with Liri- omyza flaveola (Fallen, 1823) (Lange, 1945; Smith and Lange, 1946; Jefferson and Pence, 1948, 1949), and L. orhona (Meigen, 1830) (Melander, 1913; Frost, 1943; Lange and Smith, 1947). The species is named in honor of W. Harry Lange, Jr., ento- mologist on the University of California staff, who has studied its biology and methods of control. The common name “pea leaf miner” is suggested since the species has primarily been a pest of garden pea {pisum sativum). More recently, this same species has caused damage to aster plantings in southern California (Jeffer- son and Pence, 1949) . Liriomyza langei Frick, new species Male — Shining black and yellow. Head yellow; ocellar triangle and back of head black, black of back reaching eye margin imme- diately dorsad of median curve on posterior margin and extending as dusky brown ventrally on genovertical plates between eyes and vti and fronto-orbital setae to lower ifo setae. Antennae yellow, third segment faintly darkened distally; arista black. Proboscis and palpi yellow. Thorax with mesonotum shining black, extending laterally to humeri, prs, sa, and outer pa setae; anepisternum (fig. 1) mostly black, narrowly yellow posteriorly, rather broadly so dorsaliy, ven- tral margin irregular; katepisternum (fig, 1) broadly black, nar- rowly yellow dorsaliy; anepimeron black, yellow margin anteriorly rather broad, narrow ventrally. Legs black, tips of femora yellowish, fore- and mid-femora yellowish brown to yellowish on inner sides nearly to trocanters; tarsi black. Halteres yellowish. Wings hyaline, calypters gray, margins blackened; setulae of fringe black. Abdo- men black dorsaliy; first segment anteriorly very narrowly yellow; all segments but first posteriorly very narrowly yellow, i.e., posterior of last row of setulae; pleurae yellow; sternites broadly yellow pos- teriorly, brownish anteriorly. Hypandrium black; cerci yellow. Head — Eyes large. Genae rather elongate ventrally, more so pos- teriorly, one-third eye height midway between posterior margin and vibrissa; only slightly sunken centrally; four setae on subcranial margin ; vibrissa about three times as long as these setae ; paraf acial ^Published as Scientific Paper No. 910, Washington Agricultural Experiment Stations, Institute of Agricultural Sciences, The State College of Washington, Pullman. 82 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 region raised above eye margin, genovertical plates only slightly so. Genovertical plates moderately broad, each approximately one- fourth width between eyes; two ifo (three on one side) ; two sfo, all subequal in length; os small, sparse, about five in number, dorsal- most slightly dorsad of lower sfo. Frontal vitta two-thirds as broad as long, very slightly sunken below genovertical plates; ocellar triangle of normal size, about four small setulae, ocellar setae long, nearly equaling frontal vitta. Lunule small, semicircular in outline; mesofacial plate about two-thirds as long as broad, a very low rounded median carina becoming inconspicuous between approxi- mate antennal bases ; postclypeus narrow, not over one-fourth height of mesofacial plate. Antennae with third segment rounded, broader than long, in width one-third eye height, very finely pubescent; arista short, two and a half times as long as height of third seg- ment, slightly swollen on basal fourth. Proboscis rather large ; palpi short, cylindrical. Thorax — Mesonotum slightly longer than broad ; one h and three and five setulae on humeri; one prs, a setula less than one-third length of prs anterior to it; one sa; 0 ia, five to seven setulae in ia row; two pa, inner strong, two-thirds length of outer; 3 + 1 dc, strong, a setula about one-third length of fourth immediately an- terior to it; distances between them, beginning with first, 2.25 : 1.75 : 2; acr sparse, relatively long, ten in about four irregular rows reaching posteriorly to second dc. Pleurae with pp very strong; two npl, strong, subequal; one aes, two setulae near dorsal margin dor- sally directed, two on posterior margin posteriorly directed, one dorsad of and the other ventrad of aes (fig. 1) ; one kes, one setula anterior to it, dorsally directed. Legs — All tibiae with a short apical spur, two on mid-tibiae, stronger ; no setae centrally on mid-tibiae. Wings — About two and one-fourth times as long as broad, veins strong; costa reaching Mi + 2, distad of wing tip; costal segments in proportions of 7 : 1.75 : 1.5; crossvein r-m basad of termination of El in costa ; crossvein m-m present, at an oblique angle, 1.2 times its length from r-m; ultimate section of Ri 6 about nine times as long as penultimate ; ultimate section of Mi 4. 2 nearly 7.5 times as long as penultimate ; ultimate section of M3 + 4 about two times as long as penultimate, ending in margin two-thirds of distance from wing base to apex ; Cu + PI extending about three-fourths of distance to wing margin. Abdomen — Elongate ovoid; rather sparsely covered with moder- ately long slender setulae; hypandrium with very few setae. Size — 1.75 mm. in body length; wing: 1.75 mm. in length. Female — Similar to male in coloration and general appearance; os setae extending slightly dorsad of lower sfo, six and eight in number ; second antennal segments slightly darkened ; three setulae on each humerus; acr setae about 23 in number, four irregular rows reaching posteriorly to second dc; anepisternum with three posteriorly directed setulae, two dorsad of aes; sixth abdominal April, 1951] FRICK LIRIOMYZA 83 segment with posterior yellow margin rather broad, one-fourth width of segment; seventh segment large, conical, one-fourth length of abdomen ; two irregular rows of relatively long setulae on posterior half ; shining black. Size — 2 mm. in body length ; wing : 2 mm. in length. Holotype $ : Sunnyvale, Santa Clara County, California, October 15, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from a leaf mine on garden pea; deposited in the California Academy of. Sciences. Paratypes: 17 ^ ^ , 29 2 $ , topotypical; 2 (55,622, Sunnyvale, Santa Clara County, California, September 28, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from leaf mines on sugar beet; 1 5,3 2 2, Salinas, Monterey County, California, October 30, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from leaf mines in packages of spinach purchased in Berkeley, California, grocery stores; 35 5, Sunnyvale, Santa Clara County, California, Septem- ber 27, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from leaf mines on celery; 3 5 5, 1 2 , Soledad, Monterey County, California, November, 1946, A. J. Walz, reared from leaf mines on spinach; 5 5 5, 6 2 2, San Jose, Santa Clara County, California, October 23, 1928, University of California collection, reared from mines on pea. Other material examined. — A single specimen, Pullman, Whit- man County, Washington, “Webster #5938, Aug. - 5 - 18,” reared from leaf mine on pea, leaf and puparium on pin, and other speci- mens from Washington and Idaho, all in Melander’s collection; 82 5 5, 87 2 2, topotypical (in alcohol) ; 25 5 5, 15 2 2, Sunny- vale, Santa Clara County, California, September 9, 1948, K. E. Fig. 1. Anepisternum (AES) and katepi sternum (KES) of the holotype 5 of Liriomyza langei n. sp., showing the distribution of yellow and black areas. The solid line equals 0.5 mm. Fig. 2. Anepisternum and katepisternum of a homotype $ of Lirio- myza orbona (Meigen, 1830), showing distribution of yellow and black areas. 84 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2 Frick, swept from sugar beet field; 1 9 , Berkeley, Alameda County, California, November 1, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from leaf mine on sugar beet; 4 2$, Sunnyvale, Santa Clara County, California, September 9, 1948, K. E. Frick, swept from celery field; 1 $ , Berke- ley, Alameda County, California, October 20, 1948, K. E. Frick, reared from leaf mine on celery grown in a greenhouse; ^ , 1 $ , Berkeley, Alameda County, California, November 13, 1948, K. E. Frick,, reared from leaf mine on aster or as adults on asters leaves in a greenhouse; 6 39$ $, Torrence, Los Angeles County, California, 1948, R. N. Jefferson, reared from leaf mines on aster (in alcohol). Liriomyza orbona Meigen differs from L. langei as follows : Adult homotype $ — Dusky color of genovertical plates extending only to lower sfo ; third antennal segment yellow on basal two-thirds, abruptly becoming dark brown distally; palpi brownish. Anepi- sternum black, a very narrow yellow strip on dorsal and posterior margins (Fig 2) ; katepisternum black, a very small yellowish area dor sally (Fig. 2). First and second abdominal tergites yellow later- ally ; fourth and fifth entirely black ; sixth yellow posteriorly, about one-fifth of tergal width. Head (Hendel, 1931, Fig. 248) — Genae half eye height midway between vibrissa and posterior margin, genover- tical plates and parafacial region greatly exceeding eye margin; postclypeus nearly half height of mesofacial plate. Thorax — Setula anterior to prs not differentiated from acr ; 0 ia, about seven setulae in ia row; distances between dc setae, 1.75 : 1.5 : 2; no differentiated setulae anterior to fourth dc; about 30 acr, extending posteriorly nearly to first dc. Wings (Hendel, 1931, Fig. 247) — Costal segments in proportions of 8 :2 ;1.75 ; crossvein r-m and termination of Ri about equidistant from base of wing; crossvein m-m less than its own length from r-m ; ultimate section of Ri + s about 6.5 times as long as penul- timate; ultimate section of Mi + 2 about 16 times as long as penulti- mate ; ultimate of M 3 + 4 slightly less than 2.5 times the penultimate. Male terminalia (de Meijere, 1925:289, Fig. 58c, surstylus). — Surstyli bearing setae; strong tooth absent. Puparium (de Meijere, 1925:273) — Posterior spiracles with about 12 subequal bulbs arranged in an arc ; anal lobes small, short, truncate. Liriomyza orbona is not common in Europe, and the species has never been reared from larvae. De Meijere (1925) reared L. orbona adults from puparia found in the debris and refuse left by an over- flowing of the Rhein River near Lotith in 1924. The species was not mentioned in subsequent papers. Hendel (1931) mentioned that the ecology was unknown, but since the adults were repeatedly found in meadows, he felt that the larvae are probably grass miners. April, 1951] FRICK LIRIOMYZA 85 Hering recently stated in correspondence that the larvae are prob- ably grass miners. Hendel (1931) found Liriomyza or bona so closely related to L. flaveola that he referred to the thoracic setal pattern of the latter species in describing L. orbona, noting but a few minor differences. De Meijere (1925) states that the puparium of L. orbona is similar to those of L. flaveola and of the ‘^L. pusilla complex.” Hering found several differences between adults of L. orbona and L. langei, based on material sent to him, adding that L. langei does not occur in Europe. Liriomyza langei may be distinguished from other species of Liriomyza by the large size, characteristic wing venation, and dis- tinctive color pattern, particularly of the thoracic pleural region. The new species is closely related to the European L. orbona and therefore rather close to L. flaveola. On the basis of the form of the surstyli, L. langei appears to be closer to the species in the “L. pusilla complex” than to L. orbona. Hering found that leaves sent to him containing mines made by the larvae of L. langei were very similar to those made by the larvae of the European L. strigata. Variations Within the Species The specimens of this species are quite constant in most char- acters, particularly in the coloration. The setae vary within rela- tively narrow limits, the os setae varying from three to eight, some- times not extending dorsad of the lower sfo ; only rarely do three ifo occur on one side (as in the holotype ^ ) ; humeral setulae vary from two to five, with usually three or four present; the acr setae sometimes extend posteriorly to the second dc but are always sparse; an extra posteriorly directed setula sometimes occurs on the anepisternum, and one of the dorsally directed ones is some- times absent. The most striking variation is the loss of the m - m crossvein (Table I). The crossvein may be vestigial, often being reduced to one or two short vestiges, or absent. The figures indi- cate that the females tend to have slightly more variation than the males, and that the absence of the crossveins is relatively rare, par- ticularly where one is absent in one wing and the other complete in the other wing. Larva (Described from larvae obtained from mines in Pisum sativum leaves and preserved in alcohol.) Large, 3.25 mm. in length, five- eights to three-fourths mm. in diameter. White, yellowish on anterior one-third, shining. 86 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 Head — Antennae minute, light brown; palpi relatively large, blackish; longitudinal sclerite inconspicuous, narrow, light brown, lateroventral arms not discernible. Mandibles each with two teeth, alternated; labial sclerite three-fourths the length of mandibles, moderately broad, visibly partially separated from paraclypeal phragma ; dorsal arm three times the length of labial sclerite, curv- ing anteriorly, nearly straight posteriorly, not narrowing but be- coming paler posteriorly; ventral arm two-thirds the length of dorsal, very slender, nearly straight. Body — Anterior spiracles small, scarcely expanded distally; six bulbs arranged in a single inwardly curving row. Cuticular processes minute, of one size; bands relatively narrow. Posterior spiracles of moderate size ; somewhat expanded distally, more so ventrally ; seven or eight bulbs, rather widely spaced, arranged in a semicircle, open towards midline. Posterior end truncate; a pair of minute lateral lobes two-thirds of distance from dorsal surface; anal lobes very small, rounded. Calcospherites numerous; large, many slightly over one-sixth larval diameter. Pupariwm — Large, 2 mm. in length, nearly 2 mm. in width and height. Reddish brown in color. Subcylindrical, laterally sides sub- parallel, tapering rather sharply at the ends ; ventral surface flat- tened, dorsal arched ; segmentation distinct. Anterior spiracles rather close together, same form as in larva ; posterior spiracles sub- dorsal, about twice as far apart as anterior, moderately long, of same form as in larva. Anal slit dark brown, lateral lobes absent. Description of the Leaf Mines The mines are characterized by being relatively wide, even from the start, and often widen to as much as twice the larval width for most of the length. The mines are serpentine and are often so twisted as to cross many times, sometimes having a blotch-like appearance. The frass is deposited almost entirely in small strings forming a nearly continuous slender black line down the center of the mine. The mines are primarily on the dorsal surface of the leaves, but often extend to the ventral, and are usually on the basal half of the leaves, often running down the petioles from which place the larva emerges. Certain modifications in the mines are found in each species of host plant, and notes are added here based upon mined leaves in the writer’s collection. On aster, the mines are usually basal on the leaves, extending down the petiole, often to its base. The lateral ribs appear not to impede larval movement. On pea, the mines are. on both surfaces, single mines often alternating. The midribs and lateral ribs seem to act as barriers, the mines usually being confined to a relatively small area and appearing blotch like. There are often two or three mines per leaf, and they are often found on the stems TABLE 1 Percentages of loss of crossvein m-m in the wings of 455 adults of Liriomyza langei n. sp. MALE FEMALE TOTAL April, 1951] FRICK LIRIOMYZA 87 05 l> to to CM 05 CO 05 XI 3 'A O IlO CO CO CO CM 05 tH o O to CO o to to O O to CO o O 00 to CO o t- (35 00 CM to r-I 00 O tH O tH o to (35 00 CO CM l> cm’ uo" CO CO t> to iJO iH CO CO o X 3 o w CO 00 iH CM 0) 0) in g- >j C lO tS C OJ 0l U1 (O Ph +-> (D CD m CO IfO CO w c 5 rid Ills 3 CD f0i w CO O CO ^-1 OJ cq (D O a CD ;h o H O CO CM CD > c 3 CO ■^3 d T3 CD 'o CO 03 CD s C d CO CCS ^ >5 g M OJ ^ pq m m c3 in d C 15 CO CD CD CD ri3 tJ C (D !-l f-( O cc3 CCS .S > S ^ S m P CQ CO ^ f-( -X> CCS be M O) 3 <3 fL CO o (00 O CD to o (TO CO CO 00_ t>- CO o to (3> id tP d d to’ uo CO CO cm’ tp d to 00 o (35 00 o to t- 00 CO CM tH cm’ CD cO> CM u Xi s 13 12; w o w C^lQCO^(M(MC0LOai Oi CO QJ Q) fi p p p P CO CO p 5 fH CD fP o p p p be CD a CO O CO CD r“< (D Fid Sh CD PQ o p CD ^-1 u o H CD in T— I tH (35 1— I tH CO : F , D p o ; D t>> D D 15 T3 r— H • : "p 0) O F— ( CS r— 1 P t> D > : !> D > >5 'o rid f~, p CO p P p p D o 3 p CO fP o ^ o D P 4^ P P •pH be • 0) p 'r* bo • rH •pH bo •pH 4J P D D W s in in X/1 in o P > > P tH 1— 1 T— ( CM tH tH 2 absent Pea (Sunnyvale) 2 1.6 Pea (Sunnyvale).. 5 2.8 Spinach (Salinas) 1 33.3 Aster (Torrence) 1 2.6 88 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 2 and pods. Mines on celery are similar to those found on aster in that the mines are usually on the basal portions and often extend down the petiole. However, the leaf ribs appear to inhibit move- ment and the mines appear to be blotches. The mines on the large leaves of sugar beet and spinach are similar, being found rather often on the outer portions of the leaves, and are not so twisted, but still serpentine. Acknowledgments The help of the following persons is gratefully acknowledged: E. M. Bering for aid in determination of the species; A. J. Walz, P. D. Hurd, Jr. (curator of the University of California collection), and E. N. Jefferson for loan of material; W. H. Lange, Jr,, for a trip to the Santa Clara Valley; A. L. Melander for permission to study his personal collection; and A. E. Pritchard for reading and criticiz- ing the manuscript. Literature Cited Frost, S. W. 1943. Three new species of Diptera related to Agromyza pusilla Meig. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 51:253-260. Hendel, F. 1931. Agromyzidae, IN Lindner: Die Flieg. Palaearkt. Reg., 59 (58) :236-238. Jefferson, R. N. and R. J. Pence 1948. Aster leaf miner. Calif Agriculture, 2 (1) :11. 1949. Preliminary experiments on the control of the leaf miner Liriomyza fiaveola on asters. Jour. Econ. Ent., 41:653. Lange, W, H., Jr. 1945. IN Investigations with DDT in California, 1944. Univ. Calif. Agric. Expt. Sta. :18-22. (Processed). 1949. Notes on the occurrence of agromyzid flies during 1948, and a record of two unreported species in California. Pan-Pac. Ent., 25:91-92. Lange, W. H., Jr., and L. M. Smith 1947. Control of a leaf miner on peas. Jour. Econ. Ent., 40 :496- 499. Meijere, j. C. H. DE 1925. Die Larven der Agromyzinen. Tijdschr. Ent., 68:273, 289. Melander, A. L. 1913. A synopsis of the dipterous groups Agromyzinae, Milichi- inae, Ochthiphilinae and Geomyzinae. Jour. N. Y. Ent. Soc., 21:258. Smith, L. M. and W. H. Lange, Jr, 1946. Experiments with DDT and lead arsenate for controlling the pea leaf miner. Univ. Calif. Agric. Expt. Sta. Circ., 365:52-54. April, 1951] QUATE — BOOK REVIEW 89 Book Notice Studies Honoring Trevor Kincaid. Editor, Melville H. Hatch. 167 pages, 13 plates. University of Washington Press, Seattle. 1950. Price, $2.50. In editing this publication. Professor Hatch has set an excellent example for a scientific tribute to a fellow scientist — a biography of the scientist. Professor Trevor Kincaid, a biography of one of his teachers, the history of a society with which Prof. Kincaid was inti- mately associated, and several zoological papers by his colleagues and former students. Trevor Kincaid was born in Ontario, Canada, in 1872. He de- veloped an interest in natural history at an early age, at first col- lecting fossils. At the age of 17, Kincaid moved to Olympia, in the Washington Territory, where his interest turned to entomology and botany. He soon established himself as an energetic collector ; by the time he was 22 he had built up a collection of 60,000 specimens and sent over 100,000 specimens to specialists. Kincaid attended the University of Washington and was given an appointment as an assistant in his second year. In 1901 he re- ceived his M.A. degree and was made professor of zoology. At one time or another he taught nearly every course in the department. In 1942 he continued on at a half-time basis and finally, in 1947, became professor emeritus. His activities have been numerous and diversified, even though much of it has not been translated into written works. His first pub- lication was on the dipterous family Psychodidae; he has described a species of diplopod, and has collected chalcid parasites of the gipsy moth. He accompanied David Starr Jordan to the Pribilof Islands of the Alaska Fur Seal Commission and he served as entomologist on the Harriman Alaska Expedition (the list and description of speci- mens fills two volumes ) . However, he is better known by the public for his works in the oyster industry than in entomology, having been largely responsible for the establishment of the oyster industry in the Willapa Harbor region, Washington. He has also been interested in fresh-water plankton and other invertebrate groups. Professor Kincaid was awarded an honorary Doctor of Science degree by the College of Puget Sound and was the first graduate to be designated by the University of Washington Alumni Association Alumnus Summa Laude Dignatus. There are sixty-four plants and animals named in his honor from such groups as Spermatophyta, Foraminifera, Oligochaeta, Isopoda, Insecta, Pisces, and others. The second portion of this publication, “An Account of the Life of Orson Bennett Johnson,” is best summarized in Editor Hatch’s own words. “Orson Bennett Johnson was one of the pioneer natural- ists of the Pacific Northwest. From 1882 to 1892 he was professor of natural history at the University of Washington, and throughout a quarter of a century of invalidism that dated from the latter year he 90 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 built up an extensive insect collection that he gave to the University. Twelve years after his death he was honored by having a new bi- ological laboratory building at the university named for him. The following pages have been written to preserve an account of his life — an account which, though all too brief, is as full as the limited data that are available permit. “Professor Johnson’s major contribution was twofold. In the eighties he brought an enthusiasm for natural history to Seattle and to the University of Washington Territory. He was directly and, through the medium of the membership of the Young Naturalist’s Society, indirectly responsible for the distribution to the working specialists of important elements of his local fauna, especially in Mollusca, Decapoda, Lepidoptera, Coleoptera, Diptera, Arachnida, and Pisces — which material would have remained in a certain meas- ure unknown to the scientific world, had it not been for his activities. Living in a pioneer community, without library facilities, in the midst of a strange fauna, he was, perhaps, very wise in constituting himself primarily a collector.” The third section deals with the history of the Young Naturalists’ Society. This organization was founded in Seattle in 1879 and was devoted to the study of natural history. The members were amateurs and their meetings consisted chiefly of natural history studies by the members themselves with only a few outside speakers. As the Young Naturalists became older there was not enough new blood to take their place and consequently the Society passed out of existence be- tween 1900 and 1905. The importance of the organization lies in the fact that it was the first group to make a study of the flora and fauna of the Washington Territory and continued this function until the various biological departments of the University of Washington had been established. The remaining portion of the publication consists of scientific papers written by colleagues and former students of Professor Kin- caid. They are as follows : “A comparative study of the thyroid fol- licle,” by S. E. Johnson; “The genotype and systematic position of Sporadogenerina Cushman (Foraminifera, Polymorphinidae),” by D. L. Frizzell ; “Review of thirteen genera of South American fishes in the subfamilies Cynodontinae, Hepsetinae, and Characinae, with the description of a new Cyrtocharax,” by L. P. Schultz ; “Early life history and larval development of some Puget Sound Echinoderms,” by M. W. & L. T. Johnson; “Some monogenetic trematodes of Puget Sound fishes,” by K. Bonham; “Methods for the study and cultivation of Protozoa,” by V. Tartar; “Conopisthine spiders (Theridiidae) from Peru and Ecuador,” by H. Exline; and “Some remarks on the blood volume of fish,” by A. W. Martin. Although the writer is in no position to pass judgment on these articles, they appear to be in keep- ing with the good character of the rest of the publication. — Larry W. Quate. April, 1951] STARK HOPLOPSYLLUS 91 A SPECIMEN OF HOPLOPSYLLUS ANOMALUS (BAKER) LACKING A PRONOTAL CTENIDIUM ( SIPHON APTER A) Harold E. Stark^ An anomalous male specimen of Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker, 1904) recently was observed while identifying fleas collected by plague survey units of the Western CDC Laboratory. The pronotal ctenidium, normally present in this species, is entirely lacking and the pronotum is much reduced. The flea ap- pears normal in every other respect and the forelegs appear to be functional. Therefore, it appears doubtful that this lack of a pronotal ctenidium resulted from a mechanical injury in larval life or during mounting. This leaves pathological or embryonic malformation as possible explanations. This anomaly in Siphon- aptera is presented merely as a curiosity (Fig. 1) . This specimen of H. anomalus was collected 10 mi. E. of Beaver, 7,000 ft., Beaver Co., Utah, by H. C. Owen, May 6, 1949, host: Citellus variegatus grammurus (Say) . ’Medical Entomologist Communicable Disease Center, Public Health Service Federal Security Agency, Atlanta, Georgia. (IVom Western Communicable Disease Center Laboratory, San Francisco, California.) Fig. 1. Hoplopsyllus anomalus lacking ctenidial comb. 92 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXVII, NO. 2 DETTOPSOMYIA AND PTILOMYIA: TWO GENERA NEW TO THE UNITED STATES (Diptera: Drosophilidae ; Ephydridae) Marshall R. Wheeler University of Texas, Austin While making general collections of acalyptrate Diptera in California and Texas in 1949-50, representatives of two genera not previously reported from this country were found. One of these seems to be relatively widespread and has probably been over- looked or not recognized by other collectors, while the other is more likely a recent introduction into this country from Australia. Dettopsomyia Lamb (Drosophilidae) This genus, belonging to the Mycodrosophila-assemblage of genera, was described by Lamb (1914) for his new species formosa from the Seychelles. Malloch (1924) described Drosophila nigro- vittata from Australia, remarking that the species appeared to be- long to Spuriostyloptera Duda, an oriental genus. Malloch’s descrip- tion clearly shows, however, that nigrovittata is not referable to that genus but belongs to Dettopsomyia. In October, 1949, the writer observed larvae and puparia in a rotting, bleeding area of about 20 sq. in. on a large banana plant on the grounds of the Pottinger Hospital in Monrovia, California. Adults were reared and, a short time later, a large number of adults were captured around this banana clump. These specimens matched the description of D. nigrovittata in every detail. A permanent col- ony seems to have become established in this area, since as late as March, 1950, it was a simple matter to collect^ additional specimens. A single specimen was also taken by sweeping along the Rio Hondo near Montebello, California. Attempts were made to establish a living culture of this species using the usual Drosophila culture media, but the stock was lost after about four generations. It seems logical to assume that Dettopsomyia nigrovittata is a rather recent introduction since the area has in past years been well collected by Drs. A. L. Melander and A. H. Sturtevant, both specialists on Diptera. The finding of this Australian species in April, 1951] WHEELER DIPTERA 93 California is especially interesting in view of Malloch’s (1938) report of Dettopsomyia formosa being found in Hawaii in 1936. In Curran’s (1934) key to genera of North American Diptera, this genus will key to couplet 12 of the key to Drosophilidae, where it differs from the remaining genera by the following combination of characters : Small species with a complex pattern of longitudinal stripes on the mesonotum; costal break exceptionally deep, the lobe well- developed, blackened, and bearing two strong bristles; 2nd and 3rd costal sections nearly equal (costal index about 1.^) .—Dettopsomyia Ptilomyia Coquillett (Ephydridae) This genus, a member of the Psilopinae, was erected by Coquil lett (1900) for his new species enigma from Porto Rico. No other species appear to have been described. More than 70 individuals which appear to be identical with Ptilomyia enigma have been taken by sweeping along a small stream in Austin, Texas, in June, 1950. In view of its minute size (about 1 mm.) and its apparent non-rarity, it seems very probable that it has been collected by others but not identified or reported. A single specimen of an undescribed species belonging to this genus was taken by the writer near Kernville, California, in April, 1950. This specimen, which is slightly larger than the enigma from Texas, also differs in having the tarsi about as dark as the rest of the legs and in having distinct dark clouds over the posterior cross- veins. It does not seem desirable to describe and name this species until further material becomes available. The genus Ptilomyia keys correctly in Curran (op. cit.) . In Cresson’s (1942) synopsis of North American Ephydridae, it keys to Atissiella Cresson from which it can be separated as follows : — Arista pectinate, without ventral branches; acrostichals in 2-6 rows, only the prescutellar pair enlarged Atissiella — Arista plumose, with both dorsal and ventral branches; acrosti- chals in 2 sparse rows, several pairs noticeably enlarged. .Ptilomyia References Coquillett, D. W. 1900. Report on a collection of Dipterous insects from Puerto Rico. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., No. 1198, 22 :249-270. Cresson, E. T., Jr. 1942. Synopses of North American Ephydridae. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc., 68:101-128. 94 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 Curran, C. H. 1934. The Families and Genera of North American Diptera. Ballou Press, New York, N. Y. 512 pp. Lamb, C. G. 1914. Eeports of the Percy Sladen Trust Expedition. Diptera. Tr. Linn. Soc. London, 2 ser., 16:307-372. Malloch, J. R. 1924. Notes on Australian Diptera. IV. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 49:348-359. 1938. Two genera of Hawaiian Drosophilidae (Diptera). Proc. Haw. Ent. Soc., 10:53-55. A NEW SUBSPECIES OF METATAENIA ( Coleopter a : Buprestidae ) Jacques R. Helper Mendocino, California Metataenia clotildae refulgens Heifer, new subspecies Holotype, adult female. Length 25.5 mm., with 8.5 mm., elongate parallel, widest near base of elytra ; head, pronotum, and elytra bril- liant red with golden reflections, pronotum with a pair of yellow foveae laterally near the base, each elytron with five yellow or golden colored depressions, one medial at the base, two at the first third, one medial the other lateral, one fasciaform and medial at about the sec- ond third, and one near the suture at the apical fifth, these depres- sions becoming progressively shallower toward the apices which are metallic blue green; body golden green beneath. Head punctate; strongly excavated between the eyes and with a deep longitudinal groove medially in the bottom of the excavation; a strong carina forming the anterior boundary of this excavation, separating it from the strongly notched clypeus; eyes large, only slightly convergent posteriorly, rather strongly convex and noticeably protuberant, brown; jaws black near the tips but mostly metallic green and strongly punctate; antennae 11-segmented, reaching about to the hind angles of the pronotum, the first segment long, testaceous proxi- mally, metallic green distally, second segment very short, third three times as long as second and equal in length to fourth, succeeding segments more thickly punctate, becoming progressively shorter and April, 1951] HELPER METATAENIA 95 broader to the tip, terminal segment again a little longer and sub- quadrate, last ten segments black; genae and gula green. Pronotum finely sparsely punctate, widest at base, with base bisinuate, sides slightly sinuate at basal third then arcuate to front angles, narrowly longitudinally impressed medially, most deeply just before the scu- tellum ; with a fovea at each side near the basal angle, limited ex- ternally by a strong upfold of the integument and angling forward toward the anterior angles, becoming rapidly shallower, with a sul- phur like efflorescence lending a yellow color underlain by a distinct pubescence; hind angles sharp, front angles bent under, not visible from above. Scutellum^ green, transverse, almost rectangular. Elytra with longitudinal rows of small punctures; strongly sinuate lat- erally when viewed from the side; broadest near the base then slightly sinuate to about the middle, then broadly arcuate and achiev- ing the second greatest width a little behind the middle, narrowing to the apices which are divaricated and end in spines, the last quarter of the margin being strongly toothed ; lateral margin rather strongly reinforced with a ridge like thickening; depressed spots pubescent and (except the apical) bearing a yellow efflorescence. There is, in addition to the easily noticed depressions already mentioned, a slight depression which has a few hairs located just forward of the rounded humeral region. Prostemal spine punctate, slightly wider after passing between the anterior coxae, subtrilobate, not impressed medially, neatly delimited anteriorly from the remainder of the prosternum by a narrow transverse depression. Abdomen with large hairy areas anterolaterally on the segments; sparsely setopunctate elsewhere; last segment emarginate at the tip. Legs green, tibiae becoming testaceous distally, tarsi testaceous. Holotype: Kieta, Bouganville Island, Solomon Islands, XII, 8 to 21-1938 (Van Dyke collection). The type series is part of a large number of specimens collected by the Papuan- Austral! an expedition of 1938-39, led by R. G. Wind. Type in the California Academy of Sciences (Ent.). Variation: In a series of twenty-six specimens examined the size ranges from 19 to 25.5 mm. in length and from 6 to 8.5 mm. in width. The color of the dorsum becomes slightly purplish red in a few specimens. One specimen, labeled as part of this series, is green and quite typical of Metataenia clotildae (Gestro) sensu stricto, a typical specimen of which I have from Korido Island near New Guinea. Sexes similar. M. clotildae was described originally as a Paracupta but differs from that genus in not having the prostemal spine medially im- pressed. The variety M. clotildae cupreosplendens (Kerremans) which was originally described as a species of Paracupta differs from refulgens as follows; 96 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 2 cwpreosplendens Brilliant copper with greenish reflections Elytral depressions same color as background Tibiae entirely testaceous New Hanover, Bismarck Archi- pelago The other species of Metataenia are M. insulicola Thery, black and green with gold spots, from Russell Island, M. quadrimaculata Thery, bronze-brown with reddish gold spots, English New Guinea, M. purpurascens Thery, entirely purple, English New Guinea (Ar- f ak Mts. ) , and M. meeki Thery, entirely bronzed with three powdery pits on the elytra, English New Guinea (Owgarra), all quite differ- ent from the present form. The structure of refulgens is, apparently, identical with that of Clotildas and so I am placing this form as a subspecies of the pre- viously described form. I am following Thery in the use of the generic name Metataenia but it should be noted that these forms are very near to the genus Iridotaenia. refulgens Brilliant red with golden reflec- tions Elytral depressions strongly con- trasting with background color Tibiae metallic green proximally Bougainville I., Solomon Islands NEW RECORDS FOR STREBLIDAE AND NYCTERIBIIDAE (Diptera: Pupipara) The Streblidae and Nycteribiidae are essentially tropical fam- ilies which extend up to the southern part of the United States. Jobling (Parasitology 30(3) :363, 1938) states, ‘‘‘'T Hchohius cory- norhini Cockerell (Streblidae) extends from Oklahoma through Colorado as far as 40° North in Utah and 37° North in California.” One male of this species was taken from a bat, Corynorhinus rafinesquii (Lesson), probably subspecies townsendii (Cooper) at Roseburg, Ore., April 16, 1950, by the author. Two females and a male Nycteribiid, Basilia forcipata Ferris were collected August 9, 1940, at Redmond, Ore., from “bat” (collector unknown). Deter- minations were verified by Dr. J. Bequaert of the Museum of Com- parative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. — ^Vincent D. Roth. * ih 1 }.^ - iA \ I ^*v:_ A f, ^ Z'^ '■, 1943. 'EHRHORN— Notice, P-P.E. 17 (2) :84. 1941. 'ESTABROOK— Notice, Proe. in P-P.H.S. 25 (1) :48. 1949. ^FALL— Obit., P-P.E. 16(1) :l-3, pi. 1940. *FOX— Notice, P-P.E, 4(4) :192. 1928. •FUCHS — Notices, Proc. vol. 1, 68rd ineeting, p. 1 ; 6Bth meeting, p. 10. 1921. VoL 2(4) :62. 1926. 116 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3 Ch Grundel, J. G.’" ’45 Guedet, Rev. Edward ’29 Gunder, J. D. ’46 Gustafson, Joel F. ’37 Hackley, R. E. ’24 Hadden, F. C. (LM) ’46 Hagen, Ellsworth ’39 Hagen, K. S. ’49 Hall, S. E. ’47 Hanson, C. H. ’46 Hardman, N. F. Ch Harford, W. G. W. Ch Harney, George W. ’48 Hart, John F. ’46 Hart, Winfield H. ’21 Hartman, R. D. ’35 Harvey, Paul A. ’46 Harville, John ’47 Hatch, M.H. ’36 Haut, Feme ’47 Hazel, N.W. ’48 Hazeltine, William ’27 Heid, Graham ’49 Heimpel, A. M. ’24 Henderson, W. W. ’48 Henry, Laura M. ’35 Henry, Louise ’45 Herman, C. M. ’10 Herms, W. B.« Ch Herr, C. W. ’30 Hewes, L. I. ’49 Hildebrand, C. W. ’16 Hill, C. A. ’48 Hill, Harry A. ’13 Hilton, William A. ’31 Hinton, Howard E. ’49 Hobbs, Kenneth R. ’01 Hopping, Ralph’’" ’50 Hottes, F. C. Ch HOWARD, L. 0. (HonM., ’12) ’34 Hovanitz, William ’48 Hoyt, C. P. ’49 Hoyt, William L. ’50 Hubert, Alexander A. ’01 Huguenin, J. C.” ’49 Hunt, R. W. ’03 Hunter, J. S. ’46 Hurd, Paul D., Jr. ’49 Innes, K. F. ’47 James, Maurice T. ’36 Jensen, Dil worth D. ’39 Johnson, John W. ’48 Johnson, Phyllis ’ll JOHNSTON, 0. B. (HonM., ’ll) ’42 Jones, E. ’34 Jones, E.W. ’44 Jones, Paul R. ’47 Jones, V. E. ’27 Keen, F. P. ’20 Keen, Sadie E. ’51 Keh, Benjamin ’25 Keifer, H. H. ’30 Kelley, D.G. ’40 Fe’lev, Thomas F. Ch KELLOG, VERNON (HonM., ’12) ’48 Ke’ son, Walter E. ’05 Kerr, Mrs. E. L. ’36 Kessel, Mrs. E. L. (LM) ’36 Kessel, E. L. (LM) ’04 Killeen, John F.’* ’20 Killeen, Louise Rupe ’20 Kincaid, Trevor ’41 King, Lawrence H. ’05 Knight, F. W.’" ’48 Knowlton, George F. ’01 Koebele, Albert'* ’40 Kolber, Marvin ’41 Lamiman, J. F. ’27 Lammertz, Walter E. ’08 Lange, W.H. ’33 Lange, W. H., Jr. ^"GRUNDEL— Notice, P-P.E. 10(1) :26. Obit., 10(1) :48, pi. 1934. «HERMS— Notice, P-P.B. 25(4) :192. 1949. ^^HOPPING— Obit., P-P.E. 18(1) :l-3, pi. 1942. “HUGUENIN— Notice, P-P.E. 3(3) :162. 1927. Obit., Proc. P.C.E.S., 2(6) :96 96. 1928. “KILLEEN— Notice, Proc. in P-P.E. 14(4) :192. 1938. “KNIGHT— Proc. P.C.E.S., vol. 1, p. 36. 1924. “KOEBELE— Notice, P-P.E. 1(4) :191. 1925. “LETCHERr-Notice, Proc. P.C.E.S. vol. 1. p. 32. 1924. “LIGHT— Notice, P-P.E. 23(3) :144. 1947. Obit. 24(2) :49-53. 1948. July, 1951] MEMBERSHIP ROSTER 117 ’47 Lanham, U. N. ’36 Michener, Charles D. ’21 Larson, A. 0. ’46 Middlekauff, W. W. ’47 Larson, A. W. ’38 Miller, Robert C. (LM) ’20 Lathrop, F. H. ’09 Mitzmain, Maurice B. ’51 Lauret, Thomas H. ’42 Moorhead, Peter ’16 LEACH, E. R. ’49 Morishita, Frank S. (LM), (HM., ’48) ’48 Morris, Eugene ’46 Lee, WeltonL. ’21 Morrow, A. W. ’47 Leech, H. B. ’48 Mote, Don C. ’48 Leigh, Francis ’04 Moulton, Dudley ’36 Lester, Will, Jr. ’03 Munier, Leon E. Ch Letcher, Beverly’^ ’47 Murray, W. D. ’48 Lewallen, Lawrence L. ’48 Myers, Omar E. ’51 Lewis, Norman A. ’23 Nast, E. H. (LM) ’37 Light, S.F.’* ’20 Newcomer, E. J. ’35 Lindahl, John C. Ch Nunenmacher, F. W. “ ’49 Linsdale, Donald D. ’47 Nutting, W. H. ’27 Linsley, E. Gorton ’48 Osborn, Herbert ’21 Lovett, A. L.'® ’02 Otis, Hamilton ’29 McClay, A. T. ’34 Parker, Frank H. ’51 McCluskey, Elwood S. ’44 Parsell, Charles, Jr. ’20 McCracken, Isabel ’41 Pearce, Wallace M. ’13 McGlashan, Ximena ’36 Pedrotti, P. W. ’41 McKinstry, A. P, ’37 Pelle, Walter V. ’31 McKenzie, Howard L. ’29 Peterson, Charles E. ’40 MacLeod, G. F. ’46 Piazza, Salvador R. ’51 McMillan, William E. Ch Pierce, Newton B. ’49 MacNeil, C. Don ’21 Pierce, W. D, ’40 MacSwain, J. W. ’08 Pilate, G. R. ’34 Mabry, Janet ’36 Pisano, Rocci G. (see Boyce) ’19 Plath, 0. E. ’43 Madsen, Harold ’34 Platt, Fred R. ’37 Maehler, Kenneth L. ’39 Poff, Marjorie ’48 Malkin, Borys ’41 Potts, R. W. L. ’35 Mallis, Arnold ’43 Prince, F. M. ’10 Mann, William ’47 Pritchard, A. E. ’41 Mansfield, George S. ’48 Proctor, William ’50 Marsh, Gordon ’37 Prole, George ’47 Marquis, Manuel ’48 Quate, Larry ’45 Martin, C. H. ’46 Quinn ell, Edwin ’19 Martin, J. 0. ’38 Rabinovitch, Adolph ’48 Matton, Rudolf H. T. ’41 Raski, Dewey ’16 Mautz, Wolfgang ’45 Ray, Eugene ’31 Mead, Albert R. ’28 Reed, W. D. ’20 Melander, A. L. ’47 Rees, B. E. ’41 Meyers, Ernest G. ’36 Reeves, William C. ’33 Michelbacher, A. E. (LM) ’34 Reitzel, Joseph “LOVETT— Notice, P-P.E. 1(1) :48. 1924. “NUNENMACHER^Notice, P-P.E. 22(2) :70. 1946. Obit. 24(1) :l-6, pi. 1948. 118 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3 ’48 Retan, Arthur ’46 Reynolds, Harold T. ’09 Reynolds, L, R.^^ Ch Ricksecker, L. E. ’48 Rindge, Frederick Ch RIVERS, J.J. (HonM., ’ll) ’36 Robinson, Wilbert J. (LM) ’48 Rockwood, L. P. ’48 Roland, John J. ’35 Ross,E. S. (LM) ’49 Ross, Herbert H. ’48 Ruckes, Herbert ’20 Rupe, Louise V. (see Killeen) ’47 Russell, W. A. ’33 Salman, K. A. ’38 Sampson, W. W. ’24 Sanford, Helen N. ’03 Sanford,0. N. ’14 Sargeant, Winthrop ’31 Saylor, Lawrence W. ’49 Schlinger, Evert I. ’35 Schultz, G.W. ’50 Scott, Charles L, ’35 Scott, David B., Jr. ’44 Scullen, H. A. ’47 Seibert, E. E. ’48 Sher, Samuel A. ’29 Simmons, Perez ’38 Simonds, William E. ’49 Simons, John N. ’02 Simpson, H. J. ’49 Sisson, Robert L. ’46 Skinner, Frank ’34 Sloop, Kenneth D. ’35 Smith, Arthur ’48 Smith, Claude I. ^ ’35 Smith, Edgar ’39 Smith, Ernestine I. ’42 Smith, G.F. ’48 Smith, Gordon L. ’24 Smith, Harry ’25 Smith, Ralph H. ’41 Smith, Ray F. ’48 Smyth, E. Gray wood ’50 Snelling, Robert ’37 Snyder, Karl D. ’46 Snyder, Karl S. ’50 Spencer, G. J, ’47 Spitzer, C. H. ’25 Spruyt, F. J. ’20 Spuler, Anthony ’38 Stabler, Nathan ’49 Stansbury, R. F. ’45 Steinhaus, E. A. ’27 Stein weden, John B. ’12 Stephens, Frank ’48 Stern, Vernon M. ’10 Sternitzky, R. F. ’35 Stewart, M. A. ’24 Stickney, F. S. ’46 Stojanovich, Chester ’48 Stombler, Victor ’46 Stone, M. W. ’27 Struble, George R. ’21 Tanner, V. M. ’48 Tarshis, I. Barry ’47 Thatcher, T. 0. ’49 Thomas, Sherman L. ’04 Thompson, J. H. ’48 Thurman, D. C. ’48 Thurman, Ernestine B. ’39 Tilden, J. W. (LM) ’37 Timberlake, P. H. ’33 Ting, Peter C. ’50 Tinkham, Ernest R. ’08 Topp, Walter ’49 Tucker, K.W. ’49 Underhill, R. A. ’35 Upholt, William (LM) ’27 Usinger, Robert L. ’47 Van den Bosch, R, ’14 VAN DUZEE, E. P. (HonM.,’38)” Ch VAN DYKE, EDWIN C. (HM., ’38) ’24 Van Dyke, Mrs. Edwin C. ’37 Vargas, Glenn ’20 Vickery, R. K. ’37 Vogel, Marcel J. 21REYNOLDS— Notices, Proc. P.C.E.S. 2(2) :20, 29. 1924. 2-SMITH— Obit., P-P.E. 26(2) :69-60. 1950. •VAN DUZEE— Notice, P-P.E. 16(3) :123. 1940. Obit., 16(4) :146-177, pi. 1940. July, 1951] ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE 119 ’33 Walker, B.C. ’42 Walker, John R. ’19 Wallace, Grant ’25 Walther, Eric ’35 von Bloeker, J. C., Jr. ’50 Wade, W. H. ’41 Walz, Arthur J. ’48 Waters, Norman D. ’48 Watkins, Stanley ’48 Watson, John M. ’48 Wegenek, E. G. ’10 Wellman, Creighton ’46 Welsh, Hartwell H. ’46 Weitz, Loyal A. ’38 Wheeler, Willis ’36 White, B. E. ’48 White, Raymond G. Ch Whiting, C. A. ’38 Whitney, Ruth C. ’30 Wilbur, Paul C. ’04 Williams, Francis X. ’25 Wilson, George R.“ ’48 Wilson, Kent H. ’29 Wind, Robert G. ’03 Winslow, Ross E, ’47 Wirth,W.W. ’01 WOODWORTH, C. W. (HonM., ’12) ^“ ’03 Wright, Julia ’27 Wright, Percy F. ’27 Wymore, F. H. ’44 Zanette, D. A. ’30 Zimmerman, E. C. (LM) “WILSON— Obit., P-P.E. 14(3) :143-144. 1938. 25WOODWORTH— Obit., P-P.E. 17(1) :30. 1941. ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE: NOTICE OF PROPOSED SUSPENSION OF THE RULES IN CERTAIN CASES FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF CONFUSION AND THE VALIDA- TION OF CURRENT NOMENCLATORIAL PRACTICE Notice has been received from Secretary Francis Hemming of the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature that cases involving the following names of insects are now being con- sidered by the Commission. Details of these cases are given in parts 1-4 of volume 2 of the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature (April 20, 1951) and part 5 of the same volume (May 4, 1951) . Interested specialists are urged to send any comments that they wish to make on these cases to the Secretary, 28 Park Village East, Regent’s Park, London, N. W. 1, England, as soon as possible and, in any case, not later than the close of the six month period set aside for public discussion of such cases. If received in sufficient time, comments received in response to the present Notice will be published in the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature; applications received too late to be so published will be brought to the attention of the International Commission at the time of the commencement of voting on the application in question. 120 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3 Applications in Part 1 (1) Aphidms Nees, 1818 (Class Insecta, Order Hymenoptera) (pp. 18-20) (File 149) ; (2) Trivial name ajax Linnaeus, 1758 (as published in the com- bination Papilio ajax) (Class Insecta, Order Lepidoptera) (pp. 26-30) (File 192); Applications in Part 2 (3) Bantus Dejean, 1833 (Class Insecta, Order Coleoptera) (pp. 40-45) (File 171) ; (4) Acantholyda Costa, 1894 (Class Insecta, Order Hymenoptera) and Acanthocnema Becker, 1894 (Class Insecta, Order Diptera) (p. 46) (File 175) ; (5) Rhina Latreille, [1802-1803], and Magdalis Germar, 1817 (Class Insecta, Order Coleoptera) (pp. 47-55) (File 202) ; Applications in Part 4 (6) Capsus Fabricius, 1803 (Class Insecta, Order Hemiptera) (pp. 103-104) (File 211) ; (7) Tettigonia and Acrida: proposed validation as from Linnaeus, 1758 (application submitted under Opinion 124) (pp. 106- 118) (File 328). Applications in Part 5 (8) Titania Meigen, 1800, and Chlorops Meigen, 1803 (Class In- secta, Order Diptera) and associated family names (pp. 134- 138) (File 197). (9) Dorilas Meigen, 1800, and Pipunculus Latreille, [1802-1803] (Class Insecta, Order Diptera) and associated family names (p. 140) (File 221). (10) Tendipes Meigen, 1800, and Chironomus Meigen, 1803 (Class Insecta, Order Diptera) and associated family names (pp. 150-151) (File 469); (11) Philia Meigen, 1800, and Dilophus Meigen, 1803 (Class In- secta, Order Diptera) (pp. 153-154) (File 498). (12) Tylos Meigen, 1800, and Micropeza Meigen, 1803 (Class In- secta, Order Diptera) and associated family names (pp. 156- 159) (File 501). In addition to applications involving the possible use of the plenary powers, the Parts of the Bulletin contain the following cases relating to the names of insects: Part 1 (pp. 21-25) : question of the availability of the name Lepto- psylla Rothschild & Jordan, 1911 for the House Mouse Flea (Order Siphonaptera) (File Z.N. (S) 166). Part 2 (pp. 56-58) : Proposed addition of certain names of genera in the Order Collembola to the Official List of Generic Nwmes in Zoology (File Z.N. (S) 207). July, 1951] MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA 121 NEW WESTERN EPHEMEROPTERA IP Velma Knox Mayo Nickel Plate, British Columbia Ephemerella pelosa Mayo, new species (figures 6, 7) Nymph (figs. 6, 7). Dark brown species with yellow markings. No tubercles, but long hairs on head, thorax and abdomen. Head yellow with brown vertex and brown stripe along midline the entire length of face. Antennae yellow at base, tinged with light brown distally. Line of hairs on anterior surface of basal segment of an- tennae. Long, dense fringe of hairs on genae from eyes to mouth- parts. No frontal shelf. Hairs also on occiput. Maxillary palp pres- ent. Prothorax dark brown along posterior margin and medially, antero-lateral angles and two thirds of lateral margin yellow. Long white hairs on either side of midline. Mesonotum dark brown with yellow markings (see fig. 6). Long, fine white hairs on either side of midline on entire thorax. Unsclerotised areas on pleuron and ven- tral surface smoky. Sclerites yellowish brown. Legs yellow with two wide brown stripes on upper surfaces of femora, and along anterior border of tibiae and tarsi. Posterior surfaces of femora washed with brown in basal two thirds. Small spines along posterior borders of fore tibiae and all tarsi. Claws with three small spines. Legs with heavy fringe of hairs on upper surfaces of all segments; note ar- rangement of hairs on upper surface of all femora (fig. 6) . Abdomi- nal tergites very dark brown, tergite 8 yellowish along lateral pos- terior margins. Instead of bearing tubercles, tergites have paired tufts of hair on posterior margins. They resemble little whisk brooms with about twenty coarse hairs in a tuft. The hairs are longer than the distance between tufts. Tufts are further apart on seg- ments 1-2 (those on 1 covered by wing pads) ; about equidistant on segments S-'G, closer together on 7-8 and on 9 they are close to mid- line. Long hairs along entire midline on 10th segment. Traces of light spots above tufts on segments 5-7 ; laterally on segments 8-9. Lateral posterior border of segment 10 yellow. Tails yellow with one distinct brown band on each, near base; brown spines in whorls at joinings of segments. Tails with long fringe of hairs on anterior surface. Gills present on abdominal segments 3-7. No spines on pos- terior-lateral angles on tergites. Abdominal sternites yellowish- brown basally, dark brown towards the tail. As in E. doddsi Need- ham, there is an adhesive disc formed of hairs on the ventral surface. The entire sternites 3-8 are covered with long, white hairs (fig. 7). These radiate from a point at the midline on the posterior border of segments 3-7, and those on segment 8 all grow from the anterior border. Length : body 8 mm., tails 8 mm. ^Number I of this series appeared in the October, 193^9, issue of the Pan-Pacifio Ent. 15(4) :145-154. 122 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3 Holotype, nymph (in alcohol), North Fork Creek above Bass Lake, Fresno County, California, June 15, 1934. Altitude 3,300 ft. Collected by P. R. Needham and party. Type in the California Academy of Seiences. Ephemerella pelosa n. sp. appears to be unique in having hairs and tufts in place of tubercles. It resembles E. doddsi in but one characteristic, that of the adhesive disc. Ephemerella spinosa Mayo, new species (figure 8) Nymph (fig. 8). Color dark brown, lighter in immature speci- mens. Pattern on head and thorax as in figure. No tubercles on head or thorax. Legs yellowish brown. Fore femora with six or eight coarse spicules on posterior margin and upper surface. Middle and hind femora with coarse spicules and fringe of hairs along posterior margin. All tibiae wdth several spicules medially and at tarsal join- ings. Fringe of hairs on fore tibiae and double fringe on middle and hind tibiae. All tarsi with regular row of spines along anterior margin. Claws with 8 or 10 denticles. All joinings dark browm; distal portion of tarsi and claws dark brown. Abdomen conspicuous with prominent spines on tergites 2-9. Those on 2 very close together and straight. Those on 3 farther apart and directed slightly outward. On segments 4-7 they are widely divergent and increase in size to rearward. They are directed both laterally and posteriorly, the tips curved as in fig. 8. Each spine bears a row of coarse spicules from the base on posterior margin, obliquely curving out to the anterior surface of the tip (fig. 8). On segments 8-9 the spines are stout but much shorter and straight, directed but slightly outward, those on 9 shorter than those on 8. The tergites are light browm with dark patches extending from the anterior margins, forming triangles . along the midline and dark areas under each gill. All abdominal sternites marked with prominent dark lateral triangles which are connected medially along anterior border. Ganglionic area browm on sternites 1, 6, 7; most prominent on 7. Tails yellowish-brown, each ringed near the base with a dark browm band. Posteriorly each segment of tails with whorl of prominent browm spicules. Outer tails not quite 2/3 length middle tail. Length of body: 7 mm.; of middle tail, 11 mm. Holotype, nymph (in alcohol), South Fork Bishop Creek, Inyo County, California, altitude 9,500 ft., July 4, 1938. Col- lected by the writer. Paratypes, two specimens, one same locality, June 25, 1934; collected by P. R. Needham and party; one Big Pine Creek, altitude 8,100 ft., Inyo County, California, July 2, 1939; collected by the writer. Holotype in the California Academy of Sciences, paratypes in the collection of the writer. July, 1951] MAYO — EPHEMEROPTERA 123 Figs. 1-5, Ephemerella species number 1: fig. 1, head of nymph; fig. 2, lateral view pronotum of nymph; fig. 3, foreleg of nymph; fig. 4, maxilla of nymph ; fig. 5, male genitalia of subimago. Fig. 6, nymph of Ephemerella pelosa. Fig. 7, ventral view of abdomen showing adhesive disc of nymph of Ephemerella. pelosa. Fig. 8, nymph of Ephemerella spinosa. Fig. 9, abdominal tergites 7-8 of nymph of Ephemerella species number 1. Fig. 10, mandible of nymph of Ephe- merella species number 1. 124 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3 E. spinosa n. sp. is a member of the Needhami Group, and is closely related to E. hystrix Traver, from Montana. Dr. Needham kindly compared spinosa with the type of E. hystrix Traver and states that spinosa is relatively broader in form of body, and there appears to be a distinct difference in the form of the dorsal spines of the abdomen. In E. hystrix Traver they are straight and nearly smooth.” In spinosa they are distinctly curved and bear prominent spicules their entire length. Gills darkened in spinosa, pale in hystrix Traver. In McDunnough’s description of hystrix Traver (Can. Ent., 67:98) he states that the outer tails are only “slightly shorter than median one, being about 4/5 its length.” In spinosa the outer tails are less than 2/3 length of median. Ephemerella species number 1 (figures 1-5, 9, 10) Male subimago (fig. 5). Abdomen reddish, thorax pale. Anterior margin of pronotum with a V-shaped notch at midline, and posterior margin curved to fit mesoscutum; pale medially, dark brown later- ally with a mottled pattern. Mesoscutum creamy with dark brown along lateral sutures and at wing bases. Prescutum dark brown. Pleural sclerites dark brown ; unsclerotised areas creamy. Wing veins brown. All femora yellow basally, dark red in apical half. Fore tibiae narrowly yellow along anterior surface, dark red elsewhere. Middle and hind tibiae yellow; all tarsi yellow. Black streak at joinings of tibiae and tarsi, and narrowly black at tarsal joinings. Claws dis- similar. Abdominal tergites with a wide red area along midline which is paler medially, dark red laterally, banded by yellow on either side. Lateral to the yellow bands are red patches ; pleural fold is yellow. The abdominal sternites are more uniformly red, with the lateral margins yellow. At the anterior margin of sternites 1-8 are pale oblique streaks, one on either side of midline. Posterior margin of sternite 9 dark reddish brown. Forceps yellowish, penes pale, lyre-shaped. Tails dark red basally, yellow distally, covered with very fine dark hairs. Length : body 11 mm., wing about 14 mm. Nymph (figs. 1-4, 9, 10). Very dark uniform brown. Tubercles present, but short and blunt. The pronotum with a pair of blunt twin tubercles, the posterior of these much shorter. About midway be- tween these is a wart-like tubercle on either side of midline. Anterior to this group and near lateral margin of pronotum is a sharper tubercle, one on either side. Prostemum with tubercle directed towards head. Ridge along anterior margin of mesonotum but no real tubercles except a slight elevation on scutellum. The mesono- tum is roughened and covered with minute dark brown spicules. No teeth on fore femora (fig. 3). Femora brown, tibiae and tarsi yellowish-brown, marked in basal portion of each segment with black- ish. Claws dark red with six denticles. Abdominal tergites with July, 1951] MAYO EPHEMEROPTERA 125 paired spines on segments 2-9. These are wider apart than the length of the spines; on segments 2 and 9 they are slightly closer together than on other segments. All spines practically equal in size, those on 8-9 being but slightly stouter. The spines and tergites sprinkled with minute, dark spicules such as are present on thorax. All ter- gites evenly colored reddish brown. Gills present on segments 3-7. Tails reddish brown basally, alternating with yellow in outer two thirds. Ventrally the markings of the sub imago show through ab- dominal sternites as two oblique streaks from anterior margin. Laterally is a faint streak on each sternite. Lateral abdominal angles well developed. Length : body, 10 mm. Male subimago (in alcohol), Cottonwood Creek near Oasis Ranch, California, Mono County line close to California-Nevada boundary, altitude 5,100 ft., June 11, 1939; collected by the writer. Specimens in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences and in that of the writer. Nymphal material same data; twenty-three specimens. Ephemerella species number 1 is very closely allied to E. grandis Eaton. In the subimago of E. grandis Eaton the fore legs are longer than those of E. species number 1. The forceps are similar, but the penes are of different shape (see fig. 5) . Those of E. grandis Eaton more slender, narrower midway between base and tips. In E. species number 1 there is a widening on either side, midway between base and tips, suggesting the shape of a lyre. In the nymphs the prothoracic tubercles of E. grandis are slightly larger than those of E. species number 1. The wart-like tubercles close to the twin tubercles in grandis are laterad; in E. species num- ber 1 they are median. The maculation of the abdominal segments is not similar in the two species. References McDunnough, J. 1935. Canadian Entomologist, 67 (5) ;98. Needham, Traver, Hsu 1935. Biology of Mayflies, Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, New York. 126 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3 Book Notice Larvae of the Elaterid Beetles of the Tribe Lepturoidini (Coleop- tera: Eiateridae), by Robert Glen, Division of Entomology, Sci- ence Service, Department of Agriculture, Ottawa, Canada, 8vo., paper, 246 pp. Smithsonian Miscellaneous Collections, vol. Ill, no. II, Smithsonian Publication 3987, April 19, 1950. This publication was received and read with great interest by the reviewer, who has spent over 30 years studying the economic group of elaterid beetles, the larvae of which are commonly known as wire- worms. During the early years of his work with this group the lack of adequate morphological knowledge of both the larval and adult stages of these agricultural pests was a serious handicap in differ- entiating related species. The reviewer has spent many years trying to straighten out the adult taxonomy. Since many of our wireworms of economic importance take several years to complete their life cycle, it is essential that species be known in the larval stage, without a long process of rearing. This volume by Dr. Glen is not only a fine contribution to the science of taxonomic entomology, but it is also a valuable aid to the economic field. Dr. Glen has recently been appointed Chief of the Division of Entomology, Science Service, Ottawa, but he initiated this work on the morphology of the larval stage of wireworms in 1929, under the direction of Dr. K. M. King, who was then in charge of the Dominion Entomological Laboratory at Saskatoon, Saskatchewan. Dr. Glen’s earlier works on the detailed larval description of individual species have been very helpful to others studying wire- worms, but in this larger work he now brings together all the infor- mation found in the literature of the world on the larvae of the tribe Lepturoidini, including many of econorhic importance. Altogether he treats of 93 species, included in the following 11 genera; Athous (14) ; Crepidomenus (1) ; Cryptohypnws (5) ; Eanus (2) ; E' athous (1) ; Hemicrepidius (5) ; Hypnoidus (3) ; Lepturoides (3) ; Limon- ius (14); Ludius (44), and Melanactes (1). Since his investigations were discontinued in 1942, some of the recent changes in nomenclature of the Eiateridae have not been included. The tribe Lepturoidini should now be called the Denticol- lini, and the genera would be changed as follows ; Cryptohypnus to Hypolithus ; Hypnoidus to Negastrius ; Lepturoides to Denticollis, and Ludius to Ctenicera. There is a fine summary of literature on the subject from 1855, including such names as Schiodte (1870) ; Comstock and Slingerland (1891) ; Forbes (1892) ; Hendriksen (1911) ; Hyslop (1917) ; Hyslop and Boving (1935), and Lanchester (1939). He follows the termi- nology of Hyslop, Boving, Snodgrass and Anderson, as well as others. The prairie grain wireworm (Ctenicera destructor Brown) has been used as a typical larva of the group and described in detail. On page 33 there is a key to the larvae of the subfamilies of the Eiateridae and to the tribes of the subfamily Pyrophorinae. This is July, 1951] malkin — heterlimnius koebelei 127 followed by keys to genera, isolated “species groups” and isolated species of the tribe Denticollini (Lepturoidini). The various “iso- lated” groups and species of each genus are taken next, with keys, descriptions, distribution, and source of material given under each. There is a summary of taxonomic relationships with list of species studied as an index on pages 197, 198. Literature cited runs to 8 pages, which is a most complete bibliography of the principal litera- ture on elaterid larval morphology, as well as some on biology and adult taxonomy. There are 40 pages of drawings, all by the author. The section on the genus Limonius is somewhat confused, but this can be charged mainly to lack of material and published information regarding adults. The reviewer has revised the adult taxonomy, at least of the economic forms, although it is still unpublished. Lanchester in 1946 published the identifying characters separat- ing six of the economic specie?, four western and two eastern. The larvae of Limonius anceps LeConte and L. ectypus Say are still unknown. The species in Dr. Glen’s key, page 164, called L. suhaur- atus LeConte is really L. infuscatus Motschulsky and the species near L. ectypus Say from Manitoba, Saskatchewan, and Alberta is probably L. calif ornicus Mannerheim, as this species is known from various places in Montana by adults and larvae. Only one who has worked a long time with wireworms, both sys- tematically and biologically, can appreciate the vast amount of effort that went into the preparation of Dr. Glen’s work. We hope it will form a basis for future works in this and related groups, and that it will inspire other workers to add to our knowledge of wireworms over the world. One of the great needs is more students of larval taxonomy with the ability and patience, shown by Dr. Glen, to help the economic entomologist determine the species with which he works. — Merton C. Lane, Walla Walla, Washington. HETERLIMNIUS KOEBELEI IN OREGON (Coleoptera: Elmidae) Collecting in the Little Applegate River area, Jackson Co., Ore- gon, 10 miles from California, on August 5-6, 1950, Mr. Vernon E. Thatcher of Oregon State College and I took 18 specimens of Heterlimnius koebelei Martin, over 80 specimens of H. quadri- maculatus Horn, and numerous larvae of hoth species. H. koebelei was known previously from W ashington and the new record repre- sents a southward extension of the range. The beetles were in a tiny, rapidly flowing mountain stream at 2300 feet altitude and were clinging under stones and in crevices. I am indebted to Dr. M. W. Sanderson for the identifications. — BoRYS Malkin. 128 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3 FOUR NEW FLEAS OF THE GENUS DACTYLOPSYLLA JORDAN, 1929 ( Siphon aptera) Frank M. Prince and Harold E. Stark^ Communicable Disease Center, Public Health Service, Federal Security Agency, Atlanta, Ga. Among fleas sent in by field units of the Western Communicable Disease Center Laboratory, two new species and one new subspecies of Dactylopsylla Jordan 1929 were noted and are herein described. A third species being described is from collections obtained by the junior author while gathering material for a master’s thesis on Utah fleas. Dactylopsylla bluei p silos Prince and Stark, new subspecies This subspecies (figs. 1-5) is closely related to D. bluei bluei (C. Fox, 1909), but as the name indicates it is armed with fewer bristles. Head: Clypeal tubercle absent as in D. b. bluei. Antenna reaches beyond posterior border of head in male but does not in female. Scape in both sexes without setae. Pedicel of male without setae; pedicel of female with 8 setae reaching beyond end of clava. Clava of male definitely segmented but segmentation of clava of female not pronounced. Double row of small setae above antenna of male; single row in female. Two rows of medium and large setae on gena and one row on posterior border of head. Mouth parts short, labial palps extend only two-thirds length of fore coxa. Thorax: Pronotal ctenidium with 19 or 20 teeth. Meso- and metathorax not heavily covered with setae. Posterior dorsal row of setae on mesonotum (both sexes) consists of from 5 to 7 setae on each side, while other species of Dactylopsylla have 8 to 12 setae. Posterior dorsal row of setae on metanotum consists of from 7 to 9 setae on each side while all other species except D. b. bluei and D. digitenua have more. This row on D. b. bluei specimens numbers from 8 to 10 setae. The number of long, stout, dorsal bristles on the hind tibia ranges from 17 to 22. The medial displacement of the first pair of plantar bristles of segment V of tarsae is not pro- nounced. Abdomen: Over-all chaetotaxy on abdomen is similar to other species of Dactylopsylla except for being sparse. The average num- ber of setae in each posterior row on abdominal tergites is 12 on ^From Western Communicable Disease Center Laboratory, San Francisco, Calif. July, 1951] PRINCE AND STARK NEW FLEAS 129 each side; in other species 14; though in D. b. bluei up to 16 on each side. Antepygidial bristles: one with one small seta in male; three in female. Modified segments. Male : The VIII tergum is large, covering most of the external genitalia. The VIII sternum is reduced and (All figures are in lateral view, left side) Figs. 1-4, Dactylopsylla bluei psilos. 1, aedeagus; 2, VIII ster- num; 3, manubrium, clasper, finger; 4, IX sternum. 130 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [ VOL. XXVII, NO. 3 unmodified, having no posterior process and no diagnostic setae except 10 or so extremely small setae. The IX tergum reduced as a whole, manubrium being shorter than in D. h. bluei. Clasper is Fig. 5, Dactylopsylla b. psilos, posterior segments of female. Fig. 6, D. pentachaeta, aedeagus. July, 1951] PRINCE AND STARK NEW FLEAS 131 small, with a prominent, nan’ow, dorsal process. Finger long and narrow as in D. b. bluei but the distal end is not turned as far posteriorly. The internal arms of the IX sternum are large as in D. b. bluei. The median lobe bears many small, fine setae. The upper lobe is relatively larger than in D. b. bluei and is heavily covered with thin setae. The dorsal process of the upper lobe is broader and the ventral process is smaller than in D. b. bluei. The aedeagus is similar in shape to D. b. bluei, but the distal ends of the crochets are small and directed posteriorly. Female : The posterior border of the VII sternum shows a small, prominent, sharply pointed lower lobe which marks the junction of the ventral border and the posterior border. The only available female (allotype) has a broken section in the lobe giving the ap- pearance of two lobes as shown in the drawing. This female has a collapsed spermatheca. The tail is well differentiated from the head and bears a very prominent appendage. The head is probably an oval subglobular shape. The stylet terminates in a medium-sized bristle (seta) and has two ventral setae. Measurements (lengths) : Holotype male, 2.8 mm. Allotype fe- male, 3.9 mmcParatype males, 3.3 mm.; 3.3 mm.; 3.2 mm.; 3.1 mm.; 2.9 mm.; 2.8 mm.; 2.8 mm. Average, 3.1 mm. for males. Type host : Thomomys perp^illidus subsp. Type locality: 20 mi. W. Las Vegas, State Game Refuge, 2300 ft., Clark Co., Nevada. Ecological association: greasewood, cacti. Collected by Mr. Huey Owen and Mr. Orris Smith, March 26, 1949. Holotype male and allotype female on deposit at Western Com- municable Disease Center Laboratory. Paratype males: one at U. S. National Museum, Washington, D. C., and one at British Museum (Natural History), in Siphonaptera collection at Tring, Herts, England. Dactlyopsylla pentachaeta Prince and Stark, new species This species (figs. 6-10) is closely related to D. percernis Eads and Menzies, 1949 and D. neomexicana Prince, 1945. Head: Clypeal tubercle absent. A notch is present but barely discernible in both sexes. Antennae extend to posterior border of head in the male but not in the female. Scape with 5 very small setae. Three extremely tiny setae on pedicel of male; 7 or 8 setae on pedicel of female reaching to end of the clava. The clava has 9 distinct segments. These characters differ from those of D. per- cemis in that the pedicel of the male D. percernis has 6 distinct but thin setae reaching half the length of the clava, and the female of both D. percernic and D. neomexicana has 7 or 8 setae on the pedicel reaching beyond the clava. The male of D. neomexicav/i has 7 or 8 extremely tiny setae similar to D. pentachaeta. Vertex of cranium (male only) and borders of gena heavily chitinized. Two distinct rows of large-sized bristles on gena (5 or 6 bristles in each row) 132 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3 D. PENTACHAETA SP. NOV. Figs. 7-9, Dactylopsylla pentachaetcu. 7, VIII sternum; 8, manu- brium, clasper and finger ; 9, IX sternum. July, 1951] PRINCE AND STARK NEW FLEAS 133 and one row on posterior border of head. Small setae above antennae begin as two rows anteriorly and grade into four irregular rows posteriorly. Mouth parts short; labial palps extend only two-thirds length of fore coxa. Thorax: Pronotal ctenidium with 21 teeth in both sexes. Meso- and metathorax as in other members of genus. Hind tibia has 22 long, stout, dorsal bristles. First pair of plantar bristles of segment V of tarsae are turned downward and inward. A bdomen : Over-all chaetotaxy as in other members of genus. Antepygidial bristles 3 in male, 4 in female. Modified segments. Male: The VIII tergum is large and covers most of the external genitalia. The VIII sternum is very distinct. It has virtually no posterior process but terminates broadly with 5 large, distinct setae. The VIII sternum of D. neomexicana hears 3 or 4 large, distinct setae and has a small posterior process which is slightly more pronounced than in D. pentachaeta. D. percernis has 4 smaller bristles, and the outline of the VIII sternum is quite unlike that of D. pentachaeta. The IX tergum is distinct and well inside the body cavity. The clasper is small, with narrow prominent dorsal process. The finger is large. The distal one-third of the finger is extended posteriorly from a 90° angle. The anterior border of the finger has a.: small but prominent protrusion in the middle. This process is not present in either D. neomexicana or D. percernis. There are 3 medium-sized bristles along the posterior border, 2 placed close together. This is similar to D. neomexicana, but D. per- cernis has only 2 medium-sized bristles along the posterior border. The internal arms of the IX sternum are prominent. Externally the median lobe bears many small setae on the posterior and lateral parts. The upper lobe is quite prominent, bearing many thin setae. Female: Posterior border VII sternum with distinct sinus. This sinus is not prominent in either D. percernis or D. neomexicana. Spermatheca without demarcation between head and tail. Process at tip of tail. Head not as heavily pigmented as D. percernis or D. neomexicana. Stylet terminates with medium-sized bristle and has two ventral bristles, one small lateral bristle and two exceed- ingly tiny dorsal bristles. D. percernis and D. neomexicana have the two ventral bristles but no small lateral bristle. Measurements (lengths) : Holotype male, 3.2 mm. Allotype female, 3:6 mm. Paratype females, 3.6 mm, and 3.2 mm. Type host: Mustela sp. Type locality: Louich Ranch, 20 mi N., 5 mi. E. Benkelman, 3,200 ft., Dundy Co., Nebraska. Ecological association: rolling sand hills, grass, Cynomys sp, present. Collected by Mr. Huey Owen and Mr. Dwight Campau, June 12, 1945. Holotype male and allotype female on deposit at Western Com- municable Disease Center Laboratory. One paratype female at U. S. National Museum, one at British Museum (Natural History) . 134 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3 Dactylopsylla digltenua Prince and Stark, new species This species (figs. 16-19) is close related to D. pentachaeta but is separated readily on the modified segments, particularly the finger of the clasper and the crochet. Only one male is known to us. Head: Clypeal tubercle as in D. pentachaeta; a notch discernible. Antennae extend slightly beyond posterior border of head. Scape with 5 very small setae. Six extremely thin setae on pedicel reach only to the first segment of the clava which has 9 distinct segments. The small setae above antennae grade into three irregular rows instead of four. Chaetotaxy of head otherwise as in D. pentachaeta. Thorax has fewer setae than D. pentachaeta. The anterior dorsal rows of setae on the meso- and metanotum number about 10, and the posterior dorsal rows number 8 in D. digitenua, while in D. pen- tachaeta the anterior dorsal rows number 15 and the posterior dorsal rows number 11 setae on each side. The hind tibia has 18 long, stout, dorsal bristles. Plantar bristles of segment V as in D, pentachaeta. Pregenital segments of abdomen as in D. pentachaeta. Modified segments. Male : The VIII sternum has no posterior pro- cess, differing from D. pentachaeta which has a very inconspicuous process dorsal to the five bristles. There are 5 setae on the left side of the VIII sternum as in D. pentachaeta, and 4 setae on the right side as in D. percemis. The dorsal process of the clasper is similar to that of D. pentachaeta. The finger of the clasper is much more slender than in D. pentachaeta. The placement of the bristles on the finger is identical. The lower lobe of the IX sternum is a little more broadly curved, and the upper lobe is very thin and elongated while that of D. pentachaeta is quite broad and bears many thin setae. In this respect it resembles D. percemis and D. neomexicana. The cro- chet is quite different from that of D. pentac^^aeta and D. percemis. Instead of being more or less rounded and produced posteriorly, it has one dorsal and one posterior, prominent, narrow process, as in D. neomexicana. Dactylopsylla digitenua is closest to D. pentachaeta, but since it has some characteristics similar to D. neomexicana and D. percemis, these four fleas are probably subspecies of one another. However, until more specimens are obtained for comparison, the present nomenclature is maintained. Measurements (length) : Holotype male, 3.3 mm. Type host: Onychomys leucogaster ssp. (true host probably Geomys sp.). Type locality: 10 mi. W. Matador, 2,400 ft.; Motley County, Texas. Ecological association: small streamside, mesquite, sage, Fig. 10. Dactylopsylla pentachaeta, female. Fig. 11, D. minidoka, aedeagus. 135 July, 1951] prince and stark — new fleas Sperm D. PENTACHAETA SR NOV. Cr. 136 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3 Geomys breviceps ssp. present. Collected by Mr. Frank Terry and Mr. Reino E. Raikko on May 3, 1950. Holotype male on deposit at Western Communicable Disease Center Laboratory. Dactylopsylla minidoka Prince and Stark, new species This species (figs. 11-15) is closely related to D. nuditenacula Prince, 1945. Head: Clypeal tubercle exceedingly small, more so than D. ntiditenacula. Antennae of male extend little beyond posterior border of head. Scape large in male, without bristles in either sex. Pedicel of male with 6 setae reaching halfway along clava. Pedicel of female with 7 setae reaching beyond end of clava. Antennae of female do not reach posterior border of head. Single row in male, double row in female, of small setae above antenna. Two rows of thin mediumdength setae on gena and one row of setae on posterior border of head. Only 4 bristles to each row on gena at most. Labial palps extend three-fourths the length of the fore coxa. Thorax: Pronotal ctenidium with 23 teeth. Meso- and metathorax as in other members of genus. Abdomen: Over-all chaetotaxy similar to other members of genus. Antepygidial bristles 2 in male, with 1 “small seta ; 3 or 4 in female. Hind tibia has about 16 long, stout, dorsal bristles. All plantar bristles of segment V of tarsae are placed laterally. Modified segments. Male : VIII tergum quite large, covering the greater part of the external genitalia. The VIII sternum “Is distinc- tive. The distal part is small and bears many bristles along the posterior ventral border. There is a long, narrow, distal process, having a rounded end and bearing no setae. The appearance of the VIII sternum is quite like that of D. nuditenacula. The IX tergum is small but distinctive. The manubrium is triangular in shape. The clasper is small and the dorsal process has a broad base, is not very long, and terminates with three small setae. The long, straight, narrow finger is quite similar to that of D. nuditenacula except that it bears 4 or 5 small setae laterally and along the posterior border. The internal arms of the IX sternum are narrow and smaller than in D. nuditenacula. The median lobe has an expanded posterior border (unlike D. nuditenacula) and bears several lateral setae. The upper lobe is large, bearing many thin setae and is similar to that of D. nuditenacula. Female: The general outline of the posterior border of the VII sternum is similar to that of D. nuditenacula except that the lowest lobe is more pronounced, having an acute angle of 88 degrees, com- pared to 114 degrees for D. nuditenacula. The spermatheca and stylet are as in D. nuditenacula. Measurements (lengths) : Holotype male, 4.1 mm. Allotype fe- July, 1951] PRINCE AND STARK NEW FLEAS 137 male, 4.2 mm. Paratype males, 4.4 mm.; 4.1 mm.; 4.0 mm.; 3.9 mm.; average, 4.1 mm. Paratype females, 4.8 mm.; 4.8 mm.; 4.4 mm.; 4.3 mm. ; 4.2 mm; ; average, 4.5 mm. Figs. 12-15, Dactylopsylla nninidoka. 12, VIII sternum; 13, manu- brium, clasper and finger; 14, IX sternum; 15, female. 138 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3 Type host: Thomomys talpoides gracilis (Durrant, 1939). Type locality: Minidoka National Forest, 7^/^ mi. S. E. Yost, on George Creek, 6,500 ft.. Raft River Mts., Box Elder Co., Utah. Collected by Dr. Keith R. Kelson, May 11, 1947. Holotype male and allotype female on deposit at U. S. National Figs. 16-19, Dactylopsylla digitenua.: 16, aedeagus; 17, manu- brium, clasper, finger; 18, IX sternum; 19, VIII sternum. July, 1951] SEAL CONTEST 139 Museum. Paratype males and females at University of Utah Ento- mological Museum, Salt Lake City, Utah; at the Western Com- municable Disease Center Laboratory; and at the British Museum (Natural History) . Abbreviations of Lettering on Figures A. Aedeagus A. Ap. Aedeagal apodeme Cr. Crochet or aedeagal hook C. S. Crescent sclerite D. A. L. Dorsal apical lobe of aedeagus F. Finger of clasper lobe I. A. Internal arm of IX sternum L. L. Lower lobe of IX sternum M. Manubrium P. Dorsal process of clasper lobe P. R. Penis rods Sperm. Spermatheca or receptaculum seminis St. Sternum (of abdominal segment) U. L. Upper lobe of IX sternum Selected Bibliography Eads, R. H. and G. C. Menzies 1949. A new flea from the pocket gopher. Journal of Parasi- tology 35 (2) ; 171-174, Ulus. Lancaster, Pennsylvania. Fox, C. 1909. A new species of Dolichopsyllus — A genus of the Siphon- aptera. Entomological News 20 (5) : 195-196, figures 1-4. Phila- delphia, Pennsylvania. Jordan, K. 1929. Notes on North American fleas. Novitates Zoologicae 35 (1) :37-38, figure 26. Tring, England. Jordan, K. 1933. A survey of the classification of the American species of Ceratophyllus s. lat. Novitates Zoologicae 39 (1) :75. Tring, England. Prince, F. M. 1945. Descriptions of three new species of Dactylopsylla Jordan and one new subspecies of Foxella Wagner, with records of other species in the genera (Siphonaptera) . Canadian Ento- mologist 77(1) : 15-20, figures 1-7. Guelph, Canada. SEAL CONTEST The contest for an official seal for the Pacific Coast Entomological Society, announced in our January issue, was won by Mrs. L. R. Gillogly, Sacramento, California. 140 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3 THE CADDISFLY GENUS ANAGAPETUS (Trichoptera : Ehyacophilidae) Herbert H. Ross Illinois Natural History Survey, Urhana, Illinois At the time of its original description, Anagapetus Ross was con- sidered a subgenus of Agapetus chiefly because it lacked any of the specialized male secondary sexual characters which typify most groups of Glossosoma, its only other relative. More recently I have been fortunate in obtaining larvae and pupae of Anagapetus, and these stages, together with a more detailed study of the adults, have shed considerable light on the phylogeny of the entire complex. The larva of Anagapetus is virtually indistinguishable from that of Agapetus, the front leg being attached near the midpoint of the lateral margin of the pronotum. The pupa is more or less inter- mediate between Agapetus and Glossosoma, the mandibles having one of the preapical teeth a little more prominent than the other, in this way suggestive of Glossosoma. The adult lacks completely the specialized conditions which mark both Agapetus and Glosso- soma; the hind wing has a full complement of veins, as in Glosso- soma, and in this respect differs from the reduced venation typical of Agapetus; the front wing lacks the callosity and realignment of veins typical of Glossosoma; the legs have simple tibial spurs and the abdomen of the male has the lateral plate on the fifth segment only slightly developed in contrast with the highly specialized condition found in Agapetus. The adult of Anagapetus has only a single transverse wart on the mesoscutellum; both Agapetus and Glossosoma have a pair of small warts on this sclerite. From this it would seem that Anagapetus is the most generalized group of the complex and represents the known existing form closest to the common ancestor of both Agapetus and Glossosoma. Glossosoma apparently diverged in one direction, developing dis- tinctive characteristics especially in the larva and in the male, and Agapetus diverged in another direction, developing distinctive wing characters in the adult with little change in the larva or pupa. It would seem from this that Anagapetus is an archaic remnant of an old phyletic stem. It is represented by only four known species distributed locally through the western montane region of North July, 1951] ROSS — ^ANAGEPETUS 141 America, from California to southern British Columbia. These four species are very .closely related which would indicate that only one small branch of the genus has yet been unearthed, and that other branches are either extinct, rare, or occur in regions of the world which have not yet been well collected. It is interesting that Glossosoma has developed into the dominant Figs. 1-4. Male genitalia of Anagapetiis, lateral aspect; fig. 4 A, posterior aspect of mesal process at base of clasper. 142 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, NO. 3 saddle-case maker of the cold and rapid streams, especially abund- ant in mountainous areas. Agapetus, on the other hand, has moved towards warmer streams and is found most abundantly in the brooks of rolling and less mountainous terrains. In contrast, Anaga- petus is relatively uncommon, and is known only from the slower small streams and brooks in the western mountains. Anagapetus Ross Agapetus subg. Anagapetus Ross, 1938, 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 21:109. Genotype by original designation : Agapetus debilis Ross. Anagapetus chandleri Ross, new species Male — Length from front of head to end of wings, 5 mm. Color very dark brown, the legs below coxae lighter brown, the wings uniformly smoky brown. General structure typical for genus. Abdo- men with a triangular projection on each side of fifth sternite, the two joined by a transverse ridge. Sixth sternite with a small mesal projection, seventh sternite with a slightly larger truncate mesal projection. Genitalia as in fig. 1. Ninth segment annular, with only scattered hairs on the side. Tenth tergite divided into a pair of lateral sclerotized lobes each with a membranous mesal area and with a toothlike ventrolateral projection. Clasper elongate, curved at base, incised for about a fifth of its length at apex to form a narrow dorsal and a wide ventral process ; dorsal edge of clasper with a few short stout spines, remainder of clasper with long slender hair except for a few longer, stouter setae at tips of apical processes and along inner margin near apex; mesal area at base of clasper produced into a narrow vertical sclerite with a slight hook at its apex. Between these is exerted the small, elliptical, simple aedeagus which bears internally a sclerotized thickening as shown in fig. 1. Female — Size, color, and general structure similar to male. Abdomen with paired lateral swellings on the fifth sternite as in male, sixth sternite with a large truncate apicomesal process, sev- enth and eighth segments simple. Holotype, male. — ^Two miles southeast of Mariposa Grove, Mariposa County, California, elevation 7,000 feet, August 27, 1946, H. P. Chandler. Allotype, female. — Same data. Both holotype and allotype de- posited on permanent loan in the collection of the California Acad- emy of Sciences. This species is readily identified by the short cleft of the clasper, the finger-like ventral processes of the tenth tergite, and the row of widely separated short spines on the dorsal margin of the clasper. July, 1951] ROSS AN4GEPETUS 143 Anagapetus hoodi Ross, new species Male — Length from front of head to tip of folded wings, 6 mm. Color very dark brown, in life appearing black, with the legs below coxae yellowish-brown. General structure typical for genus. Fifth, sixth, and seventh segments with structures and processes as described for chandleri. Genitalia as in fig. 4. Ninth segment annu- lar, its posterior margin with a lateral comb of clavate setae between bases of clasper and tenth tergite. Lobes of tenth tergite a little longer than dorsal length of ninth segment, concave beneath so that each lobe has a mesal and lateral ventral angulation at tip. Clasper sharply curved just beyond base, and beyond this point enlarged into a wide, mesally concave structure incised at apex approximately one-third its total length ; the dorsal process so formed is wide, bears usually three long setae at apex, and has a dorsal row of about 15 short, sharp spines which arise on the mesal side and project above the dorsal edge of the profile; ventral arm slender, bearing 3 or 4 long setae at tip. At base of clasper is a narrow mesal process which projects dorsad; this is not angled at tip as in chandleri but bears two or three short spurs, fig. 4A. Aedeagus short, ovoid, very simi- lar to that of chandleri. Female — Length 7 mm., color and general structure as for male. Abdominal segments simple and tubular, and indistinguishable ex- ternally from other species in the genus. Holotype, male. — North Fork of Iron Creek, Mt. Hood, Oregon, July 30, 1948, Kenneth M. Fender. Allotype, female, and one paratype, male. — Same data. All de- posited in the collection of the Illinois Natural History Survey. Anagapetus bernea Ross Anagapetus hemea Ross, 1947. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. 73:131. 5,2. To date this species is known only from Hood River County, Oregon, and Berne, Washington, both localities in the heart of the Cascade Mountains. Anagapetus debilis Ross Agapetus debilis Ross, 1938. Bull. 111. Nat. Hist. Surv. 21:108. $. Anagapetus debilis Ross. Denning, 1949. Can. Ent. 80:113. $. Originally described from Logan Canyon, Utah, additional records of this species extend its range through many areas of the Rocky Mountain ranges from Colorado to eastern Oregon, as follows: COLORADO — Green Mt. Falls: July 12, 1938, larvae; June 14, 1938, pupae, larvae; June 23, 1938, larvae; June 4, 1938, stream No. 1, pupae. West Creek: July 5, 1938, larvae, pupae. 144 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [vOL. XXVII, NO. 3 Rocky Mountain National Park: Chiquita Creek, July 27, 1938, 3 $ . UTAH — Beaver, June 26, 1942; Logan Canyon, Spring Hollow: July 17, 1938, ^ ; July 21, 1938, $ ; Timpooneke Guard Station, Wasaben National Forest: Aug. 26, 1943, S , ? ; Maple Canyon, June 1, 1939, ^ . WYOMING— Fox Park: July 4, 1938, ^ , 5 ; Wil- son: Aug. 12, 1940, Coal Creek, ^ , 5 ; Yellowstone National Park: Dunraven Pass, Mt. Washburn, Aug. 2, 1940, $ ; Specimen Creek, Station 5, Aug. 6, 1947, 6 ^ . OREGON — Durkee : Powell Creek, June 13, 1947, 5 ^ ; MONTANA — Glacier National Park, Sprague Creek, July 11, 1940, 3 S , $ 2 . In each place in which I have collected this species it has occurred in a brook-type of stream rather than a more rapid cascading moun- tain creek. In no case have I taken them in the same stream with Glossosoma; the mountain species of this latter genus occur in the larger and more rapid streams. Key to Species — Males 1. Apex of clasper only shallowly incised, lower margin not form- ing a slender finger ; each lobe of tenth tergite with a thumblike lateral projection; fig. 1 chandleri Apex of clasper with a deep incision forming an upper and a lower finger-like process; tenth tergite at most with angulate corners, never with thumblike projections; figs. 2-4 2 2. Lateral lobes of tenth tergite short and deep, fig. 3; baso-mesal process of clasper extending backward so that it is almost in- distinguishable from lateral view bernea Lateral lobes of tenth tergite longer than deep; baso-mesal pro- cess of clasper extending almost directly dorsad and easily seen from lateral view, figs. 2, 4 3 3. Dorsal arm at apex of clasper with a mesal cluster of fairly long setae, fig. 2 debilis Dorsal arm at apex of clasper with a mesal row of short spines along dorsal edge, and projecting above it, fig. 4 hoodi T 1 ir- f 1 I “I I 1 I ! 1 I I I I I ERIC M. FISHER Vol. XXVII October, 1951 No. 4 THE Pan -Pacific Entomologist Published by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society in cooperation with The California Academy of Sciences CONTENTS BAILEY — Obituary: Dudley Moulton 145 ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE— Notice of proposed suspension of the Rules in certain Cases 148 ROCKWOOD — Notes on insects associated with Lupinus polyphyllus Lindl. in the Pacific Northwest 149 HURD — The female of Pseudomethoca anthracina (Fox) 156 STROHECKER — New species of Oriental Endomychidae, with remarks on some previously known species ..157 GILLASPY — Nesting habits of Steniolia nigripes Parker 167 FLOCK — A new species of Haplaxius, with a key to Cali- fornia species 169 ARNAUD & QUATE — Note on the swarming of Brachy- myrmex sp 171 RYCKMAN & ARAKAWA — Anopheles freeborni hiber- nating in wood rats’ nests 172 LA RIVERS — New Nevada Orthoptera records for the 1949 collecting season 173 LANHAM — The modified hind wing of Euglossa 181 HULL — Some New World Xylotinae 183 FRICK — A satisfactory technique for rearing agromyzid flies from the leaf mining larval stage 187 HOTTES — A method for taking aphids in flight 190 WALZ — Rearing the greenbottle fly on dog biscuits 191 TILDEN — A note on the manner of feeding of Agula adnixa Hagen 192 Book Notices 147, 148, 180 San Francisco, California 195 1 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST EDITORIAL BOARD E. G. Linsley P. D. Hurd, Jr., H. B. Leech R. L. Usinger E. S. Ross Co-Editors E- C. Van Dyke R. C. Miller, Treasurer A. E. Michelbacher, Advertising Published quarterly In January, April, July, and October with Society Proceed- ings appearing in the January number. Papers on the systematic and biological phases of entomology are favored, Including articles up to ten printed pages on insect taxonomy, morphology, life history, and distribution. Manuscripts for publication, proof, and all editorial matters should be addressed to H. B. Leech at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco 18, Calif., or to P. D. Hurd, Jr., at 112 Agricultural Hall, University of California, Berkeley 4, Calif. All communications regarding non-receipt of numbers, changes of address, requests for sample copies, and all financial communications should be addressed to the treasurer. Dr. R. C. Miller, at the California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco 18, Calif. Domestic and foreign subscriptions, $2.50 per year in advance. Price for single copies, 75 cents. Make checks payable to "Pan-Pacific Entomologist." Announcing . . . "THE SUCKING LICE” By G. F. Ferris A 320-page book which summarizes knowledge on the Anoplura of the world. Chapters cover such subjects as History, Growth and Development, Morphology, Host Relations, Classification, Biogeog- raphy. Complete systematic treatment is given including keys, syn- nonymy and descriptions. The illustrations are in the well-known style that has earned the author his reputation as “one of the very foremost of entomological artists.” The 125 full pages of figures include morphological details, and full illustrations of the type species of each genus and of all of the species which are associated with man and domesticated animals. Price ^6.00 (Plus 21c State Sales Tax within the State of California) Send orders to : Treasurer, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco. Entered as second class matter, February 10, 1925, at the post office at San Francisco, under act of August 24, 1912. Xhe Pa n - Pacific Entomologist VOL. XXVII, No. 4 October, 1951 DUDLEY MOULTON Dudley Moulton was born on a fruit ranch near San Jose, Cali- fornia on December 29, 1878. At the age of 73 years he died at Pasadena, California, July 5, 1951. Following a period of poor health he had recently moved from his home of long-standing at Redwood City to that of his son at San Gabriel, California. His early interest was in agriculture and its problems and he majored in entomology at Stanford University. He studied under the noted Vernon Kellogg and was graduated with an A.B. in 1903. Three years later he received an M.A. from the same insti- tution. During the period 1904-1906 he was entomologist for Santa Clara County and was the first to work out the biology and control of the pear thrips, at that time a new and most serious fruit pest (Howard, 1933). His first publication was about this insect, in 1905. In the three year period which followed he was in the employ of the Bureau of Entomology, U. S. Department of Agriculture, as a Special Agent, Deciduous Fruit Investigations, studying various fruit pests in Nebraska, Missouri, Arkansas and California. In addition to his well-known publications on the pear thrips, he wrote on the California peach borer (Essig, 1931). In 1909 he described his first new species of thrips, the citrus thrips, still a well-known and important economic pest. In this same year he was appointed Deputy State Commissioner of Horticulture for California, serving in this capacity until 1915. During the greater portion of this period he was in charge of the Quarantine Division at the city and port of San Francisco. In 1915 he assumed the duties of Agricultural Commissioner for the city and county of San Francisco. As trade representative for the Sacramento Region Citizen’s Council, he spent several months in 1929 in South America developing better trade relations between California and the nations to the south. As a result of this trip the Pan-American Reciprocal Trade Conference was held in Sacramento in 1930. In July 1931, Mr. Moulton was appointed Director, Department of Agriculture, State of California, which position he held until January 1933. While in office at Sacramento he created a Division 146 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 of Entomology and Pest Control and was active in developing the Agricultural Marketing Act (Tucker, 1931). To professional entomologists, both in this country and abroad, he was known as a leading authority on the insect order Thysan- optera. As a result of his early work on the pear and citrus thrips he began collecting thrips and developed a lasting interest in their taxonomy. Following the publication of his Catalog of North Amer- ican Thysanoptera in 1911 he gained wide recognition, expanded his world- wide collection, catalog and library. From 1926 on he published steadily and his papers totaled 75 (Bailey, 1949) which include descriptions of 47 new genera and subgenera and 480 new species and varieties. His imposing collection and library, which are deposited in the Entomology Department at the California Academy of Sciences, Golden Gate Park, San Francisco, are con- tinually referred to by authorities and students of this group of insects. There are some 25,000 prepared slides, and much un- mounted material. He also helped and encouraged many contemporary and younger workers, notably F. Andre, P. R. Jones, A. C. Mason, A. C. Morgan, J. R. Preer, K. Sakimura, J. B. Steinweden, J. G. Watts, and the writer. In this respect he was most generous and hospitable in receiving fellow scientists into his home at Redwood City, making available his collection and library, and in loaning valuable speci- mens for study. His uppermost thought was to share his findings and further the scientific knowledge on Thysanoptera. His cor- respondence was world-wide and he remained in touch with ento- mologists in many coimtries by a prompt and generous exchange of specimens and personal helpful notations. His name will remain prominent in entomological literature. His writings on subjects other than thrips were as follows; 1905. Report of the County Horticultural Commissioner. Santa Clara County. First Bien. Rpt., Comm. Hort., State of Calif, for 1903-04, pp. 177-180, 1911. The California peach tree borer. Calif. Cultivator, 36:734. 1911. The California peach tree borer. U. S. Dept. Agric., Bureau Ent., Bull. 97, part IV, pp. 65-69, pis, VHI - IX. 1931. Financing perishable shipments. First Pan-Amer. Recip, Trade Conf. Monthly Bull., Dept. Agric., State of Calif. 20(9) :88-91. 1932. The California Plan: Its origin and development. Monthly Bull., Dept. Agric., State of Calif. 31(4-6) :248-254, October, 1951] DUDLEY MOULTON 147 At various times he was a member of the following societies: Sigma Xi, Pacific Coast Entomological Society, American Asso- ciation of Economic Entomologists, California Academy of Sci- ences and a Fellow in the Entomological Society of America. Mr. Moulton is survived by his wife, Maude C. Moulton, two sons, Robert C. and Kenneth C. Moulton, and two sisters, Josephine and Lina. Biographical References Bailey, S. F. 1949. An annotated bibliography of North American Tliysanop- terists: Part III. Florida Ent. 32(3) :114-131. Essig, E. O. 1931. A History of Entomology. Macmillan, New York, pp. 98, 99, 238, 240,, 886. Howard, L. O. 1933. Fighting the Insects. Macmillan, New York, pp. 159-160. Tucker, T. C. 1931. The new Director of Agriculture. Monthly Bull., Dept. Agric., State of Calif. 20(7) :418. Stanley F. Bailey, University of California, Davis BULLETIN OF ANIMAL BEHAVIOUR (Journal of the Associa- tion for the Study of Animal Behaviour). Cromwell House, Huntington, England. This journal began publication in October, 1938, and parts of Volume 1 have appeared at irregular intervals. The most recent, No. 9, March, 1951, is largely entomological. It contains transla- tions from the German of three articles by K. von Frisch: 1) Solved and unsolved problems of bee language (from Die Naturwissen- schaften, 1948, Heft 1:12-23 and Heft 2:38-43), 2) The polarisation of light from the sky as an orienting factor in the dances of the honey bee (from Experientia, 5:142-148. 1949), and 3) The sun as a compass in the life of honey bees (part of summary only, from Experentia, 6:210-221. 1950). Number 5, December, 1947, contains '‘The dances of the honey bee” by von Frisch, with a preface to the English translation by W. H. Thorpe. It is available at the above address for 2s. 6d. ; No. 9 costs 7s. 6d. — H. B. L. 148 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 ZOOLOGICAL NOMENCLATURE: NOTICE OF PROPOSED SUSPENSION OF THE RULES IN CERTAIN CASES FOR THE AVOIDANCE OF CONFUSION AND THE VALIDATION OF CURRENT NOMENCLATORIAL PRACTICE (A. (n.s.) 9) Notice is hereby given that the possible use by the International Commission on Zoological Nomenclature of its plenary powers is involved in applications relating to the under-mentioned names included in Parts 9/10 of Volume 2 of the Bulletin of Zoological Nomenclature, which will be published on 15th August, 1951: — (1) Entamoeba Casagrandi & Barhagallo, 1895, Endamoeba Leidy, 1879, and Poneramoeba Liihe, 1909 (Class Rhizopoda) (action designed to validate existing practice) (pp. 243-281) (File 185) . (2) dentatus Diesing, 1839 (as published in the binominal combina- tion Stephanurus dentatus) (Class Nematoda) (question whether this name should be preserved for the kidney worm of swine) (pp. 282-293) (File 188). (3) Eysa7'co7'is Hahn, 1834 (Class Insecta, Order Hemiptera) (pro- posed validation of existing nomenclatorial practice) (pp. 294-5) (File 212). (4) acuminata loff & Tiflov, 1946 (as published in the combination Rhadinopsylla ( Recto frontia) acuminata) (Class Insecta, Order Siphonaptera) as applied to species No. 68 (proposed elimina- tion of homonymy caused by printer’s error) (pp. 296-7) (File 386). Any specialist who may desire to comment on any of the fore- going applications is invited to do so in writing to the Secretary to the International Commission (address: 28 Park Village East, Regent’s Park, N. W. 1. England) as soon as possible. Every such comment should be clearly marked with the Commission’s File Number as given in the present Notice. THE SUCKING LICE, by G. F. Ferris. This 320-page book, the first of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society’s “Memoir Series”, was published on October 19. It will be reviewed in a later number of this journal. October, 1951] rockwood — lupine insects 149 NOTES ON INSECTS ASSOCIATED WITH LUPINUS POLYPHYLLUS LINDE. IN THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST L. P. Rockwood^ Bureau of Entomology and Plant Quarantine, Agricultural Research Administration, United States Dept, of Agriculture About thirty years ago the writer, with some assistance,^ studied the insects associated with a native lupine, Lupinus polyphyllus Lindl. (Piper and Beattie 1915). This lupine frequently occurs on the edges of wet unplowed meadows in the Tualatin Valley, a west- ern arm of the Willamette Valley in Oregon. The stems, sometimes four or five feet tall, with their long racemes of pale violet flowers and large palmate leaves are conspicuous in the plant associations in which they occur. The stems are % inch or more in diameter, thick-walled, and hollow except for a few inches of solid pith at the base. Now that the writer has the time and inclination to return to his notes on the interesting group of insects associated with this plant, this lupine has disappeared from some of the nearby places where it formerly was abundant and in other places it has been damaged by the trampling of cattle. Hence the deductions from the original observations on the habits of certain of the insects infesting it, which were doubtful in some cases, cannot now be verified. However, as no information has been published on most of the species of insects, at least five of which were not known before our material was sent to taxonomists, it seems worth while to record the original observations. The abundance of nicks in the edges of the leaflets first attracted the writer’s attention to this plant in May, 1918. It was soon noted that the nicks were caused by the feeding of a large sitona beetle, which was identified as Sitona californica Fahraeus by W. D. Pierce in 1919. Upon further investigation in May, 1919, stem maggots were found in the bases of the flower stalks and a lepidop- terous borer, which caused the large palmate leaf or the flower raceme to wilt, was present in the stems. Later other maggots were found in the stems and lepidopterous and coleopterous miners in the roots. In all, 10 species of probably injurious insects were Retired October 31, 1948. “Mrs. S. K. Zimmerman {nse Keen) and Max M. Eeeher. 150 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 noted on this host plant. In addition, a small, black sphecoid wasp and a leaf-cutting bee with its nearly-related inquiline were found utilizing the large stems as nesting places, after the stems had been damaged by other insects. LEPIDOPTERA Papaipema pertincta Dyar Of the Lepidoptera the most interesting species was a stem borer that Dyar (1920) described as Papaipema pertincta from moths • that had been reared from this host plant. The first indication that larvae of this species were at work was the wilting of the large leaves or the flower stalks in May. When the stems were split, the small larvae, probably then only in their first or second instar, were dis- covered actively feeding up and down inside the hollow stems, eating into the side walls as they went, even up close to the tip of the flower stalks. In spite of their small size, the larvae seriously affected the circulation in the large stems, causing them to wilt. At this time the larva was a very active semi-looper, Van Dyke- brown with conspicuous whitish dorsal and subdorsal lines on the last two thoracic and last five abdominal segments, with the dorsal line only faintly indicated on the intervening segments. The thor- acic shield and head were shining straw-color with a Van Dyke- brown streak on the sides of the face prolonged onto the thoracic shield. As the larvae continued to work, the stems of the plant often broke off at points weakened by their feeding. By July the larvae were full-grown and were located in the stalk at the crown. This part of the stalk was originally solid pith but had been eaten out to form a pupation chamber. In each case a hole for emergence of the moth had been eaten in the stem well above the pupation chamber and about an inch above the surface of the ground. Frass had been expelled through this hole. On August 7, 1924, a prepupal larva was described as follows : 36 mm. long by 6 mm. wide, dully shining, dirty white, without lines; head chestnut brown, thoracic shield auburn with black lateral margins, the median pale line faint; setae black on dark brown spots, spot around seta I, on abdomen, about three times as large as that around II except on abdominal segment 8 where both are transverse and subequal, the transverse oval spots around setae I and II cover most of the dorsum on abdominal 9, spot around seta III about like the one around II, that around IID small October, 1951] rockwood — lupine insects 151 but distinct, the one around IV larger than the one around I, those around setae V and VI large, subequal, but paler; anal shield raw umber; tarsi almost black; proleg plates large but pale; claws black; spiracles black. Pupation occurred in early August and the moths emerged in September. This species was parasitized in the early stages by an undetermined species of Sagarites and in the later stages by the braconid Microplitis gortynae Riley (determined by C. F. W. Muese- beck in 1922), the gregarious larvae of which emerged from the prepupal larva and spun their cocoons in the pupation chamber. Hystricophora paradisial Heinrich Another lepidopteron was a miner in the roots. This species did not come to our attention until we had dug up and caged the crowns and part of the roots of several of the plants to obtain pupae of the stem borer. Considerable numbers of pupae were found the following spring projecting from mines in the roots. A few of these root borers, in the larval stage, were later found in roots of the older plants. Pupal cases, with one end stuck in the ground and standing upright but empty, were found around the plants in the field. In the laboratory, moths emerged in May of the year follow- ing collection. Upon examination of the root crowns from which they had issued, it was found that very little sound plant tissue was left. The pupal chambers had been formed just under the surface of the root and were lined with white silk. An exit hole had been formed, through which the pupa had forced its way before the moth emerged. This species was determined by Carl Heinrich in 1922 as Hystricophora paradisiac, and was described by him (Heinrich, 1923) from specimens taken in Paradise Valley on Mt. Rainier in Washington. COLEOPTERA SiTONA CALIFORNICA Fahraeus The coleopteron Sitona calif ornica was usually rather abundant wherever this lupine occurred. The typical feeding notches of the adults on the edges of the leaflets were often so numerous as to give the leaflets the appearance of being irregularly dentate. Copulation and oviposition were observed in May. The eggs were often laid on the stems near the ground. The short-oval (nearly round) eggs are white at first but turn black if fertile (like those of all other sitonas known). The larvae feed on the large nodules on the roots. 152 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 These nodules are much larger than those on other leguminous plants, and this species of Sitona is larger than any other found in the region. The larvae reach maturity in July and pupate near the surface of the ground. The adults probably emerge in July. Anoplodera instabilis Haldeman Occasionally coleopterous laiA^ae were found in mines in the roots in July and August. These larvae were recognized as cerambycids, but the species was not reared until May 30, 1928, when adults emerged from roots collected in August, 1927. The adults were de- termined as Anoplodera instabilis by W. S. Fisher in 1930. Apion sp. An undetermined species of Apion was observed on the flowers of the lupine in May and June. DIPTERA Eremomyia sp. Some of the most interesting insects associated with this plant were Diptera. In May, 1919, a few maggots were found in the bases of the flower stalks near the ground level where the stem was solid pith. These maggots pupated on May 15 and two flies emerged on June 13. One of the flies was sent to Washington and the other was given to Frank R. Cole who in turn sent it to J. R. Malloch along with a specimen that he had obtained by sweeping. J. M. Aldrich determined the specimen sent to Washington as Eremomyia in 1920. It is not known whether Malloch, who was working on the genus at that time, described the species. Phytomyza albiceps Meigan On July 8, 1919, several small puparia were collected in debris inside the hollow part of the stems where papaipema larvae had also worked. On July 5, 1920, both larvae and puparia were ob- served and it was noted that the larvae had worked from the solid pithy core of the stem near the crown up the inside of the hollow stems, in the side walls, for two or three inches, causing a rusty color in the affected plant tissues. Flies emerged in March and April from material that had been kept over winter in the laboratory. These flies were determined as Phytomyza albiceps by J. M. Aid- rich in 1921. October, 1951] rockwood-— lupine insects 153 Chyliza leguminicola Melander On July 8, 1919, crowns and lower parts of the stems containing puparia were collected. These puparia were firmly held in the tissues of the crown, which the larvae had apparently mined. Adults emerged in March of the following year. The flies were swept from the host plants in April. Melander (1920) described this species from the writer’s material as Chyliza leguminicola. In July, 1921, Miss Keen noted the larvae working in the base of the stems and in the crowns. In August, 1921, the writer collected infested crowns from which 39 individuals of this species and 49 specimens of another species emerged the following spring. On August 7, 1924, it was noted that the chyliza larvae worked in the crown of the lupine where the stem was originally solid. When full-grown and ready to pupate, they often mined downward into the root. The flies rarely attempted to fly when emerging in the laboratory but were quick to jump, like some chalcids. Lonchaea hirtithorax Aldrich On August 19, 1921, large numbers of maggots were found in a writhing mass where the stem of the lupine joined the crown, a part that is solid in undamaged plants. These larvae were thought to be Chyliza sp., but they were found to be of another species. In all, 49 specimens were reared. The species was described as Lon- chaea hirtithorax by Aldrich (1925). On August 7, 1924, the lonchaea larvae were observed feeding in the thick walls of the lupine stems, near the crown but in the hollow part. They were not so abundant as they had been in 1921. By the time this species was feeding actively, the host plant had matured its seed and was on the decline. This species was still in the larval stage in August when chyliza larvae had pupated. Lycoria sp. In May, 1922, Lycoria of an undetermined species were reared in considerable numbers from the roots and crowns that had been collected the previous summer. HEMIPTERA Macrosiphum albifrons Essig The aphid Macrosiphum albifrons Essig has also been found on this lupine. 154 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 HYMENOPTERA SOLIERELLA SIMILIS (Blidwell) On August 17, 1920, a few nests of a sphecoid wasp were found in the flower stalks that had been broken off, part way down from the top, where they had been weakened by the feeding of papaipema larvae. One of these nests was in a stalk that had been broken near the crown, where it had been weakened by stem maggots, and was lying almost recumbent. In this case the wasp must have had to reverse its usual habit of forming its cells from the bottom up. The brood chambers were usually three to four in number and filled with three to six paralyzed but still living early stage grass- hoppers of the genus Melanoplus, packed around with pellets of earth. The flimsy partitions between the cells, and the filling above the last cell, were formed of chaff, grass and weed seeds, small pieces of twigs, bird and insect excreta, and even a few very small berries. In one nest all the grasshoppers had been consumed and all the wasp larvae were in cocoons coated with fine dirt from the earth pellets. In another nest the two lowest chambers contained cocoons, the next higher chamber had a well-grown larva consuming one of the last grasshoppers, and the chamber nearest the top contained four grasshoppers with a small larva attached to one of them. On August 24, 1920, two nests were discovered in lupine stems in a different locality from that of August 17. One of these nests was similar to those previously found and contained only cocoons, but the other was constructed differently, with only two large brood chambers, which contained more vegetable debris than earth pellets and 31 grasshoppers with only two well-grown larvae. The latter nest may have belonged to another species of wasp. On August 19, 1921, Miss Keen found several of these nests in the lupine stems. All the wasp larvae were in cocoons and the pro- visions of grasshoppers had been consumed. Wasps that emerged from this material on June 28, 1922, were determined by S. A. Rohwer as Silaon n. sp. in 1922 and in 1924. These specimens are now in the U. S. National Museum under the name of Solierella similis (Bridwell), having been so identified by Francis X. Wil- liams.® A few parasites were also reared from cocoons of this wasp and were determined as Tetrastichus n. sp. by A. B. Gahan in 1923. ^Letter from C. F. W. Muesebeck, dated August 1&, 1949. October, 1951] rockwood — lupine insects 155 On August 7, 1924, the writer found a nest that measured 13 inches over all and had 10 cells. The five lowest cells contained cocoons and the next three contained larvae. In the last cells there were 8 grasshoppers in one and 6 in the other, but no wasp larvae or eggs. These two cells were close together, with only a thin layer of trash between them and between the lower of the two and the next cell. The top end of the nest was filled with lumps of earth and other debris, dropped in haphazardly. The grasshoppers showed slight reflex movements when pressed on the sternal plates. Evi- dently these wasps began work early in July soon after emergence from the cocoons in which they had overwintered. At that time the grasshoppers would still be rather small in the wet places where the lupine grows as they hatch later in that area than elsewhere. The grasshoppers in the nests, probably Melanoplus femur-rubrum Degeer, were in the early nymphal stages. Megachile brevis Say, and Coelioxys sp. near moesta Cresson On August 7, 1924, the writer found a nest of a leaf -cutting bee in a hollow stem that had about one-third of the top broken off, probably because of damage by the Papaipema stem borer. This nest was 2% inches long and contained five cells. The partitions between the cells were made of three green leaves on top of each other with two pieces of rose petal, laid very closely together, as a cap to the cell below. The completed nest was about one inch below the opening of the hollow stem, and the stem above the last cell was filled with pieces of green leaves dropped in haphazardly. Another similar nest in the course of construction was observed. The last cell was formed of rose petals, still bright, and was open at the end and empty. Two completed cells below contained “bee bread” and one egg each. The eggs were attached to the side of the cell a few millimeters above the food. A newly hatched larva was seen but it was met and killed by a larger larva with large strong jaws, which had worked up through the “bee bread” in the bottom of the cell. In July of the following year, five bees of two species emerged from the undamaged nest. In 1927 Miss Grace Sandhouse determined one of these as Megachile brevis Say and the other four as Coelioxys sp. near moesta Cress. The latter species is an inquiline, and the larva with strong jaws noted above was probably this insect. An intensive study of Lupinus polyphyllus would doubtless reveal other insects closely associated with it. The notes given in 156 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 this paper indicate that ecological studies of the insects associated with plants native to the Pacific Northwest would increase our knowledge of the insects of that region, some of which might even- tually be of considerable importance to economic or ornamental plants. Literature Cited Aldrich, J. M. 1925. New Diptera or two-winged flies in the United States National Museum. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus. 66(18) :l-36 (see pp. 8-9). Dyar, H. G. 1920. A new noctuid from Oregon. (Lepidoptera, Noctuidae, Acronyctinae) . Insecutor Inscitiae Menstruus. 8(7-9) :146. Heinrich, Carl 1923. Revision of the North American moths of the Subfamily Eucosminae of the Family Olethreutidae. U. S. Natl. Mus. Bui. 123, pp. 255-256. Melander, a. L. 1920. Synopsis of the dipterous family Psilidae. Psyche 27(5) : 89-101 (see p. 99). Piper, Charles V. and R. K. Beattie 1915. Flora of the Northwest Coast, p. 215. THE FEMALE OF PSEUDOMETHOCA ANTHRACINA (FOX) (Hymenoptera: Mutillidae) Evidence has been obtained to substantiate Mickel’s contention^ that Pseudomethoca harpalyce (Fox) ^ is the female of P. anihracina (Fox)®. An analysis of the distributional patterns of the California Pseudomethoca fauna has revealed that those of anthracina and harpalyce are virtually superimposable. In the fall of 1947 at Anti- och, California, a freshly emerged female {harpalyce) was caged and within a short time a male {anthracina) was actively attempting to enter the cage. On September 8, 1948, at the same locality, the sexes in question were observed and taken in copulo. In view of the above evidence, Mutilla Y— Pseudomethoca^ harpalyce Fox is re- garded as a synonym of Sphaerophthalma l=Pseudomethoca] anthracina Fox. — ^Paul D. Hurd, Jr. ^Proc. U. S. Nat. Museum, 1924, vol, 6M, p. 21. -Trans. Amer. Ent. Soo., 1899, vol. 26, p. 227. ®Ent. News, 1892, vol. 3, p. 172. October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae 157 NEW SPECIES OF ORIENTAL ENDOMYCHIDAE, WITH REMARKS ON SOME PREVIOUSLY KNOWN SPECIES (Coleoptera: Endomychidae) H. F. Strohecker University of Miami, Florida Through the kindness of E. C. Van Dyke and H. B. Leech I have recently been able to study many specimens of Endomychidae in the collection of the California Academy of Sciences. Most of these are from the Orient; of unusual interest are examples col- lected in Formosa, Hainan and southern China, many of them from the J. L. Gressitt collection. Mycetina MARGiNALis (Gebler) Lycoperdina marginalis Gebler, 1830, Cat. Coleopt. Siberiae Occid. Th. 2. Mycetina obliqu&signata Gorham, 1873, Endomycici Recitati, p. 44. Engonius konumaensis Ohta, 1931, Jour. Faculty Agric. Sapporo, 30, p. 220. Phaeomychus konumaensis Chujo, 1938, Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. For- mosa, 28, p. 394. Ohta (1931:220) did not properly recognize the genus Engon- ius; the three species referred to it by him belong to other genera. As Chujo has pointed out (1938:398), Engonius taitoensis and E. haibaranus of Ohta are the two sexes of Eumorphus quadrigut- tatus formosanus Pic, which occurs also on Hainan. E. konumaen- sis Ohta was referred to Phaeomychus by Chujo (1938:394), a justified move. But the generic name Phaeomychus Gorham is not available here since its type, Endomychus rufipennis Motschulsky, is a species of Mycetina. In 1830 Gebler described Lycoperdina marginalis from Siberia and the species has not been recognized since. In my collection there are four specimens labeled “Sutschan, Ussuri”, and I have seen one other from Transbaikal. It seems certain that the above synonymy is applicable. Engonius mushanus (Ohta) In the California Academy collection is a specimen taken at Wong Sa Shui, S. Kiangsi, S. China, by J. L. Gressitt, which agrees exactly with Ohta’s description and figure of Brachytrycherus 158 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 mushanus. The specimen is, however, an Engonius. On the basis of Ohta’s diagnosis I had already placed mushanus under Engonius in Fig. 1. Amphisternus astarte, elytron. Fig. 2, Meilichius eroty~ loides. Fig. 3a. Saula longior, club of antenna. Fig. 3b. S, longwr, aedeagus. Fig. 4a, Dana& chineTisis, club of antenna. Fig. 4b. D. chinensis, aedaegus. Fig. 5. Meilichius pachycerus, antenna. October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae 159 my private catalogue and this seems vindicated. The subgeneric name Ohtaius Chujo falls as a synonym of Engonius. Parindalmus tonkineus Achard Three other specimens of unusual interest to me were collected at Tai Au Hong, S. Kiangsi, S. China, by Gressitt. They agree per- fectly with Achard’s description (1922:29) of Parindalmus ton- kineus. Arrow (1928:351) expressed the opinion that Achard’s Parindalmus was the same as Pedanus Gerstaecker, and the three specimens now at hand corroborate his judgment. However, since Schoenherr used the generic name Pedanus in the Curculionidae in 1823 it appears that Parindalmus Achard must be used for the species formerly referred to Pedanus Gerstaecker. Amphisternus astarte Strohecker, new species Black, the elytra with subcupreous reflections and each with a broad, recurved humeral spine and five reddish-yellow callosities. Of these the most anterior is rounded and near the scutellum; the next two are subtriangular in outline and are situated in a trans- verse line before the middle ; the remaining two callosities occupy a transverse line on the last third of the elytron. Length 10 mm. Head coarsely and thickly punctured, with an impression near each antennal base. Antennae slender, third segment almost as long as fourth and fifth combined; club moderately broad, compact, strongly flattened. Pronotum transverse, its front angles much thickened, extended beyond the eyes and acutely rounded; hind angles slightly acute, hardly produced. Disc of pronotum finely, sparsely punctured, with a feeble median longitudinal groove and two shallow impressions on each side. Basal foveae short and deep, basal transverse sulcus deep. Elytra as described above, rather coarsely and closely punctured at base, more finely toward apex. Pro- sternum broad, its intercoxal process, deeply forked. Mesosternum strongly transverse. Abdominal sternites coarsely and thickly punc- tured except the smooth posterior edge of each. Femora clavate, tibiae simple. Holotype: Female, Bukai, Formosa, VI-14-32, L. Gressitt (Calif. Acad. Sciences) . The holotype is the only specimen I have seen. This is a very distinctive species, distinguishable from all others described by its recurved humeral spines with absence of other elytral spines or verruculae. Ancylopus concolor Strohecker, new species Head, legs and antennae black, pronotum, elytra and undersur- face reddish-brown, the sides of metasternum and abdomen infus- cate. Length 6.5 mm. 160 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 The head is coarsely and closely punctured, eyes prominent and coarsely granulate. Antennae with third segment almost twice length of fourth ; club loose-jointed, narrow, not much flattened. Pronotum transverse, broadest at mid-length, slightly narrowed to the pro- duced and acutely rounded front angles and to the hind angles, which are approximately right-angled. Lateral sulci linear, not reaching to middle of disc; basal transverse sulcus deep, extended laterally to hind angles. Disc sparsely punctate, with several large, puncti- form foveae on each side of middle. Elytra coarsely and rather closely punctured. Prosternum short and very narrow, the front coxae contiguous. Mesosternum narrow, middle coxae approximate. Fifth abdominal sternite broadly rounded at apex and minutely v-excised at middle of hind margin. Front tibia incurved and en- larged at apex, with row of minute tubercles on inner face. Middle tibia incurved and enlarged near apex. Hind tibia straight, some- what enlarged at tip and with a dense brush of setae at its inner apical angle. The structure of the tibiae and fifth abdominal sternite suggest that the specimen is a male. Dissection failed, however, to yield an aedeagus. Possibly this organ was extruded, and was broken off after drying. Holotype: Sex? Tai Au Hong, S. Kiangsi, S. China, VII-7-36, J. L. Gressitt (Calif. Acad. Sciences) . Apparently the only names hitherto correctly referable to Ancy- lopus are melanocephalus Olivier and its synonyms and color vari- eties. The other species placed by their describers in Ancylopus are better relegated to Indalmus on the basis of mesosternal structure. In Ancylopus the mesosternum is strongly narrowed between the middle coxae, while in Indalmus it is about parallel. Ancylopus melanocephalus has the elytra extensively marked with black; in the male the front tibia is strongly toothed; in the female the pro- notum has an arcuate, transverse groove at mid-length. Mycetina minor Strohecker, new species A small species of the hrevicollis group but recognizable by its somewhat elongate, subparallel form. Entirely castaneous except the antennae and eyes, strongly shining. Antennae stout, segment 2 very small and globose, 3 a little longer than broad, 4 and 5 about quadrate, the remainder transverse. The antenna has no distinct club but is gradually broadened from the third segment outward. Segments 1 and 11 clear ferruginous, 2 to 5 dusky, 6 to 10 black. Length 3.2 mm. Pronotum brilliant, its disc not perceptibly punctured. Basal foveae narrowly triangular, prolonged to middle of disc. Basal October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae 161 transverse sulcus broadly excavated, leaving a basal marginal area of considerable width. Elytra at base subequal in width to pronotum, their umbones moderately prominent and concolorous with the disc. From their base the elytra are slightly widened to about their mid- length, thence gradually narrowed and evenly rounded at tip. Disc of elytra finely, sparsely punctured, the punctures thicker near the suture. Represented only by the holotype. Holotype: Sex? Tondano,N. Celebes, IV-1-32, van Braekel (Calif. Acad. Sciences). The most closely related species are M. brevicollis Gorham and M. glohosa Arrow of Borneo. Both these species have the elytra short and subglobose, with the umbones very prominent and of yellow color. Encymon valgus Strohecker, new species Head and pronotum dark red, almost black, shining. Elytra long- oval, deep indigo in color, moderately convex (for the genus) , a little flattened above and with moderately broad side margins. Length 7 mm. Since the species of Encymon are so similar in their general structure it seems futile to do more than note the features, par- ticularly those of the male, characteristic of the present species. In its overall appearance this insect resembles E. immaculatus (Montruzier) but the front angles of the pronotum are less pro- duced and the elytra less convex and more broadly margined than in immaculatus. In the holotype male of valgus the front tibia is simple, the middle tibia strongly incurved near its apex and with a row of small tubercles on its inner face, the hind tibia undulate. Encymon violaceus Gerstaecker shows similar tibial modifications but is easily identified by its finely muricate, opaque pronotum and highly convex elytra. Holotype: Male. Balbalan, Luzon, Philippine Islands (auth- or’s collection) . Allotype: Female. Data as for type and wholly similar in appear- ance except the tibiae are all simple. Three additional females appear to belong to this species and are designated paratypes. One is labeled “Montalban, Luzon”, another “Subuagrn, Luzon” and the third “Philippinen, Luzon”. Encymon truncaticollis Strohecker, new species Head and pronotum red, elytra deep violet, oval and moderately convex, a little flattened above and with the sutural border de- pressed. Pronotum with front angles very short and obtusely rounded. Length 7 mm. 162 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 Head between the eyes with twO' rounded impressions. Pronotum distinctive, its front angles much rounded and not produced, its anterior margin strongly sinuate. Hind angles right. Disc of pro- notum abruptly convex toward middle and with a fovea on each side in front of middle; lateral sulci long, linear; basal transverse sulcus deep. Elytra as described, their side margins moderately broad. Front tibia simple, middle tibia a little incurved toward tip, hind tibia weakly undulate. Holotype: Male. Mt. Makiling, Laguna, Philippine Islands, XI-1-32, F. C. Hadden (Calif. Acad. Sciences) . A single female specimen collected by Hadden on Mt. Makiling (VI-29-31) may be of this species but the pronotum has the front angles decidedly acute although little produced, and the hind angles are acute. The disc of the pronotum is evenly and slightly convex as is usual in the genus. The elytra conform closely to the description given for the holotype. An imperfect male specimen in my collection from Balbalan, Luzon, Philippine Islands, is desig- nated a paratype. Encymon violaceus cupreatus Mader In my collection are four specimens from the type locality, Banguey Island. These specimens came from the Staudinger col- lection and are undoubtedly part of the original material from which came the type series of Mader. I feel confident in saying that cupreatus Mader is merely the teneral phase of violaceus Gerst. Danae chinensis Strohecker, new species Very similar to Dame denticornis (Gorham) but notably larger. Head, antennae, pronotum, legs and under surface of prothorax black; elytra and abdominal sternites ferruginous. Entirely clothed with a fine, fairly dense, recumbent pubescence. Length 4.25 mm. Head deeply sunken in the prothorax, the eyes partly hidden. Antennae with segment 9 much thicker and broader than 10 or 11 and internally acute at apex; segment 10 small, its outline almost a right triangle; 11 somewhat reniform, twice as long as broad. Pronotum broadest before middle, abruptly rounded to the very obtuse front angles, narrowing posteriorly but expanding slightly to the feebly acute hind angles. Basal foveae short, deep and oblique; basal transverse sulcus fine and shallow. Elytra long-oval and sub- parallel. The tibiae are all straight and otherwise unmodified. Holotype: Male. Hong San, S. E. Kiangsi, China, L. Gressitt (CaKf. Acad. Sciences). Another male with the same data as that of the holotype is designated a paratype and is in the author’s collection. October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae 163 Fig. 6a. Encymon truncaticollis, pronotum. Fig. 61). E. trun- caticollis, aedeagus. Fig. 7. Encymon valgus, aedeagus. Fig. 8a. Scbula luzonica, antenna. Fig. 8b. S. luzonica, front tibia of male. Fig. 9a. Saula dentipes, club of antenna. Fig. 9b. 5. dentipes, front tibia of male. Fig. 10a. Saula longidava, club of antenna. Fig. 10b. S. longidava, front tibia of male. 164 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 The male of this species may he distinguished from the same sex of denticornis by the absence of an internal tooth on the ninth antennal segment. Identification of females may be more difficult. I have associated no females with the males described. The Academy collection contains two males of denticornis from Hainan and four females from Kwantung and Fukien Provinces, which I have also referred to denticornis. Saula longior Strohecker, new species Among the known species of Saula the present one is unusual in its elongate form and long antennae, in which features it resem- bles S', filicornis Arrow of the Philippines. Even the aedeagi of the two species do not offer differences of major order. The legs in longior are of the same tawny color as the rest of the insect while in filicornis the legs are usually mostly black. I have, however, specimens of filicornis from Mindoro and Masbate which have the legs entirely tawny. Perhaps the best feature separating the two species is the shape of the last antennal segment. In filicornis it is somewhat less than twice as long as broad and subtruncate at apex, thus presenting a narrowly triangular outline. In longior it is twice or more as long as broad and the apex is rounded. Other male features in which the two species resemble each other are the slightly curved front tibia and the roundly excised fifth and sixth abdominal sternites. The sixth sternite is greatly reflexed on each side, embrac- ing the pygydium, which is vertical. While the males of some other species of Saula have the pygydium so exposed none of those de- scribed show the great degree of reflexion of the sixth seen in longior and filicornis. Length 4 mm. Holotype: Male. Mothronwala, Dehra Dun, U. P. [India], IX-I6-32, B.D. Saklani (Calif. Acad. Sciences). Saula dentipes Strohecker, new species Small, with the pronotum and elytra more convex than is usual in the genus. Ferruginous except the eyes, distal seven or eight antennal segments, tibiae and extremities of femora, which are black. Clothed with a sparse, tawny, semi-erect pubescence. Length 3 mm. Antennae stout but fairly long; segment 2 a little longer than broad; 3 slender; 2 to 7 subequal in length but increasing in breadth from 4 outward ; 8 a little shorter than 7 and subglobose ; 9 and 10 very similar in size and shape, each about as broad as long; 11 widely blade-shaped, equal in length to 9 and 10 combined. Pronotum a little more than half again as broad as long, front angles short and obtuse, hind angles right. Sides of pronotum parallel behind, widest October, 1951] strohecker — endomychidae 165 in front of middle. Elytra notably broader at base than pronotum, a little widened to about mid-length, thence tapering and somewhat attenuate behind; umbones not prominent. Front trochanters subtriangularly elevated; front tibia with a small tubercle on its inner face before mid-length. The tubercle bears a dense tuft of hairs, appearing as an acute tooth. The type is unique. Holotype: Male. Cabugao, N. Luzon, Phillipine Islands ( author’s coll. ) . Saula luzonica Strohecker, new species Very similar to the preceding species in form and coloration but distinguishable on the basis of antennal structure and tibial char- acters of the male. Antennae with segment 1 massive, a little longer than broad; 2 much thinner than 1, a little longer than broad ; 3 equal in breadth to 2 but longer; 4 and '6 subequal to segment 2 in breadth and length; 5 and 7 each equal in length to 6 but distinctly broader; 8 subglobose; 9 as broad as long; 10 approximately equal to 9; 11 ovoid, broader than 10 and about as long as 9 and 10 together. Front tibia incurved and enlarged at apex; front trochanters normal; middle tibia feebly curved; hind tibia straight. Holotype: Male. Manila, Philippines (author’s coll.). Allo- type: Female. Manila, Luzon, P. 1. (author’s coll.). Differs from the holotype only in the tibiae, which are all straight and otherwise unmodified. The following specimens are designated paratypes: Four males and two females from Manila; one male and one female from Cabugao, Luzon; one male and one female from Los Banos, Luzon; one female from Montalban, Luzon ; one female from Mt. Makiling. A male from Polillo and a female from Mt. Banahao, Luzon, are very similar but seem to present some small structural differences. Saula longiclava Strohecker, new species A small insect generally similar in appearance to the two pre- ceding but more highly convex and with the umbones of elytra more prominent. Dark red-brown, shining, clothed with a sparse pubescence. Tibiae black. Length 3.5 mm. The stalk segments of the antennae resemble those of the two pre- ceding species but the club presents adequate differences for iden- tification. The first club segment is considerably longer than broad ; the second is about equal in length to the first but broader; the last is elongate-oval, longer than the first two combined. The front tibia is flattened on its inner face at middle, beyond this point grad- ually incurved. 166 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 Holotype: Male. Dapa, Surigao, Philippine Islands, (author’s coll.). Allotype: Female; data as for type. The above description applies to the allotype except that its front tibia is straight. I have seen no other material. Meilichius pachycems Strohecker, new species Short-oval in outline, highly convex; ferruginous with metallic sheen, lateral areas of pronotum and elytral umbones yellowish, meso- and metasterna infuscate. Antennae stout, segments 1 to 5 ferruginous, 6 infuscate at apex, 7 to 10 black, 11 black with its apical half yellow. Length 3.8 mm. Antennae stout, about half as long as the body, gradually increas- ing in thickness from base to apex; segments 3 to 6 a little longer than broad; 7 and 8 quadrate; 9 to 11 each considerably longer than broad, their combined length equal to that of the preceding seven together. Pronotum with its front angles produced and acute, its sides lightly curved and gradually divergent to the approximately right hind angles, its posterior margin feebly tri-sinuate. Basal foveae minute, shallow, triangular; transverse sulcus represented by a fine groove on each side of base. Disc of pronotum finely and sparsely punctured. Elytra normally convex for the genus, its umbones rather prominent, its disc coarsely and sparsely punctured. Holotype: Sex? Mjoberg Coll., no locality label but very prob- ably Borneo (Calif. Acad. Sciences). Three other specimens with identical data are designated para- types. A damaged specimen labeled Kalabit Co., Borneo (Mjoberg Collection, Calif. Acad. Sciences) has also been studied. Most closely related to the Bornean species M. hrevicolUs and apicornis Arrow, but differs notably in the stout structure of the antennae. Meilichius erotyloides Strohecker, new species A bizarre form which looks at first glance like an erotylid but its structure is definitely endomychid. It might be referred to Bol- bomorphus but the mesosternum is almost linearly transverse as in Meilichius. Head and antennae black, the latter short and stout with seg- ment 3 a little longer than broad, 2 and 4 to 6 quadrate, 7 and 8 transverse; club abruptly formed, its first segment about as long as broad, its second transverse, and the last very little longer than broad with its apex oblique. Pronotum deep red, its surface almost flat, irregularly punctured and with a small smooth spot on each side at base ; front angles short and acute ; front margin arcuately excised for reception of the head; hind angles slightly acute; basal October, 1951] gillaspy — steniolia nigripes 167 foveae minute. Elytra long oval, somewhat produced and sub-acumi- nate at apex, sparsely punctured ; black, each with two large yellow marks, anterior of these encloses the humerus, leaving a circular area on the umbone black; inner margin tri-dentate. The posterior yellow marking is pre-apical and it conforms in shape to the elytron, tapering apically. In its center is a rounded black spot and it emits two rays from its anterior margin. The prosternum is very broad, deeply but not thickly punctured. Mesosternum very short, almost linearly transverse. Metasternum coarsely and sparsely punctured. Legs short and stout. Length 4.5 mm. Holotype: Sex? Ta Han, Hainan, VI-24-35, L. Gressitt (Calif. Acad. Sciences). References Cited Aghaed, J. 1922. Description de nouveaux Endomychides. Fragments En- tomologiques, pp. 28-30. Arrow, G. J. 1928. Coleopteres Erotylides et endomychides de L’Indochine Francaise. Faune des Colonies Francaises, 2:329-357. Chujo, M. 1938. Some additions and revisions to the Japanese Endomy- chidae. Trans. Nat. Hist. Soc. Formosa, 28:394-406. Gebler, F. 1830. (as quoted in Gerstaecker, 1858, p. 219) Gerstaecker,, a. 1858. Entomographien I. Monographie der Endomychiden. Wil- helm Engelmann, Leipzig, xiv+433 pp., 3 pis. Madeb, L. 1936. Neue Coleopteren und Notizen. Entom. Rundschau, 54:63. Ohta, Y. 1931. Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Endomychiden Japans. Jour. Faculty Agric. Sapporo, Hokkaido Imp. Univ., 30:205-242. NESTING HABITS OF STENIOLIA NIGRIPES PARKER (Hymenoptera : Sphecidae) James E. Gillaspy University of California, Berkeley In the late forenoon of April 25, 1949, the author found a colony of the bembicine wasp, Steniolia nigripes Parker, nesting in a small rocky valley at Yaqui Well, Borego Desert, San Diego County, 168 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 California. Since there are no published accounts of the nesting habits or prey utilized by this or any other species of Steniolia, observations which were made at the time may prove of interest. The nesting site was a level patch of bare soil among the rocks of the side and approximately ten feet above the floor of the narrow valley. The soil was compact but somewhat friable, composed of a coarse, granitic sand with a powdery base. When the site was first located four female wasps were actively digging. Males were seen to visit the area occasionally, but no matings were observed. A bombyliid fly, Lepidanthrax sp.^ was flying about six inches behind one of the females as she returned to her nest, and alighted on the ground about four inches from the nest entrance when the wasp entered. The wasp was making frequent short flights between per- iods of digging, and so persistent was the fly in following that she was easily captured in an insect net, along with the wasp, by swing- ing at the wasp in flight. The wasp was released and returned in five minutes or so, approaching her nest several times before finally entering and resuming excavation. Nest openings, perhaps made in large part by emerging wasps, were scattered over a circular area some seven or eight feet in diameter. Toward the center, an area nineteen inches wide by twenty-nine inches long was excavated to a depth of not less than eighteen inches. Forty-one empty cocoons and one containing a live wasp were removed. The average depth of the cocoons was 3% inches, with a range between 2% and 4^ inches. Entrance tunnels were typically short and unbranched, slanting directly to the level of the cocoon, then turned to the horizontal and almost immediately expanded into an oval cell. There was also a tendency for them to deviate around rocks, and to join or ramify, possibly caused by an annual accumulation of tunnels and cells. Three cocoons were found together in an enlarged chamber beneath a buried rock, and may have been from the same or from different years. A single bombyliid, Aphoebantus Phirsutus Coq. was encoun- tered during excavation, and had probably been stored as prey, since two others, Aphoebantus hirsutus Coq. and Aphoebantus sp., near tardus Coq. were taken from wasps which returned after excavation of the site had begun. ^AIl Diptera kindly determined by Dr. F. R. Cole. October, 1951] flock — species of haplaxius 169 A NEW SPECIES OF HAPLAXIUS, WITH A KEY TO CALIFORNIA SPECIES (Homoptera: Cixiidae) R. A. Flock University of California Citrus Experiment Station, Riverside The genus Haplaxius was erected by Fowler (1904) for two Mexican species. Later, Caldwell (1946) pointed out that this name should also be applied to the species which had been included in the genus Myndus Stal in American literature. Caldwell includes 28 species in the genus, two of which were described from Cali- fornia. A third California species is described in this paper. It is one of the most distinctively marked species of the genus. Haplaxius gabrielensis Flock, new species Similar to mojavensis (Ball) , but with basal and subbasal bands on the elytra, and lateral margins of frons more broadly expanded. Female: Vertex slender, narrower at apex than at base. Frons 2.6 times as wide at apex as at base (0.19 : 0.50 mm.), wider than long (0.62 : 0.59 mm.), with a slight median carina. Pronotum two-thirds as long as eyes, and deeply, angularly emarginate posteriorly. Elytral nervures heavily setigerous ; the cubitus forking far back, forming a cell only twice as long as broad; stigma cell almost semicircular. Color, dark above and paler below. Vertex dark. Frons brownish with indication of black inside the base of the lateral carinae. Clypeus with disc brown, darker on sides. Pronotum pale with dark-brown areas behind the eyes. Mesonotum pale posteriorly, with a small dark area outside the carinae, and a large dark area on anterior half between the carinae. Elytra light, with basal dark band extend- ing to apex of mesonotum, subapical dark band within basal third of elytra, apical third dark except for five transparent areas extending basally along some of the veins ; part of apical veins white. Length, 4.12 mm. Male: Dark areas considerably reduced, both in size and in inten- sity, Pygopher longer than wide, posterior ventral margin excavated in middle, with a short, broad, median process having a triangular apex reaching to the broadened apical portion of the style. Anal segment short, broad; ventral side concave, forming a hood over the genital capsule; telson dorsal. Styles boot-shaped, inner angle rounded, outer angle and apex truncate. Aedeagus in ventral view 170 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 with one large apical spine and a small suhapical spine curving towards the anterior, and one smaller suhapical spine curving in a posterior direction; in lateral view with large, erect ventral spine extending in an anterior direction. Length, 4.0 mm. Holotype female, allotype male, and 14 paratypes taken from Our Lord’s Candle {Yucca whipplei Torr.), San Gabriel Mts., California, at 4500 feet, July 10, 1950 (R. A. Flock). Types in author’s collection. Paratypes to be placed in the collections of the University of California at Berkeley and at Riverside, in the United States National Museum, and in the Snow Collection at the University of Kansas. HaPLAXIUS MOJAVENSIS (Ball) Myndus' mojavensis Ball, 1933 Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 23:480. The types were collected at Mojave, California, on Joshua tree {Yucca brevifolia Engehn.) by E. D. Ball. I have since taken it in the San Jacinto Mts., California, Sept. 29, 1948, on Agave deserti Engelm. The specimens were compared with the type by David A. Young of the Division of Insect Identification, Bureau of Ento- mology and Plant Quarantine, United States Department of Agri- culture. Haplaxius occidentalis (Van Duzee) Myndus occidentalis Van Duzee, 1914, Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 2:39. This species appears to be fairly widespread in southern Cali- fornia. It is usually found in damp places in washes, on grasses and sedges. Several of the specimens were also taken on Baccharis viminea DC. The type locality is Lakeside, California, May, 1913; Van Duzee, collector. It has been taken on a sticky board hung in a citrus tree April 25 to May 9, 1947 (R. C. Dickson) , during an investigation of possible vectors of “quick decline”, a virus disease of citrus. Key to Reported California Species A. Elytra with definite markings between the veins. B. Elytra with markings at apex mojavensis BB. Elytra with basal and subbasal dark bands and apical markings gabrielensis AA. Elytra without definite markings between the veins Mccidentalis October, 1951] arnaud & quate — ^brachymyrmex 171 Literature Cited Fowler, W. W. 1904. Biologia Centrali-Amerieana. Hemiptera-Homoptera. 1:97-8, pL 10. Caldwell, J. S. 1946. Notes on Haplaxius Fowler with descriptions of new spe- cies. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 48:203-6, 1 pi. NOTE ON THE SWARMING OF BRACHYMYRMEX SP. (Hymenoptera : Formicidae) On the evening of August 15, 1950, between 6:35 and 7 :05 p.m. (Pacific daylight saving time), above the lawn on the south edge of the State Capitol Grounds at Sacramento, California, the writers observed large swarms of Brachymyrmex sp.^ A swarm containing several thousands of the small males was first observed while look- ing into the direction of the sun. The central mass of the swarm was about four feet in diameter and occupied a space from about three to eight feet above the ground. Small masses of males would at times increase the speed of their frenzied dance and would form small cylinders of blurred wings and bodies which would move up and away from the larger body and after a few seconds return to the slower moving swarm. After the discovery of the first swarm an examination of the place revealed that over an area of lawn of at least 100 by 100 feet there were four additional swarms of males in flight in addition to numerous flying individuals filling the entire area. One of these swarms reached a height of approximately fifteen feet. Occasionally smaller numbers of the ants would form several small cylinders as noted above. Some males and females were noted crawling about in the grass. A few females were seen flying about and were not intimately associated with the main swarms of males. A section of shaded lawn separated from the above men- tioned area by a row of trees also contained at least one large swarm which was more difficult to see because of the lack of sun due to surrounding trees. Still another swarm of Brachymyrmex was ob- served at the opposite north end of the grounds. In an adjoining fountain many hundreds of fallen specimens were observed on the surface of the water where they could not escape. Meteorological conditions: still air, bright sunlight, temperature 97 degrees F. — P. H. Arnaud and L. W. Quate. ■'Determined by M. R. Smith, U. S. National Museum. 172 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 ANOPHELES FREEBORNI HIBERNATING IN WOOD RATS’ NESTS (Diptera: Culicidae) Raymond E. Ryckman and Ken Y. Arakawa School of Tropical and Preventive Medicine, Loma Limda, California While collecting Triatoma from the nests of Neotoma fuscipes Baird on November 27, 1950, at Redlands, California, several ano- phelines were observed flying from the food and dung chambers of a wood rat’s nest. Five specimens of some 20 mosquitoes were collected. On examination they were found to be four females and one male of Anopheles freeborni Aitken; two of the females had recently obtained a blood meal. Several of the mosquitoes which were disturbed on opening the nest made definite directional flights back into the remaining portions of the nest. One may conclude from their desire to re-enter the nest that this is a preferred habitat and not one accidentally discovered by them. On February 5, 1951, three wood rats’ nests were opened in the San Timoteo Canyon, 11 miles southeast of Redlands, Cali- fornia. The nests were located 150 yards from suitable anopheline breeding grounds and 300 yards from the nearest cattle. The following data were obtained from these three nests. Nest No. 1. Twelve females of Anopheles freeborni present. Nest size: 6 feet in diameter at base and 5 feet high. Nest No. 2. Nine females of A. freeborni. Nest size: 4 feet in diameter at base and 3 feet high. Nest No. 3. Ten females of A. freeborni. Nest size : 6 feet in diameter at base and 4% feet high. Many of the mosquitoes were in the central portion of the brushpile-like nest, being surrounded by as much as two feet of nesting material. Seventy-one per cent of the mosquitoes had plump abdomens and 29 per cent were rather slender. None of the mos- quitoes had obtained a fresh blood meal for at least several days. Seriological examination is contemplated if mosquitoes are found with recent blood meals, to determine whether the hibernating females may have fed on the wood rats in the interior chambers of the nest. These findings show that this ecological niche should be con- sidered when endeavoring to reduce the population of overwintering anopheline females. October, 1951] LA RIVERS ORTHOPTERA 173 NEW NEVADA ORTHOPTERA RECORDS FOR THE 1949 COLLECTING SEASON Ira La Rivers University of Nevada, Reno TETTIGONHDAE Tettigoniinae Zacycloptera atripennis Caudell, 1907 In the 42 years since the discovery of this species, sporadically intensive collecting has failed to extend its range beyond that of the type locality, the southern end of Walker Lake, Mineral County, Nevada. Although I have never quite believed the species could be so restricted, particularly in light of the fact that many Nevada valleys are practically carbon copies of Walker Valley, several attempts on my part to detect it beyond the confines of the valley were failures. It might be supposed that the large Walker Lake, occupying most of Walker Valley, had something to do with creating a habitat somehow different from that of other valleys lacking bodies of water, but even a casual collecting acquaintance with Z. atripennis and its habits plainly showed the lake to be as non-functional as a habitat factor as if it did not exist. The large insect is a distinct arenophile, inhabiting sand dunes and sanded areas, and the plants it has been recorded from are pronounced eremophiles and widely recorded far from the vicinity of water. These plants grow practi- cally to the rapidly receding shoreline of brackish Walker Lake, and when this 30 by 5 mile lake (175 feet deep) has completely disappeared, as it will within the lifespan of many who read this, these same eremophilous plants will grow the entire length and breadth of the valley, unless an alkaline playa occupies the flat valley floor. However, the actual discovery of the species outside the type locality was a considerable and unexpected surprise — expecting to find it south, east or north of Walker Valley, seemingly the best pos- sibilities in the order named, I found it two valleys to the west! Lyon County: Smith Valley (highway 3 miles east of Central), 18, 21 & 23:vii:49, elev. 4,850 ft. — La Rivers 174 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 All specimens were taken at night, three males and two females being found on the highway, and two ovipositing females in the brush some 100 yards from the highway. This locality is some 40 airline miles west-northwest of the south end of Walker Lake, and separated from it by two mountain ranges and their intervening valleys. The same plants are present although the elevation is higher. The area in which the Zacyclopterae were found is domin- ated by the little greasewood, Sarcobatus baileyi, with an abundance of saltbrush [Atriplex confertifolia) , Indian tea {Ephedra neva- densis) and sand bunchgrass {Oryzopsis hymenoides) . Along the sandy road shoulders, an occasional scrawny Dalea polyadenia, characteristic indicator of sand dunes and their environs, showed the effects of car movement on desert shrubs. With some slight change in percentiles, the general botanic picture was character- istically that of the animal’s type locality. And the first specimens were taken only accidentally — while collecting for the much more common Plagiostira gillettei, which see. In habits, Zacycloptera is more prone to bite than the equally large Plagiostira, which latter is relatively mild-tempered for such a husky, well-mandibled insect. The larger, black wings of Zacyclop- tera, spread down along the abdominal sides when disturbed, give the animal a more pugnacious aspect than its companion species. In addition to its vegetarian habits, Zacycloptera, like most of its group, is avidly scavengerous when the opportunity presents itself. The first specimen taken, a female, was feeding on a car-crushed Plagiostira. While this is a common trait in tettigoniids, it is not at all remarkable, since such pronounced vegetarians as Eleodes (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) will feed readily on car-crushed insects. On July 22, two ovipositing females were found during the course of night collecting, both in the Sarcobatetum baileyi some 100 yards north of the highway, only one of which was collected. This specimen kept its ovipositor in the ground for 20 minutes after being found in spite of the bright Coleman lamp, then pulled her ovipositor from the ground and hurried off — into my cyanide bottle. Sieving the spot produced seven grayish-white eggs identical, as nearly as the eye can tell, to the eggs of Plagiostira gillettei, and much like those of Anabrus simplex. A rather cold wind was blow- ing gently, and a temperature reading at the oviposition site gave 69° F. Mineral County: Yerington-Schurz highway (1 mile east of October, 1951] LA RIVERS ORTHOPTERA 175 Mineral-Lyon County line) , 23 :vii:49, elev. 5,500 ft — La Rivers; Thorne Dunes, 23:vii:49, elev. 4,600 ft — La Rivers. The Yerington-Schurz highway record is that of a car-crushed specimen and constitutes the northernmost record for the species, the locale being some 38 airline miles northwest of the type locality and 25 airline miles northeast of the Smith Valley locality (33 air- line miles due north of type locality baseline, and 17 airline miles due north of the Smith Valley locality baseline). Like the Smith Valley specimens, it was found at night. The species seems to wander about on the ground only during the cooler hours after dark; the three males and one female found at the Thorne Dunes were all taken between sundown and deep dusk, and in bushes, principally Dalea polyadenia. LFnlike those at Smith Valley, none were found wandering the ground after dark, and so the hoped-for oviposition data was not forthcoming here. I was not able to induce any of the males to sing. Capnobotes occidentalis (Thomas), 1872 A specimen of this small-bodied, large-winged species, common over large parts of Nevada, was found at the Smith Valley Zacy- cloptera locale feeding on a car-crushed Plagiostira gillettei. Omni- vorous, it is agile enough to catch other insects in full vigor (La Rivers, 1948) and is equally a vegetarian and a carnivore. Plagiostira gillettei Caudell, 1907 This large and extremely handsome insect was also found in Smith Valley for the first time, and much more commonly than at any previous Nevada locality. Once considered rare, even after being recorded from two localities in west-central Nevada (La Rivers, 1948), its appearance in what can only be described as comparatively fantastic numbers at certain spots this season makes past use of the word “rare” almost meaningless. Lyon County: Smith Valley (1) — Artesia Dunes, 20:vii:49, elev. 4.800 ft. — La Rivers; (2) — highway 3 miles east of Central, 15, 18, 21, 22:vii:49, elev. 4,850 ft. — La Rivers; (3) — V 2 mile south of Hudson (Hele), 23:vii:49, elev. 4,800 ft. — La Rivers; (4) — Three Forks (3 miles north of Central), 9, 14, 16, 18:vii:49, elev. 4.800 ft. — La Rivers. The species was first taken at the Three Forks locality, which is a small sanded area just north of the West Walker River, dominated by the arenophilous T etradymia comosa, a large, strikingly pleasant bush with whitish stems and leaves and bright yellow flowers; where I have seen it in Nevada, this plant is an indicator of sanded 176 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 areas. Its principal companion plant here was the nearly equally large shadscale, Atriplex canescens. Mid-day collecting at Three Forks almost immediately disclosed the presence of Plagiostira, and in considerable numbers, several in each bush. They were invariably hanging quietly, head up or down, and some feeding took place during this hot noon period. The animal is slow and clumsy and easy to catch. Few showed any signs of alarm even when approached as close as three feet, and when they did decide to move, they wandered slowly and re- luctantly downward along a stem. If the source of the disturbance passed on, or moved away a distance, they returned to inactivity or feeding. If an unsuccessful pass was made at an individual, it usually sufficiently excited the animal to cause it to drop, sometimes aided by a weak push from the hind legs, into the center of the bush. Few made this descent in less than several stages, but the brittle dead stems and dense living stems of the large bush were usually sufficient to save them from further persecution. These specimens were a little more pugnacious than I had re- membered them from previous Nevada collecting, and I soon found that catching them between two handkerchiefs was easier on the fingers, both from the standpoint of the occasional sharp twig en- countered, and their formidable jaws, and the chance of missing the specimen was also considerably lessened. As with practically all insects which bite at all, these would bite anything within reach — one excited female swallowed the tarsi and half of the tibia of one of her middle legs, which were extracted whole only with consider- able difficulty. While most specimens here were taken from the numerous T etra- dymia comosa, they were also common in the tops of the large and green shadscale. Typically, the heat at this part of the day regis- tered 100° F. Night collecting at Three Forks showed that practi- cally all specimens left the bushes and wandered about extensively on the ground during these cooler hours. Although night temper- atures were pleasantly warm, Plagiostirae were lethargic, and even constant nudging failed to elicit more than a reluctant hop, seem- ingly more in indignation than fear. Such habits lead to specula- tions as to what protection the species has for perpetuation. Although undoubtedly possessed of parasites, none were found during the several weeks observance of the species in Smith Valley. Principal associates in this night wandering were the large tenebrionids Eleodes ohscura sulcipennis and E. armata, the former predominant. October, 1951] LA RIVERS ORTHOPTERA 177 The discovery of Plagiostirae on the highway east of Central was accidental, and several nights collecting produced several quarts of specimens. The center of population for this particular area seemed to begin some three miles east of Central and extend the mile-and-a-half from there to the west portal of Wilson Canon. At about the middle of this area, the topography breaks from a low central bench down to lower, rolling land toward Wilson Canon, and the eastern edge of the bench yielded the greatest number of specimens. In this same general area, hordes of Celerio lineata (Lepidoptera: Sphingidae) caterpillars were marching about dur- ing the day, stripping first any and all Onagraceae to be found, then feeding on other vegetation. Unlike the Three Forks locality, this area was dominated by Sarcobatus baileyi and Atriplex conferti- folia (see Zacycloptera atripennis) and was quite different in facies. About a third of the highway Plagiostirae were taken while feed- ing on their car-crushed brethren, and it was found that any high- way-killed animal was acceptable food — specimens were seen feed- ing on the remains of Eleodes hispilabris imitabilis (tenebrionid) , Zacycloptera atripennis, an unidentified myrmeleonid, the large scor- pion Hadrurus hirsutus and the remains of the common blacktailed jackrabbit, Lepus calif ornicus. One lone female was noted trying to insert her long, decurved ovipositor into the asphalt. While all specimens try to bite when picked up, none make the vigorous body cortortions of such as Capnobotes in attempts to “mandibulate” the captor. The defensive display made by spreading the intensely black hind wings down along the abdominal sides is a conspicuous element of their “fight” reaction, and many of the males sang weakly and intermittently when handled. At this locality, Hadrurus hirsutus was found feeding on a non- crushed male Plagiostira, which it had evidently caught while prowling the highway. In addition, crushed specimens were food for Eleodes hispilabris imitabilis, an unidentified myrmeleonid, Zacycloptera atripennis, Capnobotes occidentalis and the gryllacri- did Stenopelmatus fuscus. The lone ovipositing Plagiostira was taken in rather rocky ground a few yards south of the highway. At the Artesia Dunes, in northeastern Smith Valley, the species was commonly found day and night. These dunes are stationary, with a good growth of Dalea polyadenia. Ephedra nevadensis, Atri- plex canescens and T etradymia comosa and are low, long, generally north-south ridges apparently blown eastward from the shores of 178 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 the large alkaline pi ay a, Artesia Lake, which occupies a consider- able portion of the north end of Smith Valley. Unlike Three Forks, where the species was not found in vegetation during nighttime, or the Central Highway, where no specimens could be found during daytime, at Artesia Dunes they were found both in vegetation and on the ground during twilight and after dark. Two specimens in copulo were noted in a large Russian thistle {Salsola kali tenui- folia), while two additional females were found with the newly attached seminal sac still protruding unassimilated from the ab- dominal terminus. As many as 15 specimens were found in one medium-sized Dalea bush. The Hudson locality was much like that at Three Forks, being on the south side of the West Walker River, with the same species of plants. Churchill County: Fossil Hills, 20 mi. WSW of Fallon, 31 :vii:49, elev. 4,500 ft — La Rivers; 1 mi. E. of Mahala Sloughs, 14:vii :49, elev. 4,000 ft. The Mahala Sloughs specimens were collected by Miss Laura E. Mills and Mrs. J. S. Mills of Fallon, and from information obtained from Miss Mills later, it seems that the species was commoner on the highway here (U. S. 50) than in Smith Valley. The dominant plant in this region of white alkali is the large greasewood, Sarco- batus vermiculatus, on which the Mills saw Plagiostirae feeding. On the highway with the larger insect was the much smaller gryll- acridid Ammobaenetes lariversi, which is known to be quite com- mon locally on sand dunes. At the Fossil Hills locality, several specimens were found in hot mid-afternoon in large Russian thistles growing on a series of small dunes composed of fine, very white sand. These dunes lay in a south- facing pocket in the southwest corner of the small range, at a con- siderable elevation above the Lahontan Valley floor, and the domi- nant bush was Russian thistle. This record, with Mahala Sloughs, delineates the known northwestern limits of the species’ range in this part of Nevada. In the following list of host plants, those newly added by this season’s collecting are marked with an asterisk : * Artemisia tridentata, Atriplex canescens, A. confertifolia, *Dalea polyandenia, * Ephedra nevadensis, Oryzopsis hymenoides, Salsola kali tenuifolia, *Sarcobatus baileyi, *S. vermiculatus and *Tetradymia comosa. October, 1951] LA RIVERS — ORTHOPTERA 179 Anoplodusa ARizoNENsis (Rehn), 1904 Churchill County: 6 mi. E. of Stillwater, 9:viii;49, elev. 4,000 ft. — La Rivers. The discovery of this very rare insect as far north as west-central Nevada was the crowning surprise of the collecting season. Pre- viously known only from Arizona and extreme southern Nevada, its rarity has made it an object of intense search in the past (Tinkham, 1942) , The comments of Rehn and Hebard (1909) concerning the single specimen they caught on the Nevada side of the Nevada- California state line could be applied with hardly a change in wording to the solitary Stillwater specimen. Both localities are foot- hill slopes of volcanic hills, and both specimens were flushed from bushes, “greasewood” in the case of southern Nevada, saltbrush {Atriplex confertifolia) at Stillwater. The species’ former distri- bution seemed to indicate it was restricted to creosote areas [Larrea divaricata) ; the Stillwater discovery, approximately 300 airline miles northwesterly of its southern Nevada locality, adds the ex- tensive shadscale area to the species’ life zone. Stillwater is some 150 airline miles northwesterly from the northwestern limit of creosote in Nevada’s Sonoran Trailway (for a brief resume of this Trail- way, see La Rivers, 1948:654). My attention was attracted to the female specimen by the acti- vities of a small Western collared lizard {Crotaphytus collaris baileyi) hunting near the top of a saltbrush {Atriplex conferti- folia) . As I watched, the lizard flushed a large yellowish orthopteran which flew strongly to another bush about 100 feet away, where it was caught. Two days and one night were spent combing a vicinity of about a square mile for other specimens, without success. The two dominant plants of the gradual slope are the mentioned Sarco- hatus baileyi and Atriplex confertifolia. The slope itself is composed of soft alkaline dust — Pleistocene Lake Lahontan sediments — cov- ered with the typical desert pavement of volcanic stones and pebbles. The specimen was not quite so prone to bite as is the similarly- built Capnobotes occidentalis. It seems expedient, at this point, to mention an additional speci- men for California. Tinkham (1942) recorded a badly disinte- grated individual from Yermo in southern California, in the col- lection of the state quarantine station there. I recently noticed a fine female specimen in the collection of the Division of Entomology and Parasitology of the University of California at Berkeley with 180 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 the following data; San Bernardino County: Yeimo Quarantine Station, 3:vii:49, elev. 1,935 ft. — Warren Leigh, It was taken in early evening, presumably at light. GRYLLACRIDIDAE Stenopelmatus fuscus Haldeman, 1852 Lander County: 8 mi. E. of Austin, on U. S. 50, 2:ix:49, elev. 5,500 ft. — La Rivers and T. J. Trelease; Lyon County: Smith Valley — (1) — Artesia Dunes, 20:vii:49, elev. 4,800 ft. — La Riv- ers — (2) — highway 3 mi. E. of Central, 18:vii:49, elev. 4,850 ft. — La Rivers. The above records add two more counties to those already listed for the State (La Rivers, 1948). The animal certainly occurs in every county of the State. All specimens were found wandering after dark, the Lyon County individual feeding on a car-crushed Plagiostira. Literature Cited La Rivers, Ira. 1948. A synopsis of Nevada Orthoptera, Amer. Midi. Nat., 39 (3) : 652-720. Rehn, J. A. G., and M. Hebard 1909. An orthopterological reconnaissance of the southwestern U. S. III. California and Nevada, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sci. Phila., 61:409-483. Tinkham, E. R. 1942. The re-discovery of Anoplodiisa arizonensis. Bull. Chicago Acad. Sci., 6(12) :221-227. Book Notice INSECTS IN YOUR LIFE. By C. H. Curran. Sheridan House, Inc., New York, 316 pp., illustrated. 1951. Price $3.50. As the title suggests, insects cannot be entirely divorced from the human race. They have been associated with man ever since he first laid aside a few acorns, a bit of smoked meat and a supply of hides to cover his back. Good or bad, they are reluctant to be disassociated from either animal or plant life. Dr. Curran has written a graphic and excellent account of some of the closer con- tacts we have with insects. To fully appreciate his viewpoint, the reader must cast away all hearsay prejudices and assume an atti- tude of confidence in words of a well educated and experienced entomologist. It must be borne in mind, too, that these few examples are only fragments of what may be written on behalf of or against these tiny creatures that have had some two hundred million years more experience on this earth than we humans. October, 1951] lanham — wing of euglossa 181 Because of the great abundance of insects everywhere indoors and out, people, young and old, should become acquainted with their looks and ways. And this book offers the chance to get started. Its pages are full of charm and wisdom — charm that causes one delight in understanding the ways of dragonflies and butterflies and the wisdom needed to recognize and to know how to control clothes moths, termites, bot flies and numerous other insect pests. “Ticks are a Menace to Animal Life”; “Butterflies are Big Game”; “The Yucca Moth the World’s First Horticulturist” writes Dr. Curran. And if you are not too squeamish, be sure to read the chapter, “On Eating Insects” so that you may continue the daily consumption of insects with much more understanding and relish; and who knows, perhaps insects contain more food vitamins than a doctor’s prescription. Insects furnish one of the most marvelous examples of the pur- pose and spontaneity of life and without insects and flowers this would be a dull world. Dr. Curran has also written an important systematic work on “North American Diptera” and another popular book; “Insects of the Pacific World.” I recommend most highly all of these. — E. 0. Essig THE MODIFIED HIND WING OF EUGLOSSA ( Hymen optera : Apoidea) Urless N. Lanham University of Michigan, Ann Arbor The hind wing of the aculeate Hymenoptera characteristically has two lobes on the posterior margin: the vannal lobe, limited exteriorly by the vannal (= preaxillary) incision, which usually coincides with the end of the vannal vein, and the more proximal jugal (= anal) lobe, limited by the jugal (= axillary) incision, which is usually in line with a more or less chitinized fold near the base of the wing. One or another (rarely both) of these lobes is frequently secondarily absent. Thus, the jugal lobe is absent in the more advanced mutillids, all but the most primitive ants, and certain vespid and sphecoid wasps, as set forth in Bradley’s well- known key to the families of the Clistogastra, in Comstock’s “An Introduction to Entomology.” In the Apoidea, the jugal lobe is absent in Bombus, and in the Euglossini. The tribe Euglossini 182 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 comprises five genera, both pollen-collecting and parasitic forms, which are limited to the New World, and are mainly tropical. Although the jugal lobe is missing in Euglossa, the space which should be occupied by the lobe is in part filled by a brush formed by a dozen or so strong bristles arising from a basal thickening of the vannal vein. These bristles lie in a single row, but some of the bristles are bent, so that the surface formed is curved. I have seen no reference to any such structure in the Hymenoptera, and term Fig. 1. Portion of base of hind wing of Euglossa. JB, jugal brush; V, vannal vein; VL, vannal lobe. it the jugal brush. In at least some species of Euglossa, the brush is fairly large and conspicuous, and one could imagine that it might serve the same function as the jugal lobe. However, in Eulaema and Exaerete the brush is quite small in relation to the area of the wing. Although the jugal brush might be analogous to the jugal lobe, it is certainly not homologous to it, since the bristles are not formed by a breakup of the wing membrane. The presence of a basal lobe on the trailing edge of the flight surface is quite char- acteristic of the more powerfully flying groups of Diptera and Hymenoptera, and presumably is of some aerodynamic significance. Morphologically, the Euglossini are among the most remark- able of bees, Michener (1944, Comparative external morphology, phylogeny, and a classification of the bees (Hymenoptera). Bui. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 82:290) describes the unique tentorium of Euglossa. In addition, the extensive velvety area (possibly sensory or scent-dispersing) on the anterior surface of the middle tibia in males, and the partially or almost entirely enclosed pubescent area on the hind tibia of the males are not, to my knowledge, known outside the tribe. I am indebted to Dr. T. H. Hubbell for the use of specimens in the collection of the University of Michigan Museum. October, 1951] hull — new world xylotinae 183 SOME NEW WORLD XYLOTINAE (Diptera: Syrphidae) F. M. Hull University of Mississippi Several interesting species of Syrphid flies belonging to the sub- family Xylotinae have recently been discovered among miscel- laneous material. These flies are here described. The genus Crepi- domyia is neotropical; heretofore only four species have been known. Crepidomyia dion Hull, new species Related to C. darlingtoni Hull. There is no spur on the hind tibiae. The wings are quite dark, but the general color is blue-black. There are no yellow spots upon the second abdominal segment. Length 13.5 mm. Female. Head: the face, cheeks, front, vertex and occiput are black. There is a narrow band of white pubescence along the sides of the face adjacent to the lateral carina. The lateral and medial Carina are quite sharp. There is a transverse band of whitish pollen across the middle of the front expanded somewhat near the eye mar- gins ; this band when viewed anteriorly becomes pale brown in front of the ocelli. The immediate rim of the preantennal callus and the inner portion of the antennal pits are light yellowish-brown. The antennae are black, the arista missing; antennal pile black. The pile of the upper front is black; across the middle front it is whitish and the few hairs of the face are white. The occipital pollen is greyish- white; the pile is whitish becoming black dorsally. Thorax: the mesonotum is quite dull black, a little more shining upon the post- calli, the area in front of the calli and upon the scutellum. There are only very faint traces of pollinose vittae submedially and sublaterally upon the mesonotum, but there is a prominent yellowish white tri- angle of pollen medial to and adjacent to the humerus; it becomes evanescent after curving around behind the humerus. The transverse suture is conspicuously margined with pollen of the same color which reaches only to the notopleura. The mesonotum, including the scutel- lum, is densely covered with appressed black setae and has scattered longer black hairs. The scutellar fringe is quite copious and white. The pleura are shining black with thinly dusted whitish pollen and only scattered white hairs. The squamae are greyish-white basally but widely blackish-sepia along the margin and fringe. Halteres reddish-orange. Legs : entirely black except the hind basitarsi which are perhaps dark reddish to orange-brown and pale yellow pilose. 184 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 The hind femora are moderately thickened in the middle with heavy- spines throu^ho-ut their length. The hind trochanters have a short, sharp, black spur apically. The hind tibiae end without spur. Wings -, deeply sepia-bro-wn beginning at the base of the submarginal cell, becoming paler on the discal cell and at the apex of the wing. The pterostigma is still more blackish except towards the apex where it too becomes pale. The small cross vein is slightly recurrent api- cally, pulled out apically and hence oblique, and joins the discal cell beyond the middle. The third vein is gently curved backward. The marginal cell is opened as wide as its apical width ; the whole basal portion of the wing is pale brown -with slight yellowish cast with the exception of the basal portion of the marginal cell and extreme base of the basal cells which are almost hyaline. The wings have a distinct purplish reflection, greatest when viewed from the ventral surface and greater from the blackish areas. Abdomen: slightly widest upon the third segment which has approximately parallel sides; the fourth segment is a little narrowed. The fifth segment is creased upon the outer third near the middle creating the impression of two segments. The entire abdomen is dully shining black and slightly greasy. The pile is short, appressed, black, but yellow later- ally on the sides of the first and second segments, in the middle posteriorly on the fourth segment and upon all of the fifth segment. Holotype: female, Chanchamayo, Peru, Jan. 3, 1949. J. Schunke. Type in author’s collection. Crepidomyia cybele Hull, new species Distinct in the stripes of golden appressed pile on the mesonotum and the light brownish-orange face. Not closely related to other species. Length 12.5 mm. Female. Head: the face is light bro-wnish-orange -with dense golden pubescence reaching almost to the blunt medial carina and the bunt lateral carina. The cheeks are brassy black; the front is black and quite brassy in reflection with an obscure band of golden- brown pollen across the middle of the front and pale yellow pile which is more or less concentrated in an oval patch along the eye margin on each side of this band. Just before the narrow pre- antennal callus there is a transverse depression. The vertex is shin- ing black, greenish to brassy in reflection -with seven black hairs behind and perhaps as many in front. The first segment of the antennae is blackish, the second is dark bro-wn, the third missing; the facial pile is yellow and the occiput brassy black, yellowish polli- nose with pale brassy pile throughout. Thorax: the mesonotum is black with a broad, medial, posteriorly furcate, faint, reddish sepia pollinose vitta and still more faint similar ones sublaterally ; the lateral margins throughout and the medial vitta, at least upon the October, 1951] hull — new world xylotinae 185 anterior half is densely appressed, greenish brassy pilose; the pleural and scutellar pile is of the same color; the reflection of the scutellum is brassy, its apex with deeply crimped margin and copious, conspicuous, brassy ventral fringe. Squamae and fringe and halteres pale orange. The anterior and middle legs, except for coxae and tro- chanters, are entirely bright clear egg-yellow with similarly colored pile. The hind femora are yellowish-brown basally, becoming reddish through the middle, still darker at the apices, their pile golden except apically, their ventral margins with nine stout, sharp, black, spinous setae. The hind tibiae are nearly blackish but actually dark reddish- sepia, especially ventrally and basally; their pile is black, except for a short streak of golden hair baso-laterally and medio-apically. The hind tibiae have two stout, bidentate, short, spinous processes, deep cleft between. Hind tarsi yellowish-brown, most of their dorsal pile golden. Wings: almost uniformly tinged with pale yellowish- brown; the costal cell and the first basal cell are light yellow; the pterostigma is deep yellow except apically; the marginal cell is opened as wide as its apical width; the third vein is more gently concave than in dion n. sp ; the small cross vein is more oblique, not recurrent, entering the discal cell barely beyond the middle. Abdo- men: black, but shining brassy to purplish on the first segment and the sides of the second, third and fourth segments. These latter segments are broadly opaque black down the middle and the opaque color is expanded posteriorly to include most of the posterior margin and anteriorly expanded only upon the second and fourth segments. Pile upon the brassy areas and sides long, erect and pale yellow. Upon the black areas short, black and quite appressed. Holotype: female, Chanchamayo, Peru, Jan. 20, 1949, J. Schunke. Type in author’s collection. Neplas sapphirina Hull, new species Related to hidens Curran. The third abdominal segment is wholly shining green without opaque areas or subbasal reddish-brown bands. The second segment has a strong bluish cast especially anter- iorly and laterally. Hind femora strongly bluish basally, greenish apically. Length 10.7 mm. Male. Head: face black except above the epistoma where it is pale yellow. The cheeks are black ; the front is brassy black and bare upon a broad rectangle lying upon the lower half of the front. The upper half of the front is linearly notched antero-medially and the sides of the front and the whole of the face are pale yellowish-white pubescent. The frontal and facial pile is yellowish-white ; the face has a sharp medial carina. The first two' segments of the antennae are nearly black; the third is elongate, twice as long as its basal width ; it is a little more narrow on the apical half and black with the base dull reddish, the pile white. The vertex is dully shining black with the area across the front of the ocelli opaque blackish and the 186 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 anterior half of the vertical triangle yellowish white pollinose and yellow pilose. All vertical pile and all occipital pile pale; the upper occipita hairs are more deeply yellow or reddish-yellow. The eyes touch for about ten facets; the anterior facets are considerably enlarged. Thorax: the mesonotum is black, rather shining, with three faint, coppery vittae, the region between is faintly greenish; the post calli and the scutellum have bluish reflections; the meso- notal pile is short, erect and black with vittae of pale brassy pile. There is a pair of wide, widely separated, brassy stripes which begin anteriorly but become quite slender at the base of the scutellum ; they merge into a transverse, wide band of similarly colored pile in front of the scutellum. There is a narrow medial vitta, a sutural marginal vitta and a sublateral stripe running from the suture back to the scutellum, all of pale yellow pile. The pile in front of the suture is thinly yellowish and there is a conspicuous, yellowish-white patch of pollen bordering the humerus medially. The scutellar pile is abundant and pale yellow. The pleura are bluish black with nearly white pile. The white squamae have a blackish sepia border and fringe. Halteres yellowish. Legs : the anterior and middle femora are quite black; their apices are narrowly brownish-yellow. Hind femora are immensely thickened, shining black with bluish reflections, very dark reddish-brown at the apex, with five apico-lateral, sharp, black spines ventrally. The pile of the femora for the most part is nearly white. The anterior and middle tibiae are black but light yellow diffusely on the basal fourth or less. The first two segments of an- terior and middle tarsi are yellowish white; remaining segments black. Hind tibiae black, the base narrowly whitish, the dorsal pile whitish, the ventral pile short and black. These tibiae are quite con- cave with knife-edge both basally and apically; the ventral spur is quite long and flattened, rounded and pale at the apex. The hind tarsi are black on the last four segments, sepia on the basal one, the dorsal pile pale. W^gs: greyish hyaline, the pterostigma dark brown. Abdomen: slightly narrowed at the end of the second seg- ment. The second segment is long; it is one and three-fifths longer than its posterior width and distinctly emarginate and except at the apex, with a deep shining blue reflection. Viewed from the rear this segment is dully opaque through the middle and more widely at base and at apex. The first segment is black, dully shining, transversely striate with faint bluish reflections. The second seg- ment is also markedly striate. Third segment and the fourth entirely shining greenish brassy in color. The pile is yellowish white basally becoming black along the posterior margin except at the sides. All of the pile of the fourth segment is brassy-yellow. The fourth sternite is crimped into a thin median ridge. Pile of first and second segments whitish along the sides. Holotype: male, Chanchamayo, Peru, August 1, 1948, J. Schunke. Paratypes: two males, same data. Types in author’s col- lection. October, 1951] FRICK REARING FLIES 187 A SATISFACTORY TECHNIQUE FOR REARING AGROMYZID FLIES FROM THE LEAF MINING LARVAL STAGE^ (Diptera: Agromyzidae) Kenneth E. Frick IrHgation Experiment Station, Prosser, Washington Rearing adults from mined leaves containing larvae is the most desirable method of collecting these small flies. Host records, mined leaves, larvae, and puparia, as well as the adults, are all valuable as aids in separating the many closely related species found in a number of genera, particularly Liriomyza Mik and Phytomyza Fallen. The literature concerning the rearing of agromyzids is scant. Inchbald (1881) found the adults not difficult to rear, “if the col- lector will only imitate Nature in her ways and means.” He found that an occasional light sprinkling of water was needed to supply moisture normally provided by rain or dew. Frost (1924) placed the mined leaves individually into small, round, seamless tin boxes or in tissue paper triangles as the mined leaves were collected in the field. The paper triangles were kept in a tin box. Upon returning to the laboratory, all larvae that had emerged and pupated were placed individually in small, one-dram vials, corked to prevent evaporation. With those species which pupated in the mines, a small section of leaf containing the pupa was cut out and placed in a stoppered vial. In spite of the relatively dry climatic conditions occurring in California, lack of humidity was found to be the limiting factor when rearing the various species in the laboratory. None of the larvae of the numerous species reared by the writer was known to leave a desiccated leaf, crawl to another, and begin a new mine. Therefore, it was necessary to devise a method to keep the leaves fresh for a period of four or five days until the larvae had emerged or pupated at the end of the mine. ^Published as Scientific Paper No. 916, Washington Agricultural Experiment Stations, Institute of Agricultural Sciences, The State Colleg^e of Washington, Pullman. 188 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 Leaves containing mines of a particular species were gathered with petioles as long as possible. The collected leaves were segre- gated as to mine type, and kept in paper bags containing a damp paper towel and held shut by paper clips. Mines of all ages were included. Those from which the larvae had emerged were pressed in a standard plant press. The smaller, newer mines, although more difficult to detect, were preferred because parasitism by braconid and chalcidoid parasites became a crucial factor in rearing flies from mature larvae. Freshly externally parasitized larvae, i. e., those that were motionless, but not discolored, made satisfactory specimens for preserving in alcohol. Upon returning to the laboratory, the writer separated the leaves which were to be kept fresh from the others. The petioles were clipped back one-eighth to one-fourth of an inch from the original breaking point and the leaves immediately placed in water. The petioles of two to six leaves, depending upon the size, were then rolled together in wet cotton strips making a firm plug that could be forced into the top of a vial of water (fig. 1) . To pre- vent the emerging larvae from falling to the water around the cotton plug and drowning, the vials were inverted. Each vial was supported by a piece of wire — straightened paper clips proved convenient — having one end clamped around the neck of the vial. When the cotton plugs were fitted firmly, no leakage of water occurred. Each vial or series of vials holding leaves mined by the same species was then placed in a wide mouthed one-half pint or one pint jar. The lids of the jars previously had been cut out near the rim and covered with a fine mesh cloth. The vials were removed immediately after all larvae had emerged. The leaves fre- quently made satisfactory herbarium specimens. An inverted vial of water plugged with cotton was usually placed in the j ars to increase humidity. Some adults failed to emerge, particularly of those species whose larvae mine the leaves of plants associated with damp situations. As a result, it was found necessary to add about half an inch of fine, washed sand to the bottom of each jar. The sand was kept moist by adding water as needed, until all adults had emerged. For economy of space, the pupae of each species passing through a winter diapause were placed in a small numbered vial covered with a fine mesh cloth held in place by a rubber band. As many October, 1951] FRICK REARING FLIES 189 vials as possible were then placed upright in the jars, and the bottom of each jar was kept covered with about half an inch of water. With the cloth lids on the jars, the humidity remained sufficiently high to prevent pupal desiccation. Fig. 1. Diagram of a rearing jar. The inverted vial within is sup- ported by a piece of wire. Damp sand covers the bottom of the jar. When a great number of leaves mined by a single species were encountered, as was often the case when agricultural crops were attacked, a high percentage of adult emergence was obtained simply by filling jars of suitable size (gallon jars often being required) with the mined leaves. The humidity created by the decomposing vegetation was sufficient to keep the leaves fresh until the larvae had emerged and pupated. Care was taken, however, to keep any liquid in which the pupae might have drowned, from collecting on the bottoms of the j ars. Literature Cited Frost, S. W. 1924. A study of the leaf-mining Diptera of North America. Cornell Agric. Expt. Sta. Mem., 78:6-7, Inchbald, P. 1881. Remarks on our dipterous plant-miners, and the plants they affect. The Entomologist, 14:41. 190 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 A METHOD FOR TAKING APHIDS IN FLIGHT F. C. Hottes Grand Junction, Colorado It has long been the practice for entomologists to make aphid flight studies by the use of “sticky traps”. This requires the re- moval of the aphids from the adhesive material, a process which, as those of us that are called upon to make the determinations know all too well, often results in irreparable damage to the speci- mens. I have had no practical experience with aphid traps, nor have I been able to check the literature; however, I have long had the idea that a more effective method of making aphid flight studies would be welcomed by economic entomologists. Last fail a chance observation of many aphids resting on a turkish towel hanging on a clothes line rekindled this thought. The towel was a deep yellow and by chance was hanging next to a pale blue one, which in turn was followed by white ones. The blue towel and the white ones had hardly any aphids on them, in sharp contrast to the yellow which had many. Experiments to determine if aphids had a color preference for yellow were set up, and carried through the month of October and into November, thus covering the height of the fall aphid migration. It was de- termined that at no time was the yellow towel less than three times as effective as the blue in attracting aphids, and often ten times. The blue towel was about twice as effective as the white, in fact the aphids on the white towels were so few that perhaps they landed there by chance. A typical count for a given twenty-minute period was 72 for the yellow, 8 for the blue and 2 for the white. The aphids seemed reluctant to take flight from the surface of the towels and walked with difiiculty over their shaggy surface. This indicates that once caught they were at least temporarily trapped. Specimens could be picked off readily without damaging them. Only once were specimens mounted for study ; they belonged to the following genera: Aphis, Macrosiphum, Amphorophora, Pemphigus and Prociphilus. Considering that Turkish towels have two eflective surfaces, have considerable area, that aphids seem reluctant to take flight from their surface, and that aphids apparently show a color preference, towels appear to warrant further investigation as aphid traps. October, 1951] walz — rearing phaenicia sericata 191 REARING THE GREENBOTTLE FLY ON DOG BISCUITS A. J. Walz^ University of Idaho Branch Experiment Station, Parma, Idaho The greenbottle fly, Phaenicia sericata (Meigen), was success- fully raised on dog biscuits in the laboratory, following the method described by Frings (1947, 1948) , with a few modifications. “Milk Bone Small Size Dog Biscuits,” manufactured by the National Bis- cuit Company, was the brand used. The small size dog biscuits gave better results than the “Milk Bone Tiny Bits,” as there was less packing of the medium. The addition of powdered milk as a source of protein for the adults to feed on increased egg production, and the flies started oviposition sooner than when fed only on moist dog biscuits. The laboratory colony was started by caging wild flies and feed- ing them on powdered milk and moist dog biscuits. Three and one- half dog biscuits were placed in a 50 ml. beaker filled with water, and left in the cage for 24 hours for the flies to oviposit on. The mass of eggs and dog biscuits was then placed on top of the prepared larval food. To prepare food for the larvae, dog biscuits were placed in a gallon j ar to a depth of two inches, covered with water and allowed to stand until soaked through; then the water was poured off. The biscuits were soft to the touch throughout when ready; the time it took for the water to soak through the dog biscuits varied from one batch to another. Fine wire screen was used to confine the maggots to the jars. If the population of maggots was too high for the avail- able food, additional moist dog biscuits were added at the rate of two inches at a time. The maggots fed for six to seven days at 80 degrees F. Coarse sawdust was added on top of the mixture for the maggots to pupate in. After pupation the sawdust containing the puparia was poured out and placed in cages for emergence. Very little odor was noticed during the rearing of the flies. After the maggots left the media to pupate, decomposition odors were noticed but these were held back by the sawdust. ^Published with the approval of the Director of the Idaho Agricultural Experi- ment Station as Research Paper No. 324. 192 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VoL. XXVII, No. 4 Literature Cited Frings, H. 1947. A simple method for rearing blowflies without meat. Sci- ence, 105 (273) : 482. Frings, H. 1948. Eearing houseflies and blowflies on dog biscuit. Science, 107 (2789) : 629-630. A NOTE ON THE MANNER OF FEEDING OF AGULLA ADNIXA HAGEN (Raphidiodea : Raphidiidae) J. W. Tilden San Jose State College, San Jose, California In feeding, this species devours aphids entirely, swallowing all parts and rejecting nothing. The prey is masticated rapidly and then swallowed with a gulping motion. An adult female, placed in a vial containing a twig with fifty-seven aphids, began at the bottom of the colony and ate it entirely in less than nine minutes. Feeding is systematic and rapid. The head is passed among the foliage and surfaces palpated with both pairs of palpi. Sight appears to play but little part in the location of prey. Upon touching an aphid, the head is then withdrawn and the long pronotum arched back, and the head then darts forward with great speed, in a snake- like movement that is nearly too fast to follow. The prey is grasped by the mandibles and the head is raised slightly and withdrawn. The mandibles work rapidly and rythmically while the palpi, for the most part, are not applied to the victim once it is captured, but are vibrated rapidly. The gular sutures are very flexible and may be seen to give to some extent as swallowing takes place. After the colony was eaten, a second inspection of the twig took place, very carefully done, to be sure that no further prey remained. Subsequently, an extended period of grooming and adjustment of appendages followed, in- cluding raising, lowering and extension of the wings, without any attempt to fly. A period of apparent torpidity then ensued, and no further activities followed during the remainder of the day. Next morning the raphidid appeared to be as hungry as before, and repeated the entire process in a similar manner with another aphid colony. This behavior indicates a very effective predator. October, 1951] index to volume xxvii' 193 Acanthocnema, 120 Acantholyda, 120 Acmaeodera boharti, 29 Acrida, 120 Adams, Gelastocoris, 71 Aedes impiger, 11 nearcticus, 12 squamiger, 38 Agapetus, 140 Agromyzidae, 81, 187 Agulla adnixa, 192 Amphisteriius astarte, 159 Anagapetus bernea, 143 chandleri, 142 debilis, 144 hoodi, 143 Ancylopus, conocolor, 159 Anopheles freeborni, 172 Anoplodera instabilis, 152 Anoplodusa arizonensis, 178 Anthocopa beameri, 64 daleae, 62 maryae, 62 rubrella, 61 Aphidae, 190 Aphidius, 120 Aphoebantus hirsutus, 168 sp. nr. tardus, 168 Apion sp., 152 Apoidea, 181 Aradidae, 39 Arakawa, Anopheles freeborni hibernation, 172 Argas persicus, 23 reflexus, 23 Arnaud, Brachymyrmex, 171 Ashmeadiella bucconis denticu- lata, 65 cactorum cactorum, 66 clypeodentata simplicior, 70 gillettei cismontanica, 67 gillettei gillettei, 66 gillettei rubra, 67 meliloti meliloti, 65 prosopidis, 65 rhodognatha, 71 truncativentris, 68 Athous farallonicus, 28 Atissiella, 93 Bailey, Thrips homonym, 19 Dudley Moulton, 145 Barber, Chrysomelidae, 17 Basilia forcipata, 96 Beal, Novelsis, 57 Blacus, 46 Breakey, spinose ear tick, 59 Buprestidae, 29, 94 Calliphoridae, 191 Capnobates occidentalis, 175 Capsus, 120 Carabidae, 27 Cerambycidae, 35, 152 Chironomus, 120 Chlorops, 120 Chyliza leguminicola, 153 Chrysobothris sinaloae, 30 Chrysomelidae, 17 Gixiidae, 169 Coelioxys sp. nr. moesta, 155 Coleoptera, 13, 17, 27, 35, 39, 40, 43, 44, 57, 58, 72, 94, 120, 127, 151, 157 Collembola, 120 Crepidomyia cybele, 183 dion, 183 sapphirina, 185 Crocidema arizonica, 33 Culex apicalis, 12 quinquefasciatus, 12 Culicidae, 11, 38, 172 Curculionidae, 13, 31 Dactylispa luhi, 19 Dactylopsylla bluei psilos, 128 digitenua, 134 minidoka, 136 pentachaeta, 131 Danae chinensis, 162 Dermacentor andersoni, 25 parumapertus, 25 Dettopsomyia, 92, nigrovittata, 92 Deuterophlebia coloradensis, 49 mirabilis, 49 Dermestidae, 57 Derobrachus geminatus, 35 nipponica, 49 shasta, 51 tyosenensis, 49 Deuterophlebiidae, 49 Dilophus, 120 Diptera, 1, 11, 20, 43, 49, 81, 92, 96, 120, 152, 172, 183, 187, 191 Dorilas, 120 Drosophila melanogaster, 1 Drosophilidae, 1, 92 Editorial notes, 36 Edmunds, Utah ticks, 23 Edwards, Seal Contest, 36, 139 Elateridae, 28 Eleodes armata, 176 obscura sulcipennis, 176 Book notices, 89, 126, 147, 148, 180Elmidae, 127 Bostrychidae, 43 Encymon truncaticollis, 161 Brachymyrmex, 171 valgus, 161 Braconid ae, 46 violaceous cupreatus, 162 *New names in bold face, synonyms and homonyms in italics. 194 THE PAN-PACIFIC ENTOMOLOGIST [VOL. XXVII, No. 4 Endamoeba, 148 Endomychidae, 157 Engonius mushanus, 157 Entamoeba, 148 Ephemerella pelosa, 121 spinosa, 122 sp. 124 Ephemeroptera, 44, 120 Ephydridae, 92 Eremomyia, 152 Essig, book notice, 180 Essig et al, history Pacific Coast Ent. Soc., 97 Euglossa, 181 Eupagoderes bryanti, 31 Eysarcoris, 148 Feronia bryanti, 27 Flock, Haplaxius, 169 Formicidae, 171 Frick, Liriomyza langei, 81 rearing Agromyzid flies,, 187 Gelastocoridae, 71 Gelastocoris rotundatus, 71 Gillaspy, Steniolia nigripes, 167 Glossoma, 140 Goldschmidt, heteromorphoses, 1 Gryllacrididae, 180 Haemaphysalis leporis-palustris, 25 Haplaxius, 169, gabrieliensis, 169 mojavensis, 170 occidentalis, 170 Heifer, Metataenia, 94 Hemiptera, 39, 71, 120, 148, 153 Heterlimnius koebelei, 127 quadrimaculatus, 127 Heteromorphoses, 1 Hispa, 17 Hispella, 17 Homoptera, 169, 190 Hoplopsyllus anomalus, 91 Hottes, collecting aphids, 190 Hull, Xylotinae, 183 Hurd, Lepidopterists’ Society, 22 Pseuthomethoca, 156 Hymenoptera, 46, 61, 120, 154, 156, 167, 171, 181 Hystricophora paradisiac, 151 Isoptera, 44 Itonididae, 20 Ixodes angustus, 25 diversifossus, 23, 25 kingi, 24 marmotae, 24 pchotonae, 25 pacificus, 24 sculptus, 24 spinipalpis, 25 Lane, book notice, 126 Lanham, hind wing of Euglossa, 181 La Rivers, Nevada Orthoptera, 173 Leech, publication notice, 147 Lepidoptera, 99, 120, 150 Lepidopterists’ Society, 22 Leptopsylla, 120 Licinius, 40 Linsleya, 58, compressicornis, 58 convexa, 58 infidelis, 58 sphaericollis, 58 suavissima, 58 Liriomyza, 187 langei, 81 orbona, 84 Lonchaea hirtithorax, 153 Lupinus polyphyllus, insects asso- ciated with, 149 Lycoria, 153 Lytta auriculata, 44 MacNeill, Gelastocoris, 71 Mac Swain, Linsleya, 58 Nemognatha and Zonitis, 72 Macrosiphum albifrons, 153 Magdalis, 120 Malkin, Heterlimnius, 127 Mayo, Ephemeroptera, 121 Megachile brevis, 155 Megachilidae, 61 Meilichius erotyloides, 166 pachycerus, 166 Meloidae, 44, 58, 72 Metataenia clotildae cupreosplen- dens, 96 clotildae refulgens, 94, 96 Michener, Megachilid bees, 61 Micropeza, 120 Monopsyllus wagneri, 42 Moulton, Dudley, 145 Mutillidae, 156 Mycetina marginalia, 157 minor, 160 Nematoda, 148 Nemognatha cantharidis, 76 hurdi, 77 soror, 78 Nielsen, Culicidae, 11 Nomenclature, 119, 148 Novelsis horni, 57 varicolor, 57 Nycteribiidae, 96 Ohtaius, 159 Onychobaris langei, 35 Ornithodoros eremicus, 23, 24 kelleyi, 24 parkeri, 24 talaje, 24 turicata, 24 October, 1951] INDEX TO VOLUME XXVII 195 Orthoptera, 120, 173 Osorius, 40 Otobius megnini, 23, 59 Papaipema pertincta, 150 Papilio ajax, 120 Pacific Coast Ent. Soc., 37, 97 Field trip, 42 History, 97 Proceedings, 37 Roster, 113 Parindalmus tonkineus, 159 Pentastomida, 37 Peritaxia longipennis, 34 Phaenicia sericata, 191 Philia, 120 Phytomyza, 187, albiceps, 152 Pipunculus, 120 Plagiostira gillettei, 175 Plague, 41 Poneramoeba, 148 Poreospasta polita, 44 Prince, Dactylopsylla, 128 Propp, spinose ear tick, 59 Pseudomethoca anthracina, 156 harpalyci, 156 Ptilomyia, 93, enigma, 93 Publication notice, 147 Quate, book notice, 89 Brachymyrmex, 171 Rantus, 120 Raphidiidae, 192 Raphidiodea, 192 Reddy, sex determination in adult rice & granary weevils, 13 Rees, Culicidae, 11 Rbadinopsylla acuminata, 148 Rhina, 120 Rhipicephalus sanguineus, 26 Rhopalomyia californica, 20 Rhyacophilidae, 140 Rhizopoda, 148 Rockwood, lupine insects, 149 Ross, Anagapetus, 140 longior, 164 luzonica, 165 Siphonaptera, 37, 42, 91, 120, 128, 148 Sitona californica, 151 Sitophilus granarius, 13 oryzae, 13 Solierella similis, 154 Sphecidae, 167 Staphylinidae, 40 Stark, Dactylopsylla, 128 Hoplopsyllus, 91 Steniolia nigripes, 167 Stenopelmatus fuscus, 180 Stephanopachys pacificus, 43 Stephanurus dentatus, 148 Streblidae, 96 Strepsiptera, 38 Strohecker, Endomychidae, 157 Syrphidae, 43, 183 Tendipes, 120 Tettigonia, 120 Tettigoniidae, 173 Thomas, Derobrachus, 35 Thoracispa, 18 Thripidae, 19 Thrips seiosus, 19 temporatus, 19 Thysanoptera, 19 Ticks, 23, 59 Tilden, Agulla adnixa, 192 Rhopalomyia californica, 20 Titania, 120 Tosastes columbianus, 32 Trichobius corynorhini, 96 Trichoptera, 140 Tubifera aenea, 43 Tylos, 120 Van Dyke, Coleoptera, 27 Walz, rearing Phaenicia, 191 Wheeler, Dettopsomyia and Ptilo^ myia, 92 Roth, Streblidae & Nycteribiidae, Wirth, mountain midge, 49 96 Ryckman, Anopheles freebomi hibernation, 172 Saula dentipes, 164 longiclava, 165 Xenopsylla cheopis, 42 Zacycloptera atripennis, 173 Zonitis aureus, 73 maculicollis, 73 propinqua, 74 1 THE Pan-Pacific Entomologist Published by the Pacific Coast Entomological Society in cooperation of The California Academy of Sciences VOLUME TWENTY-SEVEN 1951 EDITORIAL BOARD P. D. HURD and H. B. LEECH, Edifors E. C. VAN DYKE, Associate Editor E. G. LINSLEY, Associate Editor R. L. USINGER, Associate Editor E. S. ROSS, Assistant Editor R. C. MILLER, Treasurer A. E. MICHELBACHER, Advertising 1951 E. L. Kessel H. B. Leech PUBLICATION COMMITTEE 1952 E. R. Leach E. G. Linsley 1953 E. O. Essig, Chairman G. F. Ferris San Francisco, California 195 1 CONTENTS FOR VOLUME XXVII Adams, P. A., and C. Don MacNeill Gelastocoris rotundatus Champion in California 71 Arnaud, P. H., and L. W. Quate Note on the swarming of Brachymyrmex sp 171 Bailey, Stanley F. a homonym in the genus Thrips Linne 19 Dudley Moulton 145 Barber, H. S. Hispella, a synonym of Hispa Linnaeus, and a new Dactylispa from China 17 Beal, R. S. Habitats of species of Novelsis 57 Breakey, E. P., and Harold Propp The spinose ear tick in Washington 59 Editorial Notes E. C. Van Dyke honored 36 The Entomological Society of Canada 36 Edmunds, Lafe R. A check list of the ticks of Utah.. 23 Edwards, J. Gordon Official Seal contest 36, 139 Essig, E. 0. Book Notice: Insects in your life 180 Essig, E. 0., et al The history of the Pacific Coast Entomological Society 97 Flock, R. A. A new species of Haplaxius, with a key to California species 169 Frick, Kenneth E. Liriomyza langei, a new species of leaf miner of eco- nomic importance in California. 81 A satisfactory technique for rearing agromyzid flies from the leaf mining larval stage 187 Gillaspy, James E. Nesting habits of Steniolia nigripes Parker 167 Goldschmidt, Richard B. New heteromorphoses in Drosophila melanogaster Meig 1 Heifer, Jacques R. A new subspecies of Metataenia 94 n Hottes, F. C. A method for taking aphids in flight 190 Hull, F. M. Some new world Xylotinae 183 Hurd, Paul D., Jr. Lepidopterists’ Society 22 The female of Pseudomethoca anthracina (Fox) 156 Lane, Merton C. Book Notice: Larvae of the Elaterid beetles of the tribe Lepturoidini 126 Lanham, Urless N. The modified hind wing of Euglossa 181 La Rivers, Ira New Nevada Orthoptera records for the 1949 collect- ing season 173 Leech, H. B. Publication Notice: Bulletin of animal behaviour 147 MacSwain, J. W. A new genus of Meloidae from North America.. 58 New North American species of Nemognatha and Zonitis 72 Malkin, Borys Heterlimnius koebelei in Oregon 127 Mayo, Velma Knox New western Ephemeroptera H 121 Michener, Charles D. Records and descriptions of Megachilid bees from Texas 61 Pacific Coast Entomological Society, Proceedings 37 Prince, Frank M., and Harold E. Stark Four new fleas of the genus Dactylopsylla Jordan, 1929 128 Quate, Larry W. Book notice: Studies honoring Trevor Kincaid 89 Reddy, D. Bap Determination of sex in adult rice and granary weevils 13 Rees, Don M., and Lewis T. Nielsen Four new mosquito records from Utah 11 Rockwood, L. P. Notes on insects associated with Lupinus polyphyllus Lindl. in the Pacific Northwest 149 Ross, Herbert H. The caddisfly genus Anagapetus 140 Ill Roth, Vincent D. New records for Streblidae and Nycteribiidae 96 Ryckman, Raymond E., and Ken Y. Arakawa Anopheles freeborni hibernating in wood rats’ nests 172 Stark, Harold E. A specimen of Hoplopsyllus anomalus (Baker) lacking a pronotal ctenidium (Siphonaptera) 91 Strohecker, H. F. New species of oriental Endomychidae, with remarks on some previously known species 157 Thomas, Sherman L. Derobrachus geminatus on grape roots 35 Tilden, J. W. Observations on Rhopalomyia californica Felt. 20 A note on the manner of feeding of Agulla adnixa Hagen. 192 Van Dyke, Edwin C. New species of Coleoptera from North America 27 Walz, A. J. Rearing the greenbottle fly on dog biscuits 191 Wheeler, Marshall R. Dettopsomyia and Ptilomyia: Two genera new to the United States 92 Wirth, Willis W. A new mountain midge from California 49 MAILING DATES FOR VOLUME XXVH No. 1 March 31, 1951 No. 2 April 28, 1951 No. 3 September 25, 1951 No. 4 December 28, 1951 I JFor your agricultural needs • • • PENCO agricultural chemicals PENCO DDT TECHNICAL — Fine to medium granulated powder of uni- form high quality. Setting point 89° C. minimum. PENTECH® — Technical DDT made especially for manufacturers of dust concentrates, dusts and emulsion concentrates. A granular, dry, friable powder. PENCO DB-50® — Fine, dry powdered dust base containing 50% DDT, for use by dust manufacturers in formu- lating finished insecticides. PENCO WB-50® — Micron-sized pow- der containing 50% DDT and su- perior wetting agents for use as water suspension spray. Mixes easily, ad- heres to foliage. 'A 'A PENCO HI-GAM® 99 — This is tech- nical lindane, the essentially pure gamma isomer of benzene hexa- chloride. Other Pence Insecticides KRYOCIDE ® — Time-tested natural cryolite insecticide for control of many chewing insects which attack orchard and garden. PENPHOS® W -15 — A wettable pow- der containing 15% parathion. De- signed for use as a water spray and as a dust base concentrate. Effective for the control of a wide variety of economic insect pests. SODIUM CHLORATE — High quality weed-killer for long-range, non- selective weed control. PENCO BHC TECHNICAL 36 (Benzene Hexachloride) — A superior, partially refined technical BHC containing approximately 36% of the active gamma isomer. Readily lends itself to production of impregnated dusts. PENCO BHC DUST BASE D-12— 12% gamma isomer for use by dust manu- facturers in the formulation of fin- ished insecticides. For information on any or all of these products write: Pennsylrania Salt Manufacturing Company of Washington, Agricultural Chemicals Oivision, Tacoma, Wash., Portland, Ore., Los Angeles, Calif., Wenatchee, Wash., Yakima, Wash., Berkeley, Calif. 1J3!ITI Chemicals 11 AIFAIPA CATERnLLAK APPIE l£AF 5^teleTO^»IZER ASPARAGUS aSETLE BUD MOTH OR BUD WORM CITRUS RUST MITE ARMY CUTWORM BOU WORM (COTTON) CH»